Preface – CDL
i
Preface – CDL
ii
This Commercial Driver License (CDL) Guide
is a summary of the laws and rules that apply to all
drivers of commercial motor vehicles in Washington
State. It is not a book of laws, and should not be
used as a basis for any legal claims or actions.
Regulations put into effect by federal or state
agencies may go beyond state laws but cannot
conflict with them.
We welcome your comments and suggestions.
Send them to:
Communications and Education
Department of Licensing
1125 Washington Street SE
Olympia WA 98501
For your convenience, additional contact
information is given below.
Department of Licensing (DOL)
Website
: www.dol.wa.gov
•
For information about driving records,
reinstatements, and eligibility. Telephone:
(360) 902-3900
•
For vehicle questions:
Prorate (IRP) ....................... (360) 664-1858
IFTA..................................... (360) 664-1858
Federal Motor Carriers Safety
Administration (FMCSA)
Telephone: (360) 753-9875
Website:
www.fmcsa.dot.gov
•
Hours of servic
e
•
Equ
ipm
ent
•
I
nterstate medical waiver
s
•
F
ederal rules and regulatio
ns
Transportation Security Administration
(TSA)
Telephone: (855) 347-8371
Website:
https://universalenroll.dhs.gov
•
Hazmat endorsement eligibilit
y
•
T
hreat assessment
s
•
B
ackground check
s
•
F
ingerprint
s
Washington State Patrol (WSP)
Telephone: (360) 596-3800
Website:
www.wsp.wa.gov
•
Enforcement practic
es
•
W
eight enforcem
ent
Washington Utilities and Transportation
Commission (WUTC)
Telephone: (360) 664-1222
Website:
www.utc.wa.gov
•
Authority to carry freight for hir
e
•
I
ntrastate inspecti
ons
Washington State Department of
Transportation (WSDOT)
Telephone: (360) 705-7000 / (360) 705-7438
Website:
wsdot.wa.gov/travel/commercial-vehicles
•
I
nterpretation of statutes or rul
es
•
R
estricted roads or brid
ges
•
O
versize/Overweight permit
s
•
C
onstruction project
s
Hazardous Material National Response
Center (NRC)
Telephone: 1-(800) 424-8802
To report a hazardous material emergency
Chemical Transportation Emergency Center
(CHEMTREC)
Telephone: 1-(800) 424-9300
For technical information about physical properties
of hazardous materials
We are committed to providing equal access to our services.
For information visit dol.wa.gov/access (TDD/TTY call 711).
Preface – CDL
iii
Table of Contents
Introduction
1.1 You Must Have a CDL to Operate .........................................................................................1-1
1.2 Commercial Learners Requirements .....................................................................................1-3
1.3 Commercial Driver License Tests ..........................................................................................1-8
1.4 Medical Documentation Requirements ................................................................................1-11
1.5 CDL Disqualifications ...........................................................................................................1-13
1.6 Hazardous Material Endorsement .......................................................................................1-15
1.7
Traffic Violations...................................................................................................................1-15
1.8 Other CDL Rules ..................................................................................................................1-15
1.9
International Registration Plan/International Fuel Tax Agreement ......................................1-16
1.10
Washington State Laws and Rules ......................................................................................1-18
Driving Safely
2.1 Vehicle Inspection ...................................................................................................................2-1
2.2 Basic Control of Your Vehicle .................................................................................................2-8
2.3 Shifting Gears .........................................................................................................................2-9
2.4 Seeing ..................................................................................................................................2-10
2.5 Communicating ....................................................................................................................2-11
2.6 Controlling Speed.................................................................................................................2-13
2.7 Managing Space ..................................................................................................................2-16
2.8 Seeing Hazards....................................................................................................................2-18
2.9 Distracted Driving.................................................................................................................2-21
2.10 Aggressive Drivers/Road Rage............................................................................................2-23
2.11 Driving at Night.....................................................................................................................2-24
2.12 Driving in Fog .......................................................................................................................2-27
2.13 Driving in Winter ...................................................................................................................2-27
2.14 Driving in Very Hot Weather.................................................................................................2-29
2.15 Railroad-highway Crossings ................................................................................................2-30
2.16 Mountain Driving ..................................................................................................................2-32
Table of Contents
Page TOC-1
2.17 Driving Emergencies .............................................................................................................2-33
2.18 Antilock Braking Systems (ABS ............................................................................................2-35
2.19 Skid Control and Recovery ...................................................................................................2-36
2.20 Accident Procedures .............................................................................................................2-38
2.21 Fires.......................................................................................................................................2-38
2.22 Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving.........................................................................................2-40
2.23 Hazardous Materials Rule For All Commercial Drivers.........................................................2-42
Transporting Cargo Safely
3.1 Inspecting Cargo .....................................................................................................................3-1
3.2 Weight and Balance ................................................................................................................3-1
3.3 Securing Cargo .......................................................................................................................3-2
3.4 Cargo Needing Special Attention ............................................................................................3-3
Transporting Passengers Safely
4.1 Vehicle Inspection ....................................................................................................................4-1
4.2 Loading and Trip Start..............................................................................................................4-1
4.3 On the Road .............................................................................................................................4-2
4.4 After-trip Vehicle Inspection .....................................................................................................4-3
4.5 Prohibited Practices .................................................................................................................4-3
4.6 Use of Brake-door Interlocks....................................................................................................4-4
Air Brakes
5.1 The Parts of an Air Brake System ............................................................................................5-1
5.2 Dual Air Brake ..........................................................................................................................5-5
5.3 Inspecting Air Brake Systems ..................................................................................................5-6
5.4 Using Air Brake.........................................................................................................................5-8
Combination Vehicles
6.1 Driving Combination Vehicles Safely .......................................................................................6-1
6.2 Combination Vehicle Air Brakes...............................................................................................6-4
6.3 Antilock Brake Systems............................................................................................................6-7
Table of Contents
Page TOC-2
6.4 Coupling and Uncoupling .........................................................................................................6-7
6.5 Inspecting a Combination Vehicle ..........................................................................................6-13
Doubles and Triples
7.1 Pulling Double/Triple Trailers ...................................................................................................7-1
7.2 Coupling and Uncoupling .........................................................................................................7-1
7.3 Inspecting Doubles and Triples ................................................................................................7-3
7.4 Doubles/Triples Air Brake Check .............................................................................................7-4
Tank Vehicles
8.1 Inspecting Tank Vehicles..........................................................................................................8-1
8.2 Driving Tank Vehicles...............................................................................................................8-1
8.3 Safe Driving Rules....................................................................................................................8-2
Hazardous Materials
9.1 The Intent of the Regulations ...................................................................................................9-2
9.2 Hazardous Materials Transportation- Who Does What ...........................................................9-2
9.3 Communication Rules ..............................................................................................................9-3
9.4 Loading and Unloading ..........................................................................................................9-10
9.5 Bulk Packaging Marking, Loading and Unloading..................................................................9-12
9.6 Hazardous Materials- Driving and Parking Rules ..................................................................9-13
9.7 Hazardous Material Emergencies ..........................................................................................9-15
9.8 Hazardous Materials Glossary ...............................................................................................9-19
School Buses
10.1 Danger Zones and Use of Mirrors..............................................................................10-1
10.2
Loading and Unloading ............................................................................................10-3
10.3
Emergency Exit and Evacuation................................................................................10-6
10.4
Railroad-highway Crossings .....................................................................................10-7
10.5
Student Management...............................................................................................10-9
10.6
Antilock Braking Systems .......................................................................................10-10
10.7
Special Safety Considerations.................................................................................10-10
Table of Contents
Page TOC-3
Skills Test Overview
11.1 Overview of the CDL Skills Test ................................................................................11-1
11.2
General Test Rules..................................................................................................11-1
11.3
Vehicle Inspection Test ............................................................................................11-2
11.4
Equipment Failure ...................................................................................................11-4
11.5
External/Internal Inspection (All Vehicles)...................................................................11-5
11.6
External Inspection (All Vehicles) ..............................................................................11-9
11.7
Trailer ..................................................................................................................11-13
11.8
Passenger Vehicles (School Bus and Coach/Transit).................................................11-14
11.9
Coach/Transit .......................................................................................................11-15
11.10
Remainder of Vehicle.............................................................................................11-15
11.11
Taking the CDL Vehicle Inspection Test ...................................................................11-15
11.12
Grounds for Automatic Disqualification ....................................................................11-15
Basic Vehicle Control Skills Test
12.1 Overview of the CDL Skills Test ................................................................................12-1
12.2
Test Rules ..............................................................................................................12-1
12.3
Scoring ..................................................................................................................12-3
12.4
Grounds for Automatic Disqualification.......................................................................12-4
On-Road Driving
13.1 Overview of the CDL Skills Test ................................................................................13-1
13.2
General Test Rules..................................................................................................13-1
13.3
How You Will Be Tested...........................................................................................13-3
Table of Contents
Page TOC-4
Section 1
INTRODUCTION
This Section Covers
• Medical Requirements
• Driver Disqualifications
• Other Safety Rules
• International Registration Program
• Nationwide CDL Rules
• Washington State Laws and Rules
The Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986
requires all states to meet the same minimum
standards for testing and licensing commercial
drivers.
This manual provides driver license testing
information for drivers who wish to have a
commercial driver license (CDL). This manual does
NOT provide information on all the federal and state
requirements needed before you can drive a
commercial motor vehicle (CMV). Contact the
Department of Licensing for additional information
(www.dol.wa.gov).
1.1. - You must have a CDL to operate:
Any single vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more.
A combination vehicle with a gross combination
weight rating (GCWR) of 26,001 or more pounds,
provided the GVWR of the vehicle(s) being towed is
in excess of 10,000 pounds.
A vehicle designed to transport 16 or more
passengers (including the driver).
All school buses regardless of size.
Any size vehicle which requires hazardous material
placards or is carrying material listed as a select
agent or toxin in 42 CFR part 73. Federal
regulations through the Department of Homeland
Security require a background check and
fingerprinting for the Hazardous Materials
endorsement.
To get a CDL, you must pass knowledge and skills
tests. All applicants must wait 24 hours after
passing a CDL skills test before visiting a Licensing
Service Office to have their CDL issued. This
manual will help you pass the tests, however, it is
not a substitute for a truck driver training class or
program. Formal training is the most reliable way to
learn the many special skills required for safely
driving a large commercial vehicle and becoming a
professional driver in the trucking industry. Figure
1.1 helps you determine if you need a CDL.
1.1.1. - Exemptions
The law exempts four groups of drivers from the
CDL:
Farmers transporting farm equipment, supplies, or
products to or from a farm in a farm vehicle are
exempted if the vehicle is:
Operated by a farmer or a farm employee.
Not used in the operation of a common or contract
motor carrier.
Used within 150 miles of the farm (in an air-mile
radius).
Products include Christmas trees or wood products
transported by vehicles weighing no more than forty
thousand pounds licensed gross vehicle weight.
The weight restriction applies only to Christmas
trees and wood products.
Farmers may operate vehicles that meet the
definition of a farm-exempt vehicle between the
states of Idaho and Oregon if they meet all
requirements of the farm exemption.
Firefighters and law enforcement personnel
operating emergency equipment are exempted if
they carry the certification card proving they have
completed the Emergency Vehicle Accident
Prevention (EVAP) or Emergency Vehicle Incident
Prevention (EVIP) Programs.
Recreational Vehicle (RV) operators are exempted
when driving an RV for non-commercial purposes.
This group includes:
Two-axle rental trucks.
Horse trailers.
Military commercial drivers are exempted only when
they are operating the proper military vehicles
under a military license issued by their branch of
service.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-1
Figure 1.1 Determining
Class of CDL Required
Note: A bus may be
Class A, B, or C
depending on whether
the GVWR is over
26,001 pounds or is a
combination vehicle.
1.1.2. – Application
To get a Washington Commercial Driver License
(CDL)
or
a Commercial Learners Permit (CLP) yo
u
must:
1.
B
e at least 18 years ol
d.
2.
Have a valid Washington State driver
lic
ense
.
3.
P
rovide your valid Social Securit
y
number issued by the Social Security
A
dministrati
on.
4.
P
rovide Lawful Permanent Residenc
y
5.
Provide the names of all the states where
y
ou have had a driver license in the last t
en
ye
ars
.
6.
Self-certify what type of commercial
c
ommerce you expect to operat
e.
7.
P
ass all applicable knowledge tests for t
he
vehicle class and type you intend to
oper
at
e.
8.
P
ay the proper fees. The CLP is valid f
or
180 da
ys and may only be renewed o
ne
t
ime
.
V
isit dol.wa.gov for more information on CDL
knowledge, skills testing, and license issuance fees.
To get a CDL you must also successfully complete:
All required knowledge tests, including applicable
skills tests.
If you are getting your first CDL, or you have not
been commercially licensed for the last year, you
must provide proof of completing a commercial
driver training program per the mandatory training
requirements from a Washington State approved
training school or registered employer.
1.1.3. - Lawful Permanent Residency
Federal regulations requires all CLP holders, CDL
holders and applicants in the process of obtaining a
commercial license to show proof of lawful
permanent residence within the United States.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-2
The following provides who is required to provide
proof of permanent residence:
1. A
ll current CDL holders requiring renewal
,
per
mit, or upgra
des
2.
A
ll new applicant
s
3.
A
ll applicants transferring from anot
her
s
ta
te
Visit our website at www.dol.wa.gov for details and
acceptable documents.
1.1.4. - Non-domicile CDL
Applicants who are domiciled in a foreign country or
in a state that prohibits issuance of CDL/CLP, may
be eligible for a non-domiciled document.
Visit our website at dol.wa.gov for details and
acceptable documents.
1.2 – Commercial Learners Permit
Requirements
1.2.1 - Commercial Learners Permit
Applicants must hold a Commercial Learner’s
Permit (CLP) for a minimum of 14 days prior to
taking a skills test for the type of vehicle and
endorsements they intend to operate. This requires
drivers to successfully complete all applicable CDL
knowledge tests.
The CLP is valid for 180 days and can only be
renewed once. Banked (passed segments) skills
test scores will not be valid upon renewing a CLP.
You may add an endorsement (upgrade) to an
existing CLP by taking the applicable CDL
knowledge test(s) and obtaining a new upgraded
CLP. When upgrading a CLP, you must wait for a
minimum of 14 days prior to taking a skills test. You
may not upgrade if your CLP has expired. You may
not upgrade a CLP that has been renewed.
Beginning January 1, 2017 the CLP will no longer
be an endorsement on your base license. The CLP
will be issued as a separate document and will
contain the Class, endorsements and restrictions
the driver is entitled to operate.
1.2.2. - A CLP is required for:
Drivers testing for an original CDL.
A CDL holder upgrading their commercial
license for:
• A higher commercial cl
ass
• A
dding any endorsements that require skills
testing
:
• Passenger endorsement
• S
chool bus endorsemen
t
• T
ank vehicle endorsement (if vehicl
e
b
rought for skills testing is a tank vehicle
)
• Removing an air brake restriction
• R
emoving a no manual transmission
restrictio
n
• R
emoving a no tractor-trailer CM
V
r
estrictio
n
B
eginning January 2017 CLPs will contain the
following Endorsements and Restrictions.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-3
CLP ENDORSEMENTS
CLP Restrictions
Endorsement
Restriction
Description
P
Required for drivers of passenger
vehicles designed to carry 16 or more
passengers including the driver and
P
No passengers in CMV bus
school buses.
M
No Class A passenger vehicle
N
No Class A and B passenger vehicle
S
Required for drivers who drive any size
of school bus. A school bus is a vehicle
regularly used to transport children to
L
No air brake equipped CMV
and from school or in conjunction with
school activities, which meets the
school bus specifications established
by the Office of the Superintendent of
Public Instruction.
V
Medical variance
N
Required for any commercial motor
vehicle that is designed to transport
any liquid or gaseous materials within a
tank or tanks having an individual rated
capacity of more than 119 gallons and
an aggregate rated capacity of 1,000
gallons or more that is either
permanently or temporarily attached to
the vehicle or the chassis.
X
No cargo in CMV tank vehicle
K
Intrastate only
CLP holders with a P and/or S endorsement(s) are
prohibited from operating a CMV carrying
passengers, other than Federal/State auditors and
inspectors, test examiners, other trainees, and the
CDL holder accompanying the CLP holder.
CLP holders with an N endorsement are prohibited
from operating any tank vehicle that previously
contained hazardous materials that has not been
purged of any residue.
When operating a commercial motor vehicle (CMV)
on any public roadway, the CLP holder must be
with another driver who has:
A CDL valid for the vehicle being driven.
No less than 2 years driving experience in the Class
of CMV being operated.
No less than 5 years of total driving experience.
Must occupy the seat beside the CLP for the
purpose of giving instruction.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-4
CDL Issuances Before January 2017
ENDORSEMENTS
Endorsement
Description
P1
Class B passenger vehicle
Required for drivers of vehicles 26,001 lbs. or more designed to carry 16 or more passengers
including the driver.
P2
Class C passenger vehicle
Required for drivers of vehicles 26,000 lbs. or less, designed to carry 16 or more passengers
including the driver.
S
School bus endorsement
Required for drivers who drive any size of school bus. A school bus is a vehicle regularly used
to transport children to and from school or in conjunction with school activities, which meets
the school bus specifications established by the Office of the Superintendent of Public
Instruction.
T
Double and triple trailers endorsement
Required for drivers pulling sets of double or triple trailers.*
N
Tank vehicle endorsement
Required for any commercial motor vehicle that is designed to transport any liquid or gaseous
materials within a tank or tanks having an individual rated capacity of more than 119 gallons
and an aggregate rated capacity of 1,000 gallons or more that is either permanently or
temporarily attached to the vehicle or the chassis.
H
Hazardous materials endorsement
Required for drivers of any size vehicle that is used to transport any material that requires
hazardous material placards or any quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42
CFR 73.
X
Combination of tank vehicle endorsement and hazardous materials endorsement.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-5
New CDL Issuances Beginning January 2017
ENDORSEMENTS
Endorsement
Description
P
Passenger Endorsement
Required for drivers of passenger vehicles designed to carry 16 or more passengers including
the driver and school buses.
Note: New M & N restrictions have replaced P1 and P2 on the previous P Endorsement.
S
School Bus Endorsement
Required for drivers who drive any size of school bus. A school bus is a vehicle regularly used
to transport children to and from school or in conjunction with school activities, which meets the
school bus specifications established by the Office of the Superintendent of Public Instruction.
T
Double and Triple Trailers Endorsement
Required for drivers pulling sets of double or triple trailers*
N
Tank Vehicle Endorsement
Required for any commercial motor vehicle that is designed to transport any liquid or gaseous
materials within a tank or tanks having an individual rated capacity of more than 119 gallons
and an aggregate rated capacity of 1,000 gallons or more that is either permanently or
temporarily attached to the vehicle or the chassis.
H
Hazardous Materials Endorsement
Required for drivers of any size vehicle that is used to transport any material that requires
hazardous material placards or any quantity of a material listed as a select agent or toxin in 42
CFR 73.*
X
Combination of tank vehicle endorsement and hazardous materials endorsement
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-6
CDL Issuances Before January 2017
RESTRICTIONS
Restriction
Description
K
Air brakes restriction
Drivers of CDL vehicles with Air Brakes must pass the required tests for air brakes. Drivers
who do not pass these tests are restricted on the CDL to non-air brake vehicles.
U
CDL Intrastate Only Restriction
Drivers of CDL vehicles who are restricted to driving only within Washington, either because of
medical self-certification or the driver is under the age of 21.
V
CDL Medical Variance (Waiver).
New CDL Issuances Beginning January 2017
RESTRICTIONS
Restriction
Description
L
No Air Brake equipped CMV
Skills test taken in a vehicle not equipped with air brakes and/or air brake knowledge test not
taken.
Z
No Full air brake equipped CMV
Skills test taken in a vehicle equipped with air over hydraulic brakes.
E
No Manual transmission equipped CMV
Skills test taken in a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission.
O
No Tractor- trailer CMV
Skills test taken in a combination vehicle for a Group A CDL with the power unit and towed
unit connected with a pintle hook or other non-fifth wheel connection.
M
No Class A passenger vehicle
Skills test taken in a Class B bus.
N
No Class A and B passenger vehicle
Skills test taken in a Class C bus.
K
Intrastate only
Applicant self-certified as Non-excepted Intrastate or is under 21 years old.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-7
New CDL Issuances Beginning January 2017
RESTRICTIONS Continued
V
Medical Variance
Applicant has either a Federal or State medical waiver.
1.2.3. - Mandatory Training Requirements
Washington State requires anyone getting an
original CDL to complete minimum training
requirements per WAC 308-100-033 & 308-100-
035.
There are two ways to meet this requirement:
Complete a certified course from an approved
commercial driver training school.
In state and out of state training schools must be
approved by the Department of Licensing (DOL)
and must teach a curriculum that is equal to or
greater than specified in WAC 308-100-033.
Hours of training must meet the requirements as
outlined under state law. Complete a course of
commercial driver training by your employer.
Employers must be approved by DOL and must
teach a curriculum that is equal to or greater than
specified in WAC 308-100-035.
Visit www.dol.wa.gov for more information on
training and licensing requirements.
1.3 – Commercial Driver License Tests
1.3.1. - Knowledge Tests
You will have to take one or more knowledge tests,
depending on what class of license and what
endorsements you need. Knowledge test scores for
CLP endorsements are valid for 180 days or
through one CLP renewal cycle. Knowledge tests
for hazardous materials and doubles/triples are
valid for 180 days only. The CDL knowledge tests
include:
• The general knowledge test, taken by al
l
app
licants
.
• T
he passenger transport test, taken by al
l
bus
driver applicants.
• The air brakes test, which you must take i
f
y
our vehicle has air brakes, including ai
r
ov
er hydraulic brakes
.
• The combination vehicles test, which is
r
equired if you want to drive Class
A
c
ombination vehicles
.
• T
he hazardous materials test, required i
f
y
ou want to haul hazardous materials
as
def
ined in 49 CFR 383.5. In order to obtai
n
t
his endorsement you are also required t
o
pas
s a Transportation Securit
y
Administration (TSA) background check.
• T
he tank vehicle test, required if you wa
nt
t
o haul any liquid or gaseous materials i
n a
t
ank or tanks having an individual rat
ed
c
apacity of more than 119 gallons and
an
aggr
egate rated capacity of 1,000 gall
ons
or more that is either permanently or
t
emporarily attached to the vehicle
or
ch
assi
s
• T
he doubles/triples test, required if yo
u
w
ant to pull double or triple trailers
.
• T
he School Bus test, required if you want t
o
dr
ive a school bus
.
1.3.2
. - Skills Tests
If you pass the required knowledge test(s), you can
take the CDL skills tests. There are three types of
general skills that will be tested: Vehicle inspection,
basic vehicle control, and on-road driving which
must be passed in this order. You must take these
tests in the type of vehicle for which you wish to be
licensed. Any vehicle that has components marked
or labeled cannot be used for the Vehicle Inspection
Test. Interpreters are prohibited during the
administration of the skills test. Skills test must be
conducted in English only.
A valid CLP is required for each skills test. Skills
test must be taken in the proper representative
vehicle for the class and endorsements you wish to
obtain. All applicants must wait 24 hours after
passing a CDL skills test to have their CDL issued.
To schedule a CDL skills test, you will need to call
the Department of Licensing CDL Skills Test
Program, Scheduling. Based on examiner
availability, DOL will determine whether your skills
test will be conducted by a state or contracted Third
Party Examiner (TPE). If testing with a DOL
examiner, you will be required to pay for your skills
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-8
test over the phone before your test can be
scheduled. All skills test must be scheduled at a
minimum of three (3) days in advance.
Completed CDL skills test scores are valid for 180
days. You must have a CDL issued within 180 days
from the first passed skills test segment (Vehicle
Inspection).
You may be randomly selected to complete a retest
to ensure testing practices were correctly followed.
If you refuse to retest or cannot pass the retest,
your passing skills test results will be voided. If
issued a CDL, you may be disqualified until you
successfully pass. If you already hold a CDL and
are selected for a retest and do not pass on the first
try, you may be required to provide a vehicle and
pay applicable fees for additional attempts.
CDL skills test are required for each of the
following:
• Adding a CDL to your licens
e
• Upgrading an existing CDL from a Class
“C
” to a Class “A” or “B
”
• U
pgrading a Class “B” to a Class “A
”
• A
dding a passenger endorsem
ent
• Adding a school bus endorsement
• R
emoving an “Airbrake” restricti
on
• R
emoving a “No Tractor-Trailer” restrictio
n
• R
emoving a “No Manual Transmissi
on”
r
estrictio
n
1.3.3. - Military Skills Test Waiver. Certain Military
commercial drivers as specified in CFR 383.77,
may be waived from having to take a knowledge
and skills test when applying for a class “A” or “B”
CDL.
T
hese waivers apply to service members w
ho
ar
e currently licensed and who are or wer
e
employed within the past year (twelve months) in a
m
ilitary position requiring the operation of a militar
y
m
otor vehicle equivalent to a commercial mot
or
vehicle (CMV). For more detail instructions and
i
nformation, visit www.dol.wa.gov
.
1.3.4
.a. - Vehicle Inspection. You will be tested to
see if you know whether your vehicle is safe to
drive. You will be asked to do a Vehicle Inspection
of your vehicle and explain to the examiner what
you would inspect and why.
1.3.4.b. - Basic Vehicle Control. You will be tested
on your skill to control the vehicle. You will be
asked to move your vehicle forward, backward, and
turn it within a defined area. These areas may be
marked with traffic lanes, cones, barriers, or
something similar. The examiner will tell you how
each control test is to be done.
Note: Trainers are not allowed on the course.
Customers are only allowed on the course while
accompanied by the examiner.
1.3.4.c - On-road Test. You will be tested on your
skill to safely drive your vehicle in a variety of traffic
situations. The situations may include left and right
turns, intersections, railroad crossings, curves, up
and down grades, single or multi-lane roads,
streets, or highways. The examiner will tell you
where to drive.
Figure 1.2 details which sections of this manual you
should study for each particular class of license and
for each endorsement.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-9
What Sections Should You Study?
License Type Endorsement
School Bus
Passenger
Tank
Vehicles
Double / Triple
Hazardous
Materials
Class C
Class B
Class A
1 X X X
2 X X X X X X
3 X X X
4 X
Sections to Study
5* X X X X
6 X X X
7 X
8 X
9 X X
10 X
11 X X X X X
12 X X X X X
13
X
X
X
X
X
*Study Section 5 if you plan to operate vehicles equipped with air brakes. Figure 1.2 What to Study
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-10
1.4 – Medical Documentation
Requirements
Federal regulations require all CLP and CDL
holders to self-certify the type of commerce they
expect to operate. Drivers operating in certain types
of commerce will be required to submit a current
medical examiner’s certificate and/or any medical
variance documents that you have been issued (i.e.
Vision, Skills Performance or Diabetic waivers, or
other exemptions) to DOL to obtain a “certified”
medical status as part of your driving record.
If you are required to have a ”certified” medical
status and fail to provide and keep up-to-date your
medical examiner’s certificate you become ”not-
certified” and may lose your CDL.
A current medical certificate is required to operate a
commercial motor vehicle. All medical certificates
must be completed by a medical professional listed
on the National Registry of Certified Medical
Examiners.
For the purpose of complying with the new
requirements for medical certification, it is important
to know how you are using the CMV. The following
information will help you decide how to self-certify:
1.4.1. - Interstate or Intrastate Commerce
Do you, or will you, use a CDL to operate a CMV in
interstate or intrastate commerce?
1.4.1. a. - Interstate commerce is when you drive a
CMV:
• From one state to another state or a forei
gn
c
ountry
;
• B
etween two places within a state,
but
dur
ing part of the trip, the CMV crosses int
o
anot
her state or foreign country;
or
• B
etween two places within a state, but t
he
cargo or passengers are part of a trip that
bega
n or will end in another state or foreig
n
c
ountry
.
1.4
.1.b. - Intrastate commerce is when:
• you drive a CMV within a State and you d
o
not
meet any of the descriptions above f
or
i
nterstate commerc
e.
• I
f you operate in both intrastate commerc
e
and interstate commerce, you must choose
i
nterstate commerc
e.
1.4.
2. - Inter/Intrastate Commerce: Status
Non-excepted or Excepted?
Once you decide whether you will operate in
interstate commerce or intrastate commerce, you
must decide whether you will operate (or expect to
operate) in a non-excepted or excepted status. This
decision will tell you to which of the four types of
commerce you must self-certify.
1.4.2.a - Interstate Commerce:
You operate in excepted interstate commerce when
you drive a CMV in interstate commerce only for the
following excepted activities:
• To transport school children and/or school
s
taff between home and school
;
• A
s Federal, State or local governm
ent
em
ployees;
• To transport human corpses or sick
or
i
njured persons
;
• Fire truck or rescue vehicle drivers during
emergencies and other related activities;
• P
rimarily in the transportation of prop
ane
w
inter heating fuel when responding to a
n
em
ergency condition requiring immediat
e
response such as damage to a propane
gas
system after a storm or floodi
ng;
• I
n Response to a pipeline emergenc
y
c
ondition requiring immediate respons
e
such as a pipeline leak or rupture;
• I
n custom harvesting on a farm or t
o
t
ransport farm machinery and suppli
es
us
ed in the custom harvesting operation t
o
and f
rom a farm or to transport cust
om
harvested crops to storage or market;
• B
eekeeper in the seasonal transportatio
n of
bees;
• C
ontrolled and operated by a farmer, but i
s
not
a combination vehicle (power unit an
d
t
owed unit), and is used to transpor
t
agr
icultural products, farm machinery
or
f
arm supplies (no hazardous material
s
placard) to and from a farm and within 150
air-miles of the farm;
• A
s a private motor carrier of passengers f
or
nonb
usiness purposes, or
;
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-11
• To transport migrant workers.
I
f you answered yes to one or more of t
he
abo
ve activities as the only operation i
n
w
hich you drive, you operate in excepte
d
i
nterstate commerc
e.
If you answered no to all of the above
a
ctivities, you operate in non-except
ed
i
nterstate commerce and are required t
o
pr
ovide a current medical examiner
’s
c
ertificate (49 CFR 391.45),commonl
y
r
eferred to as a medical certificate or DO
T
card, to DOL. Most CDL holders who drive
C
MVs in interstate commerce are non-
excepted interstate commerce drivers
.
I
f you operate in both excepted interstat
e
c
ommerce and non-excepted interstat
e
commerce, you must choose non-excepted
i
nterstate commerce to be qualified t
o
oper
ate in both types of interstat
e
c
ommerc
e.
1.4.2
.b. - Intrastate Commerce:
Excepted Intrastate Commerce: Washington State
does not allow an operator of a commercial motor
vehicle (CMV) to be exempt from having a current
medical certificate.
You operate in non-excepted intrastate commerce
when you drive a CMV only in intrastate commerce
and are required to meet your Washington’s
medical certification requirements.
1.4.3. - Self-Certification Statements
When completing an application for your CDL, you
will be required to check the box next to the
statement that describes your status. You may
change your self-certification status at any time in
person at any CDL licensing office or online at
https://www.dol.wa.gov/driverslicense/cdlmedicalcer
tificates.html.
1.4.3.a. - Non-excepted interstate -– I operate or
expect to operate a commercial motor vehicle that
transports cargo that originates outside Washington
State or has a final destination outside Washington
State, crosses state lines or delivers to Washington
State ports. Note: Driver must be subject to and
meet the 49 C.F.R. Part 391 qualification
requirements and is required to obtain and submit
to DOL a medical examiner’s certificate under 49
C.F.R. Sec. 391.45
.
1.4.3.b. - Excepted interstate – I operate or expect
to operate a commercial motor vehicle, emergency
response or government vehicle that crosses state
lines while transporting passengers to and from
school; occasionally transporting personal property
not for compensation, for emergency deliveries; or
other operation excepted under 49 C.F.R.Secs.
390.3(f), 391.2, 391.68, or 398.3, or from all or parts
of the qualification requirements of 49 C.F.R. Part
391. Note: Driver must be subject to and meet the
4
9 C.F.R. Part 391 qualification requirements and i
s
r
equired to obtain and submit to DOL a medic
al
examiner’s certificate under RCW 46.25.075.
1.4.3
.c. - Non-excepted intrastate – I operate or
expect to operate a commercial motor vehicle but
never cross state lines, and the origin and final
destination of my cargo are always within the state
of Washington. Note: Driver must be subject to and
meet the 49 C.F.R. Part 391 qualification
requirements and is required to obtain and submit
to DOL a medical examiner’s certificate under RCW
46.25.075.
1.4.3.d. – Excepted intrastate – I operate or expect
to operate a commercial motor vehicle that engages
exclusively in transportation or operations excepted
from all or parts of the state driver qualification
requirements. (Not available to Washington drivers)
However, state law allows you to certify as
Excepted-Intrastate only if you wish to maintain
your CDL and do not operate. CDL holder is not
subject to and meet the 49 C.F.R. Part 391
qualification requirements and is not required to
obtain and submit to DOL a medical examiner’s
certificate under RCW 46.25.075.
Once you have completed the self-certification
process and your certification type requires you to
keep a current medical examiner’s certificate on file,
you must submit a new medical examiner’s
certificate to DOL 7–10 days before your current
certificate expires. This can be completed by
visiting a driver licensing office, by mail, by email,
uploading a copy, or by faxing a photocopy to the
program area below:
CDL Medical Unit
Department of Licensing
P.O. Box 9030
Olympia WA 98507-9030
Fax:
(360) 570-4915
Email:
CDLMED@dol.wa.gov
Find the upload link at:
https://www.dol.wa.gov/driverslicense/cdlmedicalcer
tificates.html
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-12
Click on the “online” link in the first sentence to
upload your medical certification.
Note:
The CDLMED email address is for sending
required forms for processing. For questions on
CDL self-certification or forms, contact our
Customer Service Center at (360) 902-3900.
1.4.4.a. - Intrastate Medical Waiver
Washington Intrastate Medical Waivers are issued
only to Washington State CLP or CDL holders.
Some employers require drivers to have a medical
waiver for operating company vehicles that do not
require a CDL. However, medical waivers cannot
be issued to non-commercial drivers.
If you are a licensed CLP or CDL holder and don’t
meet the federal medical standards for interstate
commerce, you can apply to DOL for an Intrastate
Medical Waiver. This waiver is:
•
Valid for operation of Intrastate Commerce
only.
•
V
alid for no more than a two-year cycl
e.
If you need an intrastate waiver, complete a
medical waiver application available at any driver
licensing office or online at www.dol.wa.gov. Return
the following forms:
•
CDL Intrastate Medical Waiver Application
•
Med
ical Examiner Certificat
e
•
Med
ical Examination Report f
or
C
ommercial Driver Fitness Determinatio
n
F
orms must be fully and correctly completed.
Medical forms must be completed by authorized
medical examiners who are listed on the National
Medical Registry.
Waivers are processed within 7–10 working days
and mailed to the address of record. The waiver
may be photocopied and must be carried with your
CDL at all times when you are operating a
commercial vehicle. After obtaining an intrastate
waiver, you must get a new license that contains
the ‘V’ (medical variance) restriction. If you have
self-certified as non-excepted interstate you must
change your certification to operate the type of
commerce allowed with an intrastate waiver. Some
employers many not accept an intrastate medical
waiver.
If your medical condition improves so you meet the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
(FMCSA) standards, you may submit a new
medical examiner’s certificate to be removed from
the CDL Medical Waiver Program.
CDL Medical Unit
Department of Licensing
P.O. Box 9030
Olympia WA 98507-9030
Fax:
(360)-570-4915
Email:
CDLMED@dol.wa.gov
Upload at
https://www.dol.wa.gov/driverslicense/cdlmedicalcer
tificates.html
Note: The CDLMED email address is for sending
required forms for processing. For questions on
CDLself-certification or forms, contact our Customer
Service Center at (360) 902-3900.
1.4.4.b. - Interstate Medical Waiver
An Interstate medical waiver is valid in all states.
Interstate medical waivers are processed by FMCSA
Medical Programs in the Federal Motor Carrier
Safety Administration.
To apply, and for information, contact FMCSA at:
(703)-448-3094
Online at: www.fmcsa.dot.gov. Click on the link for
medical programs.
Once you have received a federal waiver, your
drive record will be updated and you must come
into a CDL licensing office and get a new CDL with
the ‘V’ (medical variance) restriction. Check your
self-certification to verify if you need to change how
you are currently certified.
1.5 – CDL Disqualifications
General
You may not drive a commercial motor vehicle if
you are disqualified for any reason.
1.5.1. - Alcohol, Leaving the Scene of an Accident,
and Commission of a Felony.
It is illegal to operate a CMV if your blood alcohol
concentration (BAC) is .04% or more. If you operate
a CMV, you shall be deemed to have given your
consent to alcohol testing.
You will lose your CDL for at least one year for a
first offense for:
• Driving a CMV if your blood alcoh
ol
c
oncentration is .04% or higher
.
• D
riving a CMV under the influence o
f
al
cohol
.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-13
• Refusing to undergo blood alcohol testing.
• Driving a CMV while under the influence of
a controlled substance.
• Leaving the scene of an accident involving
a CMV.
• Committing a felony involving the use of a
CMV.
• Driving a CMV when the CDL is
suspended.
• Causing a fatality through negligent
operation of a CMV.
You will lose your CDL for at least three years if the
offense occurs while you are operating a CMV that
is placarded for hazardous materials.
You will lose your CDL for life for a second offense.
You will lose your CDL for life if you use a CMV to
commit a felony involving controlled substances.
You will be put out-of-service for 24 hours if you
have any detectable amount of alcohol under .04%.
1.5.2. - Serious Traffic Violations
If convicted or if you are found to have committed
two serious traffic violations within 3 years while
operating either your personal vehicle or a
commercial vehicle, you may lose your license for
60 days. A third conviction within 3 years results in
a 120-day disqualification. Serious traffic violations
include:
• Excessive speed–15 mph over posted limit.
• Reckless driving.
• Negligent driving.
• Texting while driving.
• Using a hand-held mobile phone while
driving.
• Improper lane changes.
• Driving a CMV without earning a CDL.
• Driving a CMV without a CDL in your
immediate possession.
• Driving a CMV without the proper class or
endorsement for the type of vehicle being
operated.
• Following too closely.
• Violating a state or local law relating to
motor-vehicle traffic control, other than a
parking violation arising in connection with
an accident or collision resulting in the
death of any person.
1.5.3. - Violation of Out-of-Service Orders
You will lose your CDL:
• For at least 90 days if you have committed
your first violation of an out-of-service
order.
• For at least one year if you have committed
two violations of an out-of-service order in a
10-year period.
• For at least 3 years if you have committed
three or more violations of an out-of-service
order in a 10-year period.
1.5.4. - Railroad-highway Grade Crossing
Violations
You will lose your CDL:
1. For at least 60 days for your first violation.
2. For at least 120 days for your second
violation within a three-year period.
3. For at least one year for your third violation
within a three-year period.
These violations include violation of a federal, state
or local law or regulation pertaining to one of the
following six offenses at a railroad-highway grade
crossing:
For drivers who are not required to always stop,
failing to stop before reaching the crossing if the
tracks are not clear.
For drivers who are not required to always stop,
failing to slow down and check that the tracks are
clear of an approaching train.
For drivers who are always required to stop, failing
to stop before driving onto the crossing.
For all drivers failing to have sufficient space to
drive completely through the crossing without
stopping.
For all drivers failing to obey a traffic control device
or the directions of an enforcement official at the
crossing.
For all drivers failing to negotiate a crossing
because of insufficient undercarriage clearance.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-14
1.6 – Hazardous Material Endorsement
1.6.1. - Hazardous Materials Endorsement (HME)
Background Check and Disqualifications
If you require a hazardous materials endorsement
you will be required to submit your fingerprints and
be subject to a Transportation Security
Administration (TSA) background check.
You must pass the Hazardous Material knowledge
test prior to adding, transferring or renewing a HME
endorsement. HME endorsements are valid for 5
years. Your Washington CDL cannot expire later
than the TSA HME clearance expiration.
You should start the background check process at
least 90 days prior to your existing expiration or
before the endorsement is needed.
You will be denied or you will lose your
hazardous materials endorsement if you:
• Are not a lawful permanent resident of t
he
U
nited States
.
• Renounce your United States citizenship.
• A
re wanted or under indictment for certai
n
f
elonies
.
• H
ave a conviction in military or civilian cour
t
for certain felonies.
• H
ave been adjudicated as a ment
al
def
ective or committed to a ment
al
institution.
• Are considered to pose a security threat as
det
ermined by the Transportation Securit
y
A
dministrati
on.
For more detail instructions and information, visit
DOL.WA.GOV
1.7 – Traffic Violations
1.7.1. - Traffic Violations in Your Personal Vehicle
The Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act (MCSIA)
of 1999 requires a CDL holder to be disqualified
from operating a commercial motor vehicle if the
CDL holder has been convicted of certain types of
moving violations in their personal vehicle.
If your privilege to operate your personal vehicle is
revoked, cancelled, or suspended due to violations
of traffic control laws (other than parking violations)
you will also lose your CDL driving privileges.
If your privilege to operate your personal vehicle is
revoked, cancelled, or suspended due to alcohol,
controlled substance or felony violations, you will
lose your CDL for 1 year. If you are convicted of a
second violation in your personal vehicle or CMV
you will lose your CDL for life.
If your license to operate your personal vehicle is
revoked, cancelled, or suspended you may not
obtain a “hardship” license to operate a CMV.
1.8 – Other CDL Rules
1.8.1. - There are other federal and state rules that
affect drivers operating CMVs in all states. Among
them are:
• You cannot have more than one license. I
f
you break this rule, a court may fine you up
t
o $5,000 or put you in jail and keep y
our
hom
e state license and return any others
.
• Y
ou must notify your employer within
30
da
ys of conviction for any traffic violatio
ns
(
except parking). This is true no matt
er
w
hat type of vehicle you were drivin
g.
• You must notify your motor vehicle
l
icensing agency within 30 days if you ar
e
c
onvicted in any other jurisdiction of an
y
traffic violation (except parking). This is true
no
matter what type of vehicle you wer
e
d
riving
.
• Y
ou must notify your employer within tw
o
bus
iness days if your license is suspende
d,
r
evoked, or canceled, or if you ar
e
di
squalified from driving
.
• You must give your employer information
on a
ll driving jobs you have held for t
he
pas
t 10 years. You must do this when yo
u
apply for a commercial driving job.
1.8.2
. - No one can drive a commercial motor
vehicle without a CDL. A court may fine you up to
$5,000 or put you in jail for breaking this rule.
1.8.3. - If you have a hazardous materials
endorsement you must notify and surrender your
hazardous materials endorsement to the state that
issued your CDL within 24 hours of any conviction
or indictment in any jurisdiction, civilian or military,
for, or found not guilty by reason of insanity of a
disqualifying crime listed in 49 CFR 1572.103; who
is adjudicated as a mental defective or committed to
a mental institution as specified in 49 CFR
1572.109; or who renounces his or her U. S.
citizenship;
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-15
1.8.4. - Your employer may not let you drive a
commercial motor vehicle if you have more than
one license or if you’re CDL is suspended or
revoked. A court may fine the employer up to
$5,000 or put him/her in jail for breaking this rule.
1.8.5. - All states are connected to one
computerized system to share information about
CDL drivers. The states will check on drivers’
accident records to be sure that drivers do not have
more than one CDL.
1.8.6. - You are not allowed to hold a mobile
telephone to conduct a voice communication or dial
a mobile telephone by pressing more than a single
button when driving.
1.8.7. - You are not allowed to send or read text
messages while driving.
1.8.8. - You must be properly restrained by a safety
belt at all times while operating a commercial motor
vehicle. The safety belt design holds the driver
securely behind the wheel during a crash, helping
the driver to control the vehicle and reduces the
chance of serious injury or death. If you do not wear
a safety belt, you are four times more likely to be
fatally injured if you are thrown from the vehicle.
Each state may have additional rules that you must
also obey.
1.9 – International Registration
Plan/International Fuel Tax Agreement
1.9.1 - If you operate a CDL required vehicle in
interstate commerce, the vehicle, with few
exceptions, is required to be registered under the
International Registration Plan (IRP) and the
International Fuel Tax Agreement (IFTA). These
federally mandated programs provide for the
equitable collection and distribution of vehicle
license fees and motor fuels taxes for vehicles
traveling throughout the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
Under the IRP, jurisdictions must register
apportioned vehicles which includes issuing license
plates and cab cards or proper credentials,
calculate, collect and distribute IRP fees, audit
carriers for accuracy of reported distance and fees
and enforce IRP requirements.
Registrant responsibilities under the Plan include
applying for IRP registration with base jurisdiction,
providing proper documentation for registration,
paying appropriate IRP registration fees, properly
displaying registration credentials, maintaining
accurate distance records, and making records
available for jurisdiction review.
The basic concept behind IFTA is to allow a
licensee (motor carrier) to license in a base
jurisdiction for the reporting and payment of motor
fuel use taxes.
Under the IFTA, a licensee is issued one set of
credentials which will authorize operations through
all IFTA member jurisdictions. The fuel use taxes
collected pursuant to the IFTA are calculated based
on the number of miles (kilometers) traveled and
the number of gallons (liters) consumed in the
member jurisdictions. The licensee files one
quarterly tax return with the base jurisdiction by
which the licensee will report all operations through
all IFTA member jurisdictions.
It is the base jurisdiction’s responsibility to remit the
taxes collected to other member jurisdictions and to
represent the other member jurisdictions in the tax
collection process, including the performance of
audits.
An IFTA licensee must retain records to support the
information reported on the IFTA quarterly tax
return
The IRP registrant and the IFTA licensee may be
the vehicle owner or the vehicle operator.
The requirement for acquiring IRP plates for a
vehicle and IFTA license for a motor carrier is
determined by the definitions from the IRP Plan and
the IFTA for Qualified Vehicle and Qualified Motor
Vehicle:
1.9.2 - For purposes of IRP:
A Qualified Vehicle is (except as provided below)
any Power Unit that is used or intended for use in
two or more Member Jurisdictions and that is used
for the transportation of persons for hire or
designed, used, or maintained primarily for the
transportation of property, and:
• has two Axles and a Gross Vehicle Wei
ght
or
registered Gross Vehicle Weight i
n
ex
cess of 26,000 pounds (11,793.4
01
k
ilograms), or
;
• has
three or more Axles, regardless
of
weight, or;
• is used in combination, when the Gross
V
ehicle Weight of such combinati
on
ex
ceeds 26,000 pounds (11,793.40
1
k
ilograms)
.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-16
While similar, the Qualified Motor Vehicle in IFTA
means a motor vehicle used, designed, or
maintained for transportation of persons or property
and:
Having two axles and a gross vehicle weight or
registered gross vehicle weight exceeding 26,000
pounds or 11,797 kilograms; or
Is used in combination, when the weight of such
combination exceeds 26,000 pounds or 11,797
kilograms gross vehicle or registered gross vehicle
weight. Qualified Motor Vehicle does not include
recreational vehicles.
If the vehicle you operate is registered under IRP
and you are a motor carrier licensed under IFTA,
then you are required to comply with the mandatory
record keeping requirements for operating the
vehicle. A universally accepted method of capturing
this information is through the completion of an
Individual Vehicle Distance Record (IVDR),
sometimes times referred to as a Driver Trip
Report. This document reflects the distance
traveled and fuel purchased for a vehicle that
operates interstate under apportioned (IRP)
registration and IFTA fuel tax credentials.
Although the actual format of the IVDR may vary,
the information that is required for proper record
keeping does not.
In order to satisfy the requirements for Individual
Vehicle Distance Records, these documents must
include the following information:
1.9-3. – Distance
Per Article IV of the IRP Plan:
(
i) D
ate of trip (starting and endi
ng)
(ii) Trip origin and destination – City and State or
P
rovinc
e
(iii) R
oute(s) of trav
el
(
iv
) B
eginning and ending odometer or hubomet
er
r
eading of the tri
p
(v) T
otal distance travel
ed
(
v
i) In-J
urisdiction distanc
e
(
v
ii) P
ower unit number or vehicle identificati
on
num
ber
.
1.9
-4. - Fuel
Per Section P560 of the IFTA Procedures Manual:
.300 An acceptable receipt or invoice must include,
but shall not be limited to, the following:
.005 Date of purchase
.010 Seller’s name and address
.015 Number of gallons or liters purchased;
.020 Fuel type
.025 Price per gallon or liter or total amount of sale
.030 Unit number or other unique vehicle identifier
.035 Purchaser’s name
An example of an IVDR that must be completed in
its entirety for each trip can be found in Figure 1.3
below. Each individual IVDR should be filled out for
only one vehicle. The rules to follow when trying to
determine how and when to log an odometer
reading are the following:
• At the beginning of the da
y
• W
hen leaving the state or provinc
e
• A
t the end of the trip/da
y
N
ot only do the trips need to be logged, but the fuel
purchases need to be documented as well. You
must obtain a receipt for all fueling and include it
with your completed IVDR.
Make sure that any trips that you enter are always
filled out in descending order and that your trips
include all state/provinces that you traveled through
on your route.
There are different routes that a driver may take,
and most of the miles may be within one state or
province. Whether or not the distance you travel is
primarily in one jurisdiction or spread among
several jurisdictions, all information for the trip must
be recorded. This includes the dates, the routes,
odometer readings and fuel purchases.
By completing this document in full and keeping all
records required by both the IRP and the IFTA, you
will have ensured that you and your company are in
compliance with all State and Provincial laws
surrounding fuel and distance record keeping
requirements.
The IVDR serves as the source document for the
calculation of fees and taxes that are payable to the
jurisdictions in which the vehicle is operated, so
these original records must be maintained for a
minimum of four years.
In addition, these records are subject to audit by the
taxing jurisdictions. Failure to maintain complete
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-17
and accurate records could result in fines, penalties The above limitations do not apply to:
and suspension or revocation of IRP registrations
Vehicles transporting poles, pipes, and machinery.
and IFTA licenses.
For additional information on the IRP and the
requirements related to the IRP, visit
www.dol.wa.gov or IRP, Inc. the official repository
for the IRP. Additional information can be found on
the IRP, Inc. website at www.irponline.org. There is
a training video on the website home page available
in English, Spanish and French.
For additional information on IFTA and the
requirements related to IFTA, visit www.dol.wa.gov.
You will also find useful information about the
Agreement at the official repository of IFTA at
http://www.iftach.org/index.php.
Figure 1.3 Individual Vehicle Mileage & Fuel Record
(Example)
1.10 – Washington State Laws and
Rules
All commercial drivers are required to know the
state laws limiting the size and weight of vehicles
and loads. You must stop at open weigh stations for
weighing and inspection. Washington State Patrol
(WSP) Troopers, Commercial Vehicle Enforcement
Officers (CVEO), and local law enforcement officers
all have the authority to stop drivers on the road to
conduct inspections. Violations for being oversized
or overweight, for operating defective equipment, or
for lacking the proper licenses and permits can
result in citations and fines. If you ignore open
weigh stations you may be cited and fined.
1.10.1. – Length
Maximum legal length:
For school buses and other single motor vehicles,
except certain municipal transport buses, is 40 feet.
For auto stages is 46 feet and includes front and
rear bumpers.
For a single vehicle or trailer in a combination, with
or without load, is 53 feet.
For double-trailer combinations can’t exceed a total
of 61 feet for the combined length of the trailers.
For truck and trailer combinations or log truck and
stinger-steered pole trailers, with or without load,
cannot exceed an overall length of 75 feet.
Vehicles transporting structural objects that cannot
be taken apart.
Vehicles operated by a public utility when making
emergency repairs of public services or properties.
Loads may not extend more than 15 feet behind the
center of the last axle or more than 3 feet beyond
the front bumper. Any load extending beyond the
sides or more than 4 feet beyond the rear of the
vehicle must have the extending portion marked
with either 12-inch red flags or with red lights. If
visibility is poor, red lamps and reflectors are
required. When you haul objects such as poles or
logs you must place a red light at the most
extended point of the load. This light must be a
combination light visible from the back and both
sides.
1.10.2. - Load Securement
Drivers operating any type of vehicle transporting a
load on public highways must securely fasten the
load and the load’s cover from becoming loose,
detached, or a hazard to other drivers.
Vehicles loaded with dirt, sand, or gravel which
does not maintain at least six inches of freeboard
must have a secured cover. For uncovered loads,
the six inches of freeboard shall be maintained after
the load has settled.
Any vehicle with deposits of mud, rock, or other
debris on the vehicle’s body, fenders, frame,
undercarriage, wheels, or tires shall be cleaned of
debris before driving on a paved public highway.
Proper equipment should be carried in the truck for
cleaning purposes.
1.10.3. – Width
No vehicle, with or without its load, may be more
than 8-1/2 feet–102 inches–wide. Rearview mirrors
may extend to no more than 5 inches beyond the
extreme limits of the body. All other equipment,
including all safety equipment and parts such as
door handles, door hinges, mud flaps, fender
extensions, and turn-signal brackets may reach no
more than 3 inches beyond the extreme limits of the
body.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-18
1.10.4. – Height
No vehicle, including its load, may be more than 14
feet high. This limit does not apply to emergency
vehicles or utility repair equipment.
Even though you know the height of your vehicle or
load, always make sure there is enough clearance,
especially when driving in unfamiliar areas or in bad
weather. When you are approaching a tunnel or an
overpass on a new route, and there is no clearance
sign visible, safely pull off the road and check the
clearance height. Ice, snow, or road repairs may
reduce a clearance that is normally enough to pass
beneath.
1.10.5. – Weight
The allowable gross weight of a bus or truck
depends on tire size, the number of axles, and the
spacing of axles (or axle groups). No vehicle may
operate on public highways with a gross weight–
including load–that is more than 600 pounds per
inch of tire width concentrated on 1 tire. For
example, a tire size 10.00 – 22 is 10 inches wide
and may carry 6,000 pounds. Axles carrying more
than 10,000 pounds and equipped with single tires
are limited to 500 pounds per inch of tire width. For
exemptions, contact WSP Commercial Vehicle
Enforcement.
Maximum weights for commercial vehicles in
Washington are:
• 20,000 pounds on any single axle
,
depe
nding on tire size
.
• 34,
000 pounds on tandem axles spac
ed
l
ess than 7 feet apart
.
• 40,
000 pounds for any single-unit vehicl
e
s
upported by 3 or more axles
.
• 80,
000 pounds for any combinati
on of
v
ehicles
.
1.
10.6. – Permits
The Department of Transportation may approve
and issue permits to allow oversized and
overweight vehicles–other than school buses–to
operate on state highways. Contact the proper
county or city official for oversize and overweight
permits on county roads or city streets.
To get a special permit, you must show that:
• The only practical means of transporti
ng
c
ertain cargo is by motor vehicl
e.
• T
he vehicle and load are properly licens
ed.
• The load cannot reasonably be taken apart.
• B
efore a permit is issued, the applicati
on
will be reviewed to assess any possible:
• D
isruption to traffic flows
.
• T
hreat to public safety
.
• D
amage to the highway system
.
I
f the application is approved, you will need to pay a
fee based on the length of the permit period and, for
overweight vehicles, the amount of weight that is
over the legal maximum.
For information on special permits, you may request
the publication: Overweight/Oversize Vehicle
Permits, from any Washington State Department of
Transportation Office or write to:
Permit Office
Maintenance and Operations Group
Transportation Building
Olympia WA 98504
1.10.7. - Tire chains
All vehicles or combinations of vehicles must carry
enough tire chains while operating in any mountain
pass or in any “chain/approved traction device
control area” designated by either the Washington
State Department of Transportation or the
Washington State Patrol. Chains must be carried on
all vehicles over 10,000 pounds (GVWR) from
November 1 to April 1 of each year or at other times
when chains are required for such vehicles.
1.10.8. - Speed limits
Unless otherwise posted, the maximum allowable
speed for trucks and buses is:
• 60 mph on interstate and Washington Stat
e
h
ighways–70 mph for auto-stages
.
• 50 mph on county roads.
• 25 m
ph on city and town streets
.
• Pos
ted signs showing lower limits must
be
obe
yed.
1.10.9. - Right lane rule
When you are driving a heavy vehicle or
combination, travel in the right lane except when
preparing to turn left or when passing another
vehicle.
1.10.10. - Left lane rule
No vehicle or combination over 10,000 pounds may
be driven in the left-hand lane of a limited access
roadway having 3 or more lanes for traffic moving in
one direction except when preparing for a left turn
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-19
at an intersection, exit, or onto a private road or
•
You must not drive after having been
on
dr
iveway when a left turn is legally allowed.
duty 60 hours in any 7 consecutive days
.
1.
10.11. - Slow vehicle rule
If you are driving a slow-moving vehicle on a two-
lane highway and five or more vehicles behind you
are delayed and unable to pass, you must pull off
the roadway at the first safe and available turnout.
A turnout may be an extended shoulder where you
can keep your present speed, or a small area off
the roadway where you can stop before returning to
the roadway.
Don’t try to pass more than one vehicle at a time
when you are driving on a two-lane highway. When
you are traveling with another truck or bus in a
convoy, leave enough space between vehicles in
the convoy for others to pull back into the lane
safely.
1.10.12. - Hours of service
All commercial drivers of private or common
carriers within the state of Washington and all
interstate commercial drivers must obey laws and
regulations governing maximum driving and on duty
time.
Hours of service rules for property-carrying drivers
are:
•
You may drive a maximum of 11 hours aft
er
10 c
onsecutive hours off duty
.
•
Y
ou cannot drive beyond the 14th h
our
af
ter coming on duty, following
10
c
onsecutive hours off duty
.
•
Y
ou must not drive after 60 hours on duty i
n
7 c
onsecutive days
.
•
Y
ou must not drive after 70 hours on duty i
n
8 c
onsecutive days
.
A
driver may restart a 7 or 8 consecutive day period
after taking 34 or more consecutive hours off duty.
Commercial drivers using the sleeper berth
provision must take at least 7consecutive hours in
the sleeper berth, plus 3 consecutive hours either in
the sleeper berth, off duty, or in any combination of
both.
Hours of service rules for passenger-carrying
drivers are:
•
You must not drive more than 10 hour
s
f
ollowing 8 consecutive hours off duty
.
•
Y
ou must not drive for any period aft
er
hav
ing been on duty for 15 hours followi
ng
8 c
onsecutive hours off duty
.
•
Y
ou must not drive after having been
on
dut
y 70 hours in any 8 consecutive days
.
• 30 minute break:
R
equires a 30-minute break only when
a
dr
iver has driven for a period of 8 hour
s
without at least a 30-minute interruption. If
r
equired, the break may be satisfied by an
y
non
-driving period of 30 minutes, i.e. on-
duty, off-duty, or sleeper berth time.
It i
s your responsibility to record–in duplicate–every
24-hour period of duty status in a driver’s logbook
.
K
eep a copy of each record of duty status for t
he
pr
evious 7 consecutive days. This record must be i
n
y
our possession and must be available f
or
i
nspection while on duty. Logbooks are subject t
o
i
nspection by law enforcement officials. If you hav
e
ques
tions about hours of service, contact
:
F
ederal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
(
360)-753-9875
www.fmcsa.dot.gov (click on the link for hours of
service)
1.10.13. - Accident reporting
If your vehicle is involved in a collision, stop
immediately. If anyone is hurt and needs or
requests aid, help them. Exchange information with
everyone involved in the collision. If the collision
caused injury to anyone or if the damage amounts
to $1,000 or more, file a state Vehicle Collision
Report within 4 days with the municipal police, the
local sheriff, or the Washington State Patrol.
Section 1 – Introduction
Page 1-20
breakdown on the road that will cost time and
Section 2
dollars, or even worse, a crash caused by the
defect.
DRIVING SAFELY
Federal and state laws require that drivers inspect
This Section Covers
their vehicles. Federal and state inspectors also
• Vehicle Inspection
• Basic Control of Your Vehicle
• Shifting Gears
• Seeing
• Communicating
• Space Management
• Controlling Your Speed
• Seeing Hazards
• Distracted Driving
• Aggressive Drivers/Road Rage
• Night Driving & Driver Fatigue
• Driving in Fog
• Winter Driving
• Hot Weather Driving
• Railroad-highway Crossings
• Mountain Driving
• Driving Emergencies
• Antilock Braking Systems
• Skid Control and Recovery
• Accident Procedures
• Fires
• Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving
• Hazardous Materials Rules
This section contains knowledge and safe driving
information that all commercial drivers should know.
You must pass a test on this information to get a
CDL.
T
his section does not have specifi
c
i
nformation on air brakes, combination vehicles
,
doub
les, or passenger vehicles. When preparing f
or
the Vehicle Inspection Test, you must review the
material in Section 11 in addition to the information
i
n this section. This section does have basi
c
i
nformation on hazardous materials (HazMat) t
hat
al
l drivers should know. If you need a HazM
at
endor
sement, you should study Sectio
n 9.
2.1 – Vehicle Inspection
2.1.1 – Why Inspect
Safety is the most important reason you inspect
your vehicle, safety for yourself and for other road
users.
A vehicle defect found during an inspection could
save you problems later. You could have a
may inspect your vehicles. If they judge the vehicle
to be unsafe, they will put it "out of service" until it is
fixed.
2.1.2 – Types of Vehicle Inspection
Vehicle Inspection. A Vehicle inspection will help
you find problems that could cause a crash or
breakdown.
During a Trip. For safety you should:
Watch gauges for signs of trouble.
Use your senses to check for problems (look, listen,
smell, feel).
Check critical items when you stop:
Tires, wheels and rims.
Brakes.
Lights and reflectors.
Brake and electrical connections to trailer.
Trailer coupling devices.
Cargo securement devices.
After-trip Inspection and Report. You should do
an after-trip inspection at the end of the trip, day, or
tour of duty on each vehicle you operated. It may
include filling out a vehicle condition report listing
any problems you find. The inspection report helps
a motor carrier know when the vehicle needs
repairs.
2.1.3 – What to Look For
Tire Problems
Too much or too little air pressure.
Bad wear. You need at least 4/32-inch tread depth
in every major groove on front tires. You need 2/32
inch on other tires. No fabric should show through
the tread or sidewall.
Cuts or other damage.
Tread separation.
Dual tires that come in contact with each other or
parts of the vehicle.
Mismatched sizes.
Radial and bias-ply tires used together.
Cut or cracked valve stems.
Re-grooved, recapped, or retreaded tires on the
front wheels of a bus are prohibited.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-1
Wheel and Rim Problems
Damaged rims.
Rust around wheel nuts may mean the nuts are
loose--check tightness. After a tire has been
changed, stop a short while later and re-check
tightness of nuts.
Suspension System Defects. The suspension
system holds up the vehicle and its load. It keeps
the axles in place. Therefore, broken suspension
parts can be extremely dangerous. Look for:
Spring hangers that allow movement of axle from
proper position. See Figure 2.2.
Figure 2.2
Missing clamps, spacers, studs, or lugs means
danger.
Mismatched, bent, or cracked lock rings are
dangerous.
Wheels or rims that have had welding repairs are
not safe.
Bad Brake Drums or Shoes
Cracked drums.
Shoes or pads with oil, grease, or brake fluid on
them.
Shoes worn dangerously thin, missing, or broken.
Steering System Defects
Missing nuts, bolts, cotter keys, or other parts.
Bent, loose, or broken parts, such as steering
column, steering gear box, or tie rods.
If power steering equipped, check hoses, pumps,
and fluid level; check for leaks.
Steering wheel play of more than 10 degrees
(approximately 2 inches movement at the rim of a
20-inch steering wheel) can make it hard to steer
.
Cracked or broken spring hangers.
Missing or broken leaves in any leaf spring. If one-
fourth or more are missing, it will put the vehicle
"out of service", but any defect could be dangerous.
See Figure 2.3.
Figure 2.1
Figure 2.3
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-2
Broken leaves in a multi-leaf spring or leaves that
have shifted so they might hit a tire or other part.
Leaking shock absorbers.
Torque rod or arm, u-bolts, spring hangers, or other
axle positioning parts that are cracked, damaged, or
missing.
Air suspension systems that are damaged and/or
leaking. See Figure 2.4.
Figure 2.4
Any loose, cracked, broken, or missing frame
members.
Exhaust System Defects. A broken exhaust
system can let poison fumes into the cab or sleeper
berth. Look for:
Loose, broken, or missing exhaust pipes, mufflers,
tailpipes, or vertical stacks.
Loose, broken, or missing mounting brackets,
clamps, bolts, or nuts.
Exhaust system parts rubbing against fuel system
parts, tires, or other moving parts of vehicle.
Exhaust system parts that are leaking.
Emergency Equipment. Vehicles must be
equipped with emergency equipment. Look for:
Fire extinguisher(s).
Spare electrical fuses (unless equipped with circuit
breakers).
Warning devices for parked vehicles: three
reflective triangles or at least 6 fusees or 3 liquid
burning flares).
Cargo (Trucks). You must make sure the truck is
not overloaded and the cargo is balanced and
secured before each trip. If the cargo contains
hazardous materials, you must inspect for proper
papers and placarding.
2.1.4 – CDL Vehicle Inspection Test
In order to obtain a CDL you will be required to
pass a Vehicle inspection test. You will be tested to
see if you know whether your vehicle is safe to
drive. You will be asked to do a Vehicle inspection
of your vehicle. You must point to/touch and name
the item you are inspecting and explain to the
examiner what you would inspect and why. The
following seven-step inspection method should be
useful.
2.1.5 – Seven-step Inspection Method
Method of Inspection. You should do a Vehicle
inspection the same way each time so you will learn
all the steps and be less likely to forget something.
Approaching the Vehicle. Notice general
condition. Look for damage or vehicle leaning to
one side. Look under the vehicle for fresh oil,
coolant, grease, or fuel leaks. Check the area
around the vehicle for hazards to vehicle movement
(people, other vehicles, objects, low-hanging wires,
limbs, etc.).
Vehicle Inspection Guide
Step 1: Vehicle Overview
Review Last Vehicle Inspection Report. Drivers
may have to make a vehicle inspection report in
writing each day. The motor carrier must repair any
items in the report that affect safety and certify on
the report that repairs were made or were
unnecessary. You must sign the report only if
defects were noted and certified to be repaired or
not needed to be repaired.
Step 2: Check Engine Compartment
Check That the Parking Brakes Are On and/or
Wheels Chocked.
You may have to raise the hood, tilt the cab (secure
loose things so they don't fall and break something),
or open the engine compartment door.
Check the following:
Engine oil level.
Coolant level in radiator; condition of hoses.
Power steering fluid level; hose condition (if so
equipped).
Windshield washer fluid level.
Battery fluid level, connections and tie downs
(battery may be located elsewhere)
Automatic transmission fluid level (may require
engine to be running).
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-3
Check belts for tightness and excessive wear
(alternator, water pump, air compressor)--learn how
much "give" the belts should have when adjusted
right, and check each one.
Leaks in the engine compartment (fuel, coolant, oil,
power steering fluid, hydraulic fluid, battery fluid).
Cracked, worn electrical wiring insulation.
Lower and secure hood, cab, or engine
compartment door.
Step 3: Start Engine and Inspect Inside the Cab
Get In and Start Engine
Make sure parking brake is on.
Put gearshift in neutral (or "park" if automatic).
Start engine; listen for unusual noises.
If equipped, check the Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) indicator lights. Light on dash should come
on and then turn off. If it stays on the ABS is not
working properly. For trailers only, if the yellow light
on the left rear of the trailer stays on, the ABS is not
working properly.
Look at the Gauges
Oil pressure. Should come up to normal within
seconds after engine is started. See Figure 2.5
Air pressure. Pressure should build from 50 to 90
psi within 3 minutes. Build air pressure to governor
cut-out (usually around 120 – 140 psi. Know your
vehicle’s requirements.
Transmission controls.
Interaxle differential lock (if vehicle has one).
Horn(s).
Windshield wiper/washer.
Lights.
Headlights.
Dimmer switch.
Turn signal.
Four-way flashers.
Parking, clearance, identification, marker
switch(es).
Ammeter and/or voltmeter. Should be in normal
range(s).
Coolant temperature. Should begin gradual rise to
normal operating range.
Engine oil temperature. Should begin gradual rise
to normal operating range.
Warning lights and buzzers. Oil, coolant, charging
circuit warning, and antilock brake system lights
should go out right away.
Check Condition of Controls. Check all of the
following for looseness, sticking, damage, or
improper setting:
Steering wheel.
Clutch.
Accelerator ("gas pedal").
Brake controls.
Foot brake.
Trailer brake (if vehicle has one).
Parking brake.
Retarder controls (if vehicle has them).
Figure 2.5
Check Mirrors and Windshield. Inspect mirrors
and windshield for cracks, dirt, illegal stickers, or
other obstructions to seeing clearly. Clean and
adjust as necessary.
Check Emergency Equipment
Check for safety equipment:
Spare electrical fuses (unless vehicle has circuit
breakers).
Three red reflective triangles, 6 fusees or 3 liquid
burning flares.
Properly charged and rated fire extinguisher.
Check for optional items such as:
Chains (where winter conditions require).
Tire changing equipment.
List of emergency phone numbers
Accident reporting kit (packet).
Check Safety Belt. Check that the safety belt is
securely mounted, adjusts; latches properly and is
not ripped or frayed.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-4
Step 4: Turn Off Engine and Check Lights
Make sure the parking brake is set, turn off the
engine, and take the key with you. Turn on
headlights (low beams) and four-way emergency
flashers, and get out of the vehicle.
Step 5: Do Walk-around Inspection
Go to front of vehicle and check that low beams are
on and both of the four-way flashers are working.
Push dimmer switch and check that high beams
work.
Turn off headlights and four-way emergency
flashers.
Turn on parking, clearance, side-marker, and
identification lights.
Turn on right turn signal, and start walk-around
inspection.
General
Walk around and inspect.
Clean all lights, reflectors, and glass as you go
along.
Left Front Side
Driver's door glass should be clean.
Door latches or locks should work properly.
Left front wheel.
Condition of wheel and rim--missing, bent, broken
studs, clamps, lugs, or any signs of misalignment.
Condition of tires--properly inflated, valve stem and
cap OK, no serious cuts, bulges, or tread wear.
Use wrench to test rust-streaked lug nuts, indicating
looseness.
Hub oil level OK, no leaks.
Left front suspension.
Condition of spring, spring hangers, shackles,
u-bolts
.
S
hock absorber condition
.
Lef
t front brake.
Condition of brake drum or disc.
Condition of hoses.
Front
Condition of front axle.
Condition of steering system.
No loose, worn, bent, damaged or missing parts.
Must grab steering mechanism to test for
looseness.
Condition of windshield.
Check for damage and clean if dirty.
Check windshield wiper arms for proper spring
tension.
Check wiper blades for damage, "stiff" rubber, and
securement.
Lights and reflectors.
Parking, clearance, and identification lights clean,
operating, and proper color (amber at front).
Reflectors clean and proper color (amber at front).
Right front turn signal light clean, operating, and
proper color (amber or white on signals facing
forward).
Right Side
Right front: check all items as done on left front.
Primary and secondary safety cab locks engaged (if
cab-over-engine design).
Right fuel tank(s).
Securely mounted, not damaged, or leaking.
Fuel crossover line secure.
Tank(s) contain enough fuel.
Cap(s) on and secure.
Condition of visible parts.
Rear of engine--not leaking.
Transmission--not leaking.
Exhaust system--secure, not leaking, not touching
wires, fuel, or air-lines.
Frame and cross members--no bends or cracks.
Air-lines and electrical wiring--secured against
snagging, rubbing, wearing.
Spare tire carrier or rack not damaged (if so
equipped).
Spare tire and/or wheel securely mounted in rack.
Spare tire and wheel adequate (proper size,
properly inflated).
Cargo securement (trucks).
Cargo properly blocked, braced, tied, chained, etc.
Header board adequate, secure (if required).
Side boards, stakes strong enough, free of damage,
properly set in place (if so equipped).
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-5
Canvas or tarp (if required) properly secured to
prevent tearing, billowing, or blocking of mirrors.
If oversize, all required signs (flags, lamps, and
reflectors) safely and properly mounted and all
required permits in driver's possession.
Curbside cargo compartment doors in good
condition, securely closed, latched/locked and
required security seals in place.
Right Rear
Condition of wheels and rims--no missing, bent, or
broken spacers, studs, clamps, or lugs.
Condition of tires--properly inflated, valve stems
and caps OK, no serious cuts, bulges, tread wear,
tires not rubbing each other, and nothing stuck
between them.
Tires same type, e.g., not mixed radial and bias
types.
Tires evenly matched (same sizes).
Wheel bearing/seals not leaking.
Suspension.
Condition of spring(s), spring hangers, shackles,
and u-bolts.
Axle secure.
Powered axle(s) not leaking lube (gear oil).
Condition of torque rod arms, bushings.
Condition of shock absorber(s).
If retractable axle equipped, check condition of lift
mechanism. If air powered, check for leaks.
Condition of air ride components.
Brakes.
Brake adjustment.
Condition of brake drum(s) or discs.
Condition of hoses--look for any wear due to
rubbing.
Lights and reflectors.
Side-marker lights clean, operating, and proper
color (red at rear, others amber).
Side-marker reflectors clean and proper color (red
at rear, others amber).
Rear
Lights and reflectors.
Rear clearance and identification lights clean,
operating, and proper color (red at rear).
Reflectors clean and proper color (red at rear).
Taillights clean, operating, and proper color (red at
rear).
Right rear turn signal operating, and proper color
(red, yellow, or amber at rear).
License plate(s) present, clean, and secured.
Splash guards present, not damaged, properly
fastened, not dragging on ground, or rubbing tires.
Cargo secure (trucks).
Cargo properly blocked, braced, tied, chained, etc.
Tailboards up and properly secured.
End gates free of damage, properly secured in
stake sockets.
Canvas or tarp (if required) properly secured to
prevent tearing, billowing, or blocking of either the
rearview mirrors or rear lights.
If over-length, or over-width, make sure all signs
and/or additional lights/flags are safely and properly
mounted and all required permits are in driver's
possession.
Rear doors securely closed, latched/locked.
Left Side
Check all items as done on right side, plus:
Battery(ies) (if not mounted in engine
compartment).
Battery box(es) securely mounted to vehicle.
Box has secure cover.
Battery(ies) secured against movement.
Battery(ies) not broken or leaking.
Fluid in battery(ies) at proper level (except
maintenance-free type).
Cell caps present and securely tightened (except
maintenance-free type).
Vents in cell caps free of foreign material (except
maintenance-free type).
Step 6: Check Signal Lights
Get In and Turn Off Lights
Turn off all lights.
Turn on stop lights (apply trailer hand brake or have
a helper put on the brake pedal).
Turn on left turn signal lights.
Get Out and Check Lights
Left front turn signal light clean, operating and
proper color (amber or white on signals facing the
front).
Left rear turn signal light and both stop lights clean,
operating, and proper color (red, yellow, or amber).
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-6
Get In Vehicle
Turn off lights not needed for driving.
Check for all required papers, trip manifests,
permits, etc.
Secure all loose articles in cab (they might interfere
with operation of the controls or hit you in a crash).
Start the engine.
Step 7: Start the Engine and Check
Test for Hydraulic Leaks. If the vehicle has
hydraulic brakes, pump the brake pedal three times.
Then apply firm pressure to the pedal and hold for
five seconds. The pedal should not move. If it does,
there may be a leak or other problem. Get it fixed
before driving. If the vehicle has air brakes, do the
checks described in Sections 5 and 6 of this
manual.
Brake System
Test Parking Brake(s)
Fasten safety belt
Set parking brake (power unit only).
Release trailer parking brake (if applicable).
Place vehicle into a low gear.
Gently pull forward against parking brake to make
sure the parking brake holds.
Repeat the same steps for the trailer with trailer
parking brake set and power unit parking brakes
released (if applicable).
If it doesn't hold vehicle, it is faulty; get it fixed.
Test Service Brake Stopping Action
Go about five miles per hour.
Push brake pedal firmly
"Pulling" to one side or the other can mean brake
trouble.
Any unusual brake pedal "feel" or delayed stopping
action can mean trouble.
If you find anything unsafe during the Vehicle
inspection, get it fixed. Federal and state laws forbid
operating an unsafe vehicle.
2.1.6 – Inspection during a Trip
Check Vehicle Operation Regularly
You should check:
Instruments.
Air pressure gauge (if you have air brakes).
Temperature gauges.
Pressure gauges.
Ammeter/voltmeter.
Mirrors.
Tires.
Cargo, cargo covers.
Lights, etc
If you see, hear, smell, or feel anything that might
mean trouble, check it out.
Safety Inspection. Drivers of trucks and truck
tractors when transporting cargo must inspect the
securement of the cargo within the first 50 miles of
a trip and every 150 miles or every three hours
(whichever comes first) after.
2.1.7 – After-trip Inspection and Report
You may have to make a written report each day on
the condition of the vehicle(s) you drove. Report
anything affecting safety or possibly leading to
mechanical breakdown.
Subsection 2.1
Test Your Knowledge
The vehicle inspection report tells the motor carrier
about problems that may need fixing. Keep a copy
of your report in the vehicle for one day. That way,
the next driver can learn about any problems you
have found.
1. W
hat is the most important reason for doing
a
v
ehicle inspection
?
2.
W
hat things should you check during a tri
p?
3.
N
ame some key steering system parts
.
4.
N
ame some suspension system defects
.
5.
W
hat three kinds of emergency equipment mus
t
y
ou hav
e?
6.
W
hat is the minimum tread depth for front tires
?
F
or other tires
?
7.
N
ame some things you should check on t
he
f
ront of your vehicle during the walk ar
ound
i
nspecti
on.
8.
W
hat should wheel bearing seals be check
ed
f
or
?
9.
H
ow many red reflective triangles should yo
u
c
arr
y?
10.
H
ow do you test hydraulic brakes for leaks
?
11.
W
hy put the starter switch key in your pock
et
dur
ing the Vehicle inspectio
n?
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-7
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 2.1.
2.2 – Basic Control of Your Vehicle
To drive a vehicle safely, you must be able to
control its speed and direction. Safe operation of a
commercial vehicle requires skill in:
Accelerating.
Steering.
Stopping.
Backing safely.
Fasten your seatbelt when on the road. Apply the
parking brake when you leave your vehicle.
2.2.1 – Accelerating
Don't roll back when you start. You may hit
someone behind you. If you have a manual
transmission vehicle, partly engage the clutch
before you take your right foot off the brake. Put on
the parking brake whenever necessary to keep from
rolling back. Release the parking brake only when
you have applied enough engine power to keep
from rolling back. On a tractor-trailer equipped with
a trailer brake hand valve, the hand valve can be
applied to keep from rolling back.
Speed up smoothly and gradually so the vehicle
does not jerk. Rough acceleration can cause
mechanical damage. When pulling a trailer, rough
acceleration can damage the coupling.
Speed up very gradually when traction is poor, as in
rain or snow. If you use too much power, the drive
wheels may spin. You could lose control. If the drive
wheels begin to spin, take your foot off the
accelerator.
2.2.2 – Steering
Hold the steering wheel firmly with both hands.
Your hands should be on opposite sides of the
wheel. If you hit a curb or a pothole (chuckhole), the
wheel could pull away from your hands unless you
have a firm hold.
2.2.3 – Stopping
Push the brake pedal down gradually. The amount
of brake pressure you need to stop the vehicle will
depend on the speed of the vehicle and how quickly
you need to stop. Control the pressure so the
vehicle comes to a smooth, safe stop. If you have a
manual transmission, push the clutch in when the
engine is close to idle.
2.2.4 – Backing Safely
Because you cannot see everything behind your
vehicle, backing is always dangerous. Avoid
backing whenever you can. When you park, try to
park so you will be able to pull forward when you
leave. When you have to back, here are a few
simple safety rules:
Start in the proper position.
Look at your path.
Use mirrors on both sides.
Back slowly.
Back and turn toward the driver's side whenever
possible.
Use a helper whenever possible.
These rules are discussed in turn below.
Start in the Proper Position. Put the vehicle in the
best position to allow you to back safely. This
position will depend on the type of backing to be
done.
Look at Your Path. Look at your line of travel
before you begin. Get out and walk around the
vehicle. Check your clearance to the sides and
overhead, in and near the path your vehicle will
take.
Use Mirrors on Both Sides. Check the outside
mirrors on both sides frequently. Get out of the
vehicle and check your path if you are unsure.
Back Slowly. Always back as slowly as possible.
Use the lowest reverse gear. That way you can
more easily correct any steering errors. You also
can stop quickly if necessary.
Back and Turn Toward the Driver's Side. Back to
the driver's side so that you can see better. Backing
toward the right side is very dangerous because
you can't see as well. If you back and turn toward
the driver's side, you can watch the rear of your
vehicle by looking out the side window. Use driver-
side backing--even if it means going around the
block to put your vehicle in this position. The added
safety is worth it.
Use a Helper. Use a helper when you can. There
are blind spots you can't see. That's why a helper is
important. The helper should stand near the back of
your vehicle where you can see the helper. Before
you begin backing, work out a set of hand signals
that you both understand. Agree on a signal for
"stop."
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-8
2.3 – Shifting Gears
Correct shifting of gears is important. If you can't
get your vehicle into the right gear while driving, you
will have less control.
2.3.1 – Manual Transmissions
Basic Method for Shifting Up. Most heavy
vehicles with unsynchronized manual transmissions
require double clutching to change gears. If
equipped with a synchronized manual transmission,
double clutching is NOT required This is the basic
method:
Release accelerator, push in clutch and shift to
neutral at the same time.
Release clutch.
Let engine and gears slow down to the rpm
required for the next gear (this takes practice).
Push in clutch and shift to the higher gear at the
same time.
Release clutch and press accelerator at the same
time.
Shifting gears using double clutching requires
practice. If you remain too long in neutral, you may
have difficulty putting the vehicle into the next gear.
If so, don't try to force it. Return to neutral, release
clutch, increase engine speed to match road speed,
and try again.
Knowing When to Shift Up. There are two ways of
knowing when to shift:
Use Engine Speed (rpm). Study the driver's
manual for your vehicle and learn the operating rpm
range. Watch your tachometer, and shift up when
your engine reaches the top of the range. (Some
newer vehicles use "progressive" shifting: the rpm
at which you shift becomes higher as you move up
in the gears. Find out what's right for the vehicle
you will operate.)
Use Road Speed (mph). Learn what speeds each
gear is good for. Then, by using the speedometer,
you'll know when to shift up.
With either method, you may learn to use engine
sounds to know when to shift.
Basic Procedures for Shifting Down
Release accelerator, push in clutch, and shift to
neutral at the same time.
Release clutch.
Press accelerator, increase engine and gear speed
to the rpm required in the lower gear.
Push in clutch and shift to lower gear at the same
time.
Release clutch and press accelerator at the same
time.
Downshifting, like upshifting, requires knowing
when to shift. Use either the tachometer or the
speedometer and downshift at the right rpm or road
speed.
Special conditions where you should downshift
are:
Before Starting Down a Hill. Slow down and shift
down to a speed that you can control without using
the brakes hard. Otherwise the brakes can overheat
and lose their braking power.
Downshift before starting down the hill. Make sure
you are in a low enough gear, usually lower than
the gear required to climb the same hill.
Before Entering a Curve. Slow down to a safe
speed, and downshift to the right gear before
entering the curve. This lets you use some power
through the curve to help the vehicle be more stable
while turning. It also allows you to speed up as
soon as you are out of the curve.
2.3.2 – Multi-speed Rear Axles and Auxiliary
Transmissions
Multi-speed rear axles and auxiliary transmissions
are used on many vehicles to provide extra gears.
You usually control them by a selector knob or
switch on the gearshift lever of the main
transmission. There are many different shift
patterns. Learn the right way to shift gears in the
vehicle you will drive.
2.3.3 – Automatic Transmissions
Some vehicles have automatic transmissions. You
can select a low range to get greater engine braking
when going down grades. The lower ranges prevent
the transmission from shifting up beyond the
selected gear (unless the governor rpm is
exceeded). It is very important to use this braking
effect when going down grades.
2.3.4 – Retarders
Some vehicles have "retarders." Retarders help
slow a vehicle, reducing the need for using your
brakes. They reduce brake wear and give you
another way to slow down. There are four basic
types of retarders (exhaust, engine, hydraulic, and
electric). All retarders can be turned on or off by the
driver. On some vehicles the retarding power can
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-9
be adjusted. When turned "on," retarders apply their
braking power (to the drive wheels only) whenever
you let up on the accelerator pedal all the way.
Because these devices can be noisy, be sure you
know where their use is permitted.
Caution. When your drive wheels have poor
traction, the retarder may cause them to skid.
Therefore, you should turn the retarder off
whenever the road is wet, icy, or snow covered.
Subsections 2.2 and 2.3
Test Your Knowledge
1. W
hy should you back toward the driver'
s
s
i
de?
2. I
f stopped on a hill, how can you star
t
moving without rolling back?
3.
W
hen backing, why is it important to us
e a
hel
per?
4. W
hat's the most important hand signal t
hat
y
ou and the helper should agr
ee on?
5. W
hat are the two special conditions wher
e
you should downshift?
6.
W
hen should you downshift automati
c
t
ransmissions
?
7.
R
etarders keep you from skidding when t
he
r
oad is slippery. True or Fals
e?
8.
W
hat are the two ways to know when t
o
shift?
T
hese questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.2 and 2.3.
2.4 – Seeing
To be a safe driver you need to know what's going
on all around your vehicle. Not looking properly is a
major cause of accidents.
2.4.1 – Seeing Ahead
All drivers look ahead; but many don't look far
enough ahead.
Importance of Looking Far Enough Ahead.
Because stopping or changing lanes can take a lot
of distance, knowing what the traffic is doing on all
sides of you is very important. You need to look well
ahead to make sure you have room to make these
moves safely.
How Far Ahead to Look. Most good drivers look at
least 12 to 15 seconds ahead. That means looking
ahead the distance you will travel in 12 to 15
seconds. At lower speeds, that's about one block.
At highway speeds it's about a quarter of a mile. If
you're not looking that far ahead, you may have to
stop too quickly or make quick lane changes.
Looking 12 to 15 seconds ahead doesn't mean not
paying attention to things that are closer. Good
drivers shift their attention back and forth, near and
far. Figure 2.6 illustrates how far to look ahead.
Figure 2.6
Look for Traffic. Look for vehicles coming onto the
highway, into your lane, or turning. Watch for brake
lights from slowing vehicles. By seeing these things
far enough ahead, you can change your speed, or
change lanes if necessary to avoid a problem. If a
traffic light has been green for a long time it will
probably change before you get there. Start
slowing down and be ready to stop.
2.4.2 – Seeing to the Sides and Rear
It's important to know what's going on behind and to
the sides. Check your mirrors regularly. Check
more often in special situations.
Mirror Adjustment. Mirror adjustment should be
checked prior to the start of any trip and can only be
checked accurately when the trailer(s) are straight.
You should check and adjust each mirror to show
some part of the vehicle. This will give you a
reference point for judging the position of the other
images.
Regular Checks. You need to make regular checks
of your mirrors to be aware of traffic and to check
your vehicle.
Traffic. Check your mirrors for vehicles on either
side and in back of you. In an emergency, you may
need to know whether you can make a quick lane
change. Use your mirrors to spot overtaking
vehicles. There are "blind spots" that your mirrors
cannot show you. Check your mirrors regularly to
know where other vehicles are around you, and to
see if they move into your blind spots.
Check Your Vehicle. Use the mirrors to keep an
eye on your tires. It's one way to spot a tire fire. If
you're carrying open cargo, you can use the mirrors
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-10
to check it. Look for loose straps, ropes, or chains.
Watch for a flapping or ballooning tarp.
Special Situations. Special situations require more
than regular mirror checks. These are lane
changes, turns, merges, and tight maneuvers.
Lane Changes. You need to check your mirrors to
make sure no one is alongside you or about to pass
you. Check your mirrors:
Before you change lanes to make sure there is
enough room.
After you have signaled, to check that no one has
moved into your blind spot.
Right after you start the lane change, to double-
check that your path is clear.
After you complete the lane change.
Turns. In turns, check your mirrors to make sure
the rear of your vehicle will not hit anything.
Merges. When merging, use your mirrors to make
sure the gap in traffic is large enough for you to
enter safely.
Tight Maneuvers. Any time you are driving in close
quarters, check your mirrors often. Make sure you
have enough clearance.
How to Use Mirrors. Use mirrors correctly by
checking them quickly and understanding what you
see.
When you use your mirrors while driving on the
road, check quickly. Look back and forth between
the mirrors and the road ahead. Don't focus on the
mirrors for too long. Otherwise, you will travel quite
a distance without knowing what's happening
ahead.
Many large vehicles have curved (convex,
"fisheye," "spot," "bug-eye") mirrors that show a
wider area than flat mirrors. This is often helpful.
But everything appears smaller in a convex mirror
than it would if you were looking at it directly.
Things also seem farther away than they really are.
It's important to realize this and to allow for it.
Figure 2.7 shows the field of vision using a convex
mirror.
2.5 – Communicating
2.5.1 – Signal Your Intentions
Other drivers can't know what you are going to do
until you tell them.
Signaling what you intend to do is important for
safety. Here are some general rules for signaling.
Figure 2.7
Turns. There are three good rules for using turn
signals:
Signal early. Signal well before you turn. It is the
best way to keep others from trying to pass you.
Signal continuously. You need both hands on the
wheel to turn safely. Don't cancel the signal until
you have completed the turn.
Cancel your signal. Don't forget to turn off your turn
signal after you've turned (if you don't have self-
canceling signals).
Lane Changes. Put your turn signal on before
changing lanes. Change lanes slowly and smoothly.
That way a driver you didn't see may have a chance
to honk his/her horn, or avoid your vehicle.
Slowing Down. Warn drivers behind you when you
see you'll need to slow down. A few light taps on
the brake pedal -- enough to flash the brake lights --
should warn following drivers. Use the four-way
emergency flashers for times when you are driving
very slowly or are stopped. Warn other drivers in
any of the following situations:
Trouble Ahead. The size of your vehicle may make
it hard for drivers behind you to see hazards ahead.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-11
If you see a hazard that will require slowing down,
warn the drivers behind by flashing your brake
lights.
Tight Turns. Most car drivers don't know how
slowly you have to go to make a tight turn in a large
vehicle. Give drivers behind you warning by braking
early and slowing gradually.
Stopping on the Road. Truck and bus drivers
sometimes stop in the roadway to unload cargo or
passengers, or to stop at a railroad crossing. Warn
following drivers by flashing your brake lights. Don't
stop suddenly.
Driving Slowly. Drivers often do not realize how
fast they are catching up to a slow vehicle until they
are very close. If you must drive slowly, alert
following drivers by turning on your emergency
flashers if it is legal. (Laws regarding the use of
flashers differ from one state to another. Check the
laws of the states where you will drive.)
Don't Direct Traffic. Some drivers try to help out
others by signaling when it is safe to pass. You
should not do this. You could cause an accident.
You could be blamed and it could cost you many
thousands of dollars.
2.5.2 – Communicating Your Presence
Other drivers may not notice your vehicle even
when it's in plain sight. To help prevent accidents,
let them know you're there.
When Passing. Whenever you are about to pass a
vehicle, pedestrian, or bicyclist, assume they don't
see you. They could suddenly move in front of you.
When it is legal, tap the horn lightly or, at night,
flash your lights from low to high beam and back.
And, drive carefully enough to avoid a crash even if
they don't see or hear you.
When It's Hard to See. At dawn, dusk, in rain, or
snow, you need to make yourself easier to see. If
you are having trouble seeing other vehicles, other
drivers will have trouble seeing you. Turn on your
lights. Use the headlights, not just the identification
or clearance lights. Use the low beams; high beams
can bother people in the daytime as well as at night.
When Parked at the Side of the Road. When you
pull off the road and stop, be sure to turn on the
four-way emergency flashers. This is important at
night.
Don't trust the taillights to give warning. Drivers
have crashed into the rear of a parked vehicle
because they thought it was moving normally.
If you must stop on a road or the shoulder of any
road, you must put out your emergency warning
devices within ten minutes. Place your warning
devices at the following locations:
If you must stop on or by a one-way or divided
highway, place warning devices 10 feet, 100 feet,
and 200 feet toward the approaching traffic. See
Figure 2.8.
Figure 2.8
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-12
If you stop on a two-lane road carrying traffic in both
directions or on an undivided highway, place
warning devices within 10 feet of the front or rear
corners to mark the location of the vehicle and 100
feet behind and ahead of the vehicle, on the
shoulder or in the lane you stopped in. See Figure
2.9.
Figure 2.9
Back beyond any hill, curve, or other obstruction
that prevents other drivers from seeing the vehicle
within 500 feet. If line of sight view is obstructed
due to hill or curve, move the rear-most triangle to
a point back down the road so warning is provided.
See Figure 2.10.
Figure 2.10
When putting out the triangles, hold them between
yourself and the oncoming traffic for your own
safety. (So other drivers can see you.)
Use Your Horn When Needed. Your horn can let
others know you're there. It can help to avoid a
crash. Use your horn when needed. However, it can
startle others and could be dangerous when used
unnecessarily.
2.6 – Controlling Speed
Driving too fast is a major cause of fatal crashes.
You must adjust your speed depending on driving
conditions. These include traction, curves, visibility,
traffic and hills.
2.6.1 – Stopping Distance
Perception Distance + Reaction Distance + Braking
Distance = Total Stopping Distance
Perception distance. The distance your vehicle
travels, in ideal conditions; from the time your eyes
see a hazard until your brain recognizes it. Keep in
mind certain mental and physical conditions can
affect your perception distance. It can be affected
greatly depending on visibility and the hazard itself.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-13
The average perception time for an alert driver is
1¾ seconds. At 55 mph this accounts for 142 feet
traveled.
Reaction distance. The distance you will continue
to travel, in ideal conditions; before you physically
hit the brakes, in response to a hazard seen ahead.
The average driver has a reaction time of ¾ second
to 1 second. At 55 mph this accounts for 61 feet
traveled.
Braking distance. The distance your vehicle will
travel, in ideal conditions; while you are braking. At
55 mph on dry pavement with good brakes, it can
take about 216 feet.
Total stopping distance. The total minimum
distance your vehicle has traveled, in ideal
conditions; with everything considered, including
perception distance, reaction distance and braking
distance, until you can bring your vehicle to a
complete stop. At 55 mph, your vehicle will travel a
minimum of 419 feet. See Figure 2.11.
Figure 2.11
The Effect of Speed on Stopping Distance.
The faster you drive, the greater the impact or
striking power of your vehicle. When you double
your speed from 20 to 40 mph the impact is 4 times
greater. The braking distance is also 4 times
longer. Triple the speed from 20 to 60 mph and the
impact and braking distance is 9 times greater. At
60 mph, your stopping distance is greater than the
length of a football field. Increase the speed to 80
mph and the impact and braking distance are 16
times greater than at 20 mph. High speeds greatly
increase the severity of crashes and stopping
distances. By slowing down, you can reduce
braking distance.
The Effect of Vehicle Weight on Stopping
Distance. The heavier the vehicle, the more work
the brakes must do to stop it, and the more heat
they absorb. But the brakes, tires, springs, and
shock absorbers on heavy vehicles are designed to
work best when the vehicle is fully loaded. Empty
trucks require greater stopping distances because
an empty vehicle has less traction.
2.6.2 – Matching Speed to the Road Surface
You can't steer or brake a vehicle unless you have
traction. Traction is friction between the tires and
the road. There are some road conditions that
reduce traction and call for lower speeds.
Slippery Surfaces. It will take longer to stop, and it
will be harder to turn without skidding, when the
road is slippery. Wet roads can double stopping
distance. You must drive slower to be able to stop
in the same distance as on a dry road. Reduce
speed by about one-third (e.g., slow from 55 to
about 35 mph) on a wet road. On packed snow,
reduce speed by a half, or more. If the surface is
icy, reduce speed to a crawl and stop driving as
soon as you can safely do so.
Identifying Slippery Surfaces. Sometimes it's
hard to know if the road is slippery. Here are some
signs of slippery roads:
Shaded Areas. Shady parts of the road will remain
icy and slippery long after open areas have melted.
Bridges. When the temperature drops, bridges will
freeze before the road will. Be especially careful
when the temperature is close to 32 degrees
Fahrenheit.
Melting Ice. Slight melting will make ice wet. Wet
ice is much more slippery than ice that is not wet.
Black Ice. Black ice is a thin layer that is clear
enough that you can see the road underneath it. It
makes the road look wet. Any time the temperature
is below freezing and the road looks wet, watch out
for black ice.
Vehicle Icing. An easy way to check for ice is to
open the window and feel the front of the mirror,
mirror support, or antenna. If there's ice on these,
the road surface is probably starting to ice up.
Just After Rain Begins. Right after it starts to rain,
the water mixes with oil left on the road by vehicles.
This makes the road very slippery. If the rain
continues, it will wash the oil away.
Hydroplaning. In some weather, water or slush
collects on the road. When this happens, your
vehicle can hydroplane. It's like water skiing--the
tires lose their contact with the road and have little
or no traction. You may not be able to steer or
brake. You can regain control by releasing the
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-14
accelerator and pushing in the clutch. This will slow
your vehicle and let the wheels turn freely. If the
vehicle is hydroplaning, do not use the brakes to
slow down. If the drive wheels start to skid, push in
the clutch to let them turn freely.
It does not take a lot of water to cause
hydroplaning. Hydroplaning can occur at speeds as
low as 30 mph if there is a lot of water.
Hydroplaning is more likely if tire pressure is low, or
the tread is worn. (The grooves in a tire carry away
the water; if they aren't deep, they don't work well.)
Road surfaces where water can collect can create
conditions that cause a vehicle to hydroplane.
Watch for clear reflections, tire splashes, and
raindrops on the road. These are indications of
standing water.
2.6.3 – Speed and Curves
Drivers must adjust their speed for curves in the
road. If you take a curve too fast, two things can
happen. The tires can lose their traction and
continue straight ahead, so you skid off the road.
Or, the tires may keep their traction and the vehicle
rolls over. Tests have shown that trucks with a high
center of gravity can roll over at the posted speed
limit for a curve.
Slow to a safe speed before you enter a curve.
Braking in a curve is dangerous because it is easier
to lock the wheels and cause a skid. Slow down as
needed. Don't ever exceed the posted speed limit
for the curve. Be in a gear that will let you
accelerate slightly in the curve. This will help you
keep control.
2.6.4 – Speed and Distance Ahead
You should always be able to stop within the
distance you can see ahead. Fog, rain, or other
conditions may require that you slowdown to be
able to stop in the distance you can see. At night,
you can't see as far with low beams as you can with
high beams. When you must use low beams, slow
down.
2.6.5 – Speed and Traffic Flow
When you're driving in heavy traffic, the safest
speed is the speed of other vehicles. Vehicles going
the same direction at the same speed are not likely
to run into one another. In many states, speed limits
are lower for trucks and buses than for cars. It can
vary as much as 15 mph. Use extra caution when
you change lanes or pass on these roadways. Drive
at the speed of the traffic, if you can without going
at an illegal or unsafe speed. Keep a safe following
distance.
The main reason drivers exceed speed limits is to
save time. But, anyone trying to drive faster than
the speed of traffic will not be able to save much
time. The risks involved are not worth it. If you go
faster than the speed of other traffic, you'll have to
keep passing other vehicles. This increases the
chance of a crash, and it is more tiring. Fatigue
increases the chance of a crash. Going with the
flow of traffic is safer and easier.
2.6.6 – Speed on Downgrades
Your vehicle's speed will increase on downgrades
because of gravity. Your most important objective is
to select and maintain a speed that is not too fast
for the:
Total weight of the vehicle and cargo.
Length of the grade.
Steepness of the grade.
Road conditions.
Weather.
If a speed limit is posted, or there is a sign
indicating "Maximum Safe Speed," never exceed
the speed shown. Also, look for and heed warning
signs indicating the length and steepness of the
grade. You must use the braking effect of the
engine as the principal way of controlling your
speed on downgrades. The braking effect of the
engine is greatest when it is near the governed
rpms and the transmission is in the lower gears.
Save your brakes so you will be able to slow or stop
as required by road and traffic conditions. Shift your
transmission to a low gear before starting down the
grade and use the proper braking techniques.
Please read carefully the section on going down
long, steep downgrades safely in "Mountain
Driving."
2.6.7 – Roadway Work Zones
Speeding traffic is the number one cause of injury
and death in roadway work zones. Observe the
posted speed limits at all times when approaching
and driving through a work zone. Watch your
speedometer, and don’t allow your speed to creep
up as you drive through long sections of road
construction. Decrease your speed for adverse
weather or road conditions. Decrease your speed
even further when a worker is close to the roadway.
Subsections 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6
Test Your Knowledge
1. H
ow far ahead does the manual say y
ou
should look?
2.
W
hat are two main things to look for
ahead?
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-15
3. What's your most important way to see the
s
ides and rear of your vehicl
e?
4.
W
hat does "communicating" mean in saf
e
d
riving
?
5.
W
here should you place reflectors wh
en
s
topped on a divided highway
?
6.
W
hat three things add up to total stoppi
ng
di
stance
?
7.
I
f you go twice as fast, will your stoppi
ng
di
stance increase by two or four times
?
8.
E
mpty trucks have the best braking. Tr
ue or
F
als
e?
9.
W
hat is hydroplaning
?
10.
W
hat is "black ice”
?
T
hese questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.4, 2.5, and
2.6.
2.7 – Managing Space
To be a safe driver, you need space all around your
vehicle. When things go wrong, space gives you
time to think and to take action.
To have space available when something goes
wrong, you need to manage space. While this is
true for all drivers, it is very important for large
vehicles. They take up more space and they require
more space for stopping and turning.
2.7.1 – Space Ahead
Of all the space around your vehicle, it is the area
ahead of the vehicle--the space you're driving into --
that is most important.
The Need for Space Ahead. You need space
ahead in case you must suddenly stop. According
to accident reports, the vehicle that trucks and
buses most often run into is the one in front of
them. The most frequent cause is following too
closely. Remember, if the vehicle ahead of you is
smaller than yours, it can probably stop faster than
you can. You may crash if you are following too
closely.
How Much Space? How much space should you
keep in front of you? One good rule says you need
at least one second for each 10 feet of vehicle
length at speeds below 40 mph. At greater speeds,
you must add 1 second for safety. For example, if
you are driving a 40-foot vehicle, you should leave
4 seconds between you and the vehicle ahead. In a
60-foot rig, you'll need 6 seconds. Over 40 m
ph,
y
ou'd need 5 seconds for a 40-foot vehicle and 7
seconds for a 60-foot vehicle. See Figure 2.12.
To know how much space you have, wait until the
vehicle ahead passes a shadow on the road, a
pavement marking, or some other clear landmark.
Then count off the seconds like this: "one thousand-
and-one, one thousand-and-two" and so on, until
you reach the same spot. Compare your count with
the rule of one second for every ten feet of length.
If you are driving a 40-foot truck and only counted
up to 2 seconds, you're too close. Drop back a little
and count again until you have 4 seconds of
following distance (or 5 seconds, if you're going
over 40 mph). After a little practice, you will know
how far back you should be. Remember to add 1
second for speeds above 40 mph. Also remember
that when the road is slippery, you need much more
space to stop.
Figure 2.12
2.7.2 – Space Behind
You can't stop others from following you too closely.
But there are things you can do to make it safer.
Stay to the Right. Heavy vehicles are often
tailgated when they can't keep up with the speed of
traffic. This often happens when you're going uphill.
If a heavy load is slowing you down, stay in the right
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-16
lane if you can. Going uphill, you should not pass
another slow vehicle unless you can get around
quickly and safely.
Dealing with Tailgaters Safely. In a large vehicle,
it's often hard to see whether a vehicle is close
behind you. You may be tailgated:
When you are traveling slowly. Drivers trapped
behind slow vehicles often follow closely.
In bad weather. Many car drivers follow large
vehicles closely during bad weather, especially
when it is hard to see the road ahead.
If you find yourself being tailgated, here are some
things you can do to reduce the chances of a crash:
Avoid quick changes. If you have to slow down or
turn, signal early, and reduce speed very gradually.
Increase your following distance. Opening up
room in front of you will help you to avoid having to
make sudden speed or direction changes. It also
makes it easier for the tailgater to get around you.
Don't speed up. It's safer to be tailgated at a low
speed than a high speed.
Avoid tricks. Don't turn on your taillights or flash
your brake lights. Follow the suggestions above.
2.7.3 – Space to the Sides
Commercial vehicles are often wide and take up
most of a lane. Safe drivers will manage what little
space they have. You can do this by keeping your
vehicle centered in your lane, and avoid driving
alongside others.
Staying Centered in a Lane. You need to keep
your vehicle centered in the lane to keep safe
clearance on either side. If your vehicle is wide, you
have little room to spare.
Traveling Next to Others. There are two dangers
in traveling alongside other vehicles:
Another driver may change lanes suddenly and turn
into you.
You may be trapped when you need to change
lanes.
Find an open spot where you aren't near other
traffic. When traffic is heavy, it may be hard to find
an open spot. If you must travel near other vehicles,
try to keep as much space as possible between you
and them. Also, drop back or pull forward so that
you are sure the other driver can see you.
Strong Winds. Strong winds make it difficult to stay
in your lane. The problem is usually worse for
lighter vehicles. This problem can be especially bad
coming out of tunnels. Don't drive alongside others
if you can avoid it.
2.7.4 – Space Overhead
Hitting overhead objects is a danger. Make sure
you always have overhead clearance.
Don't assume that the heights posted at bridges
and overpasses are correct. Re-paving or packed
snow may have reduced the clearances since the
heights were posted.
The weight of a cargo van changes its height. An
empty van is higher than a loaded one. That you
got under a bridge when you were loaded does not
mean that you can do it when you are empty.
If you doubt you have safe space to pass under an
object, go slowly. If you aren't sure you can make it,
take another route. Warnings are often posted on
low bridges or underpasses, but sometimes they
are not.
Some roads can cause a vehicle to tilt. There can
be a problem clearing objects along the edge of the
road, such as signs, trees, or bridge supports.
Where this is a problem, drive a little closer to the
center of the road.
Before you back into an area, get out and check for
overhanging objects such as trees, branches, or
electric wires. It's easy to miss seeing them while
you are backing. (Also check for other hazards at
the same time.)
2.7.5 – Space Below
Many drivers forget about the space under their
vehicles. That space can be very small when a
vehicle is heavily loaded. This is often a problem on
dirt roads and in unpaved yards. Don't take a
chance on getting hung up. Drainage channels
across roads can cause the ends of some vehicles
to drag. Cross such depressions carefully.
Railroad tracks can also cause problems,
particularly when pulling trailers with a low
underneath clearance. Don’t take a chance on
getting hung up halfway across.
2.7.6 – Space for Turns
The space around a truck or bus is important in
turns. Because of wide turning and off-tracking,
large vehicles can hit other vehicles or objects
during turns.
Right Turns. Here are some rules to help prevent
right-turn crashes:
Turn slowly to give yourself and others more time to
avoid problems.
If you are driving a truck or bus that cannot make
the right turn without swinging into another lane,
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-17
turn wide as you complete the turn. Keep the rear of
your vehicle close to the curb. This will stop other
drivers from passing you on the right.
Don't turn wide to the left as you start the turn. A
following driver may think you are turning left and
try to pass you on the right. You may crash into the
other vehicle as you complete your turn.
If you must cross into the oncoming lane to make a
turn, watch out for vehicles coming toward you.
Give them room to go by or to stop. However, don't
back up for them, because you might hit someone
behind you. See Figure 2.13.
Figure 2.13
Left Turns. On a left turn, make sure you have
reached the center of the intersection before you
start the left turn. If you turn too soon, the left side
of your vehicle may hit another vehicle because of
off-tracking.
If there are two turning lanes, always take the right
turn lane. Don't start in the inside lane because you
may have to swing right to make the turn. Drivers
on your left can be more readily seen. See Figure
2.14.
Figure 2.14
2.7.7 – Space Needed to Cross or Enter Traffic
Be aware of the size and weight of your vehicle
when you cross or enter traffic. Here are some
important things to keep in mind.
Because of slow acceleration and the space large
vehicles require, you may need a much larger gap
to enter traffic than you would in a car.
Acceleration varies with the load. Allow more room
if your vehicle is heavily loaded.
Before you start across a road, make sure you can
get all the way across before traffic reaches you.
2.8 – Seeing Hazards
2.8.1 – Importance of Seeing Hazards
What Is a Hazard? A hazard is any road condition
or other road user (driver, bicyclist, pedestrian) that
is a possible danger. For example, a car in front of
you is headed toward the freeway exit, but his
brake lights come on and he begins braking hard.
This could mean that the driver is uncertain about
taking the off ramp. He might suddenly return to the
highway. This car is a hazard. If the driver of the car
cuts in front of you, it is no longer just a hazard; it is
an emergency.
Seeing Hazards Lets You Be Prepared. You will
have more time to act if you see hazards before
they become emergencies. In the example above,
you might make a lane change or slow down to
prevent a crash if the car suddenly cuts in front of
you. Seeing this hazard gives you time to check
your mirrors and signal a lane change. Being
prepared reduces the danger. A driver who did not
see the hazard until the slow car pulled back on the
highway in front of him would have to do something
very suddenly. Sudden braking or a quick lane
change is much more likely to lead to a crash.
Learning to See Hazards. There are often clues
that will help you see hazards. The more you drive,
the better you can learn to see hazards. This
section will talk about hazards that you should be
aware of.
2.8.2 – Hazardous Roads
[Move-Over Laws]
[The incidents of law enforcement officers,
emergency medical services, fire department
personnel and people working on the road are
being struck while performing duties at the roadside
are increasing at a frightening pace. To lessen the
problem, move-over laws have been enacted,
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-18
which require drivers to slow and change lanes
when approaching a roadside incident or
emergency vehicle. Signs are posted on roadways
in states that have such laws].
[When approaching an authorized emergency
vehicle stopped on the roadside or a work zone,
you should proceed with caution by slowing and
yielding the right-of-way by making a lane change
into a lane not next to that of the authorized
emergency vehicle or work zone if safety and traffic
conditions permit. If a lane change is unsafe, slow
down and proceed with caution while maintaining a
safe speed for traffic conditions].
Slow down and be very careful if you see any of the
following road hazards.
Work Zones. When people are working on the
road, it is a hazard. There may be narrower lanes,
sharp turns, or uneven surfaces. Other drivers are
often distracted and drive unsafely. Workers and
construction vehicles may get in the way. Drive
slowly and carefully near work zones. Use your
four-way flashers or brake lights to warn drivers
behind you.
Drop Off. Sometimes the pavement drops off
sharply near the edge of the road. Driving too near
the edge can tilt your vehicle toward the side of the
road. This can cause the top of your vehicle to hit
roadside objects (signs, tree limbs). Also, it can be
hard to steer as you cross the drop off, going off the
road, or coming back on.
Foreign Objects. Things that have fallen on the
road can be hazards. They can be a danger to your
tires and wheel rims. They can damage electrical
and brake lines. They can be caught between dual
tires and cause severe damage. Some obstacles
that appear to be harmless can be very dangerous.
For example, cardboard boxes may be empty, but
they may also contain some solid or heavy material
capable of causing damage. The same is true of
paper and cloth sacks. It is important to remain alert
for objects of all sorts, so you can see them early
enough to avoid them without making sudden,
unsafe moves.
Off Ramps/On Ramps. Freeway and turnpike exits
can be particularly dangerous for commercial
vehicles. Off ramps and on ramps often have speed
limit signs posted. Remember, these speeds may
be safe for automobiles, but may not be safe for
larger vehicles or heavily loaded vehicles. Exits that
go downhill and turn at the same time can be
especially dangerous. The downgrade makes it
difficult to reduce speed. Braking and turning at the
same time can be a dangerous practice. Make sure
you are going slowly enough before you get on the
curved part of an off ramp or on ramp.
2.8.3 – Drivers Who Are Hazards
In order to protect yourself and others, you must
know when other drivers may do something
hazardous. Some clues to this type of hazard are
discussed below.
Blocked Vision. People who can't see others are a
very dangerous hazard. Be alert for drivers whose
vision is blocked. Vans, loaded station wagons, and
cars with the rear window blocked are examples.
Rental trucks should be watched carefully. Their
drivers are often not used to the limited vision they
have to the sides and rear of the truck. In winter,
vehicles with frosted, ice-covered, or snow-covered
windows are hazards.
Vehicles may be partly hidden by blind intersections
or alleys. If you only can see the rear or front end of
a vehicle but not the driver, then he or she can't see
you. Be alert because he/she may back out or enter
into your lane. Always be prepared to stop.
Delivery Trucks Can Present a Hazard. Packages
or vehicle doors often block the driver’s vision.
Drivers of step vans, postal vehicles, and local
delivery vehicles often are in a hurry and may
suddenly step out of their vehicle or drive their
vehicle into the traffic lane.
Parked Vehicles Can Be Hazards, especially
when people start to get out of them. Or, they may
suddenly start up and drive into your way. Watch for
movement inside the vehicle or movement of the
vehicle itself that shows people are inside. Watch
for brake lights or backup lights, exhaust, and other
clues that a driver is about to move.
Be careful of a stopped bus. Passengers may cross
in front of or behind the bus, and they often can't
see you.
Pedestrians and Bicyclists Can Also Be
Hazards. Walkers, joggers, and bicyclists may be
on the road with their back to the traffic, so they
can't see you. Sometimes they wear portable
stereos with headsets, so they can't hear you either.
This can be dangerous. On rainy days, pedestrians
may not see you because of hats or umbrellas.
They may be hurrying to get out of the rain and may
not pay attention to the traffic.
Distractions. People who are distracted are
hazards. Watch for where they are looking. If they
are looking elsewhere, they can't see you. But be
alert even when they are looking at you. They may
believe that they have the right of way.
Children. Children tend to act quickly without
checking traffic. Children playing with one another
may not look for traffic and are a serious hazard.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-19
Talkers. Drivers or pedestrians talking to one
another may not be paying close attention to the
traffic.
Workers. People working on or near the roadway
are a hazard clue. The work creates a distraction
for other drivers and the workers themselves may
not see you.
Ice Cream Trucks. Someone selling ice cream is a
hazard clue. Children may be nearby and may not
see you.
Disabled Vehicles. Drivers changing a tire or fixing
an engine often do not pay attention to the danger
that roadway traffic is to them. They are often
careless. Jacked up wheels or raised hoods are
hazard clues.
Accidents. Accidents are particularly hazardous.
People involved in the accident may not look for
traffic. Passing drivers tend to look at the accident.
People often run across the road without looking.
Vehicles may slow or stop suddenly.
Shoppers. People in and around shopping areas
are often not watching traffic because they are
looking for stores or looking into store windows.
Confused Drivers. Confused drivers often change
direction suddenly or stop without warning.
Confusion is common near freeway or turnpike
interchanges and major intersections. Tourists
unfamiliar with the area can be very hazardous.
Clues to tourists include car-top luggage and out-of-
state license plates. Unexpected actions (stopping
in the middle of a block, changing lanes for no
apparent reason, backup lights suddenly going on)
are clues to confusion. Hesitation is another clue,
including driving very slowly, using brakes often, or
stopping in the middle of an intersection. You may
also see drivers who are looking at street signs,
maps, and house numbers. These drivers may not
be paying attention to you.
Slow Drivers. Motorists who fail to maintain normal
speed are hazards. Seeing slow moving vehicles
early can prevent a crash. Some vehicles, by their
nature, are slow and seeing them is a hazard clue
(mopeds, farm machinery, construction machinery,
tractors, etc.). Some of these will have the "slow
moving vehicle" symbol to warn you. This is a red
triangle with an orange center. Watch for it.
Drivers Signaling a Turn May Be a Hazard.
Drivers signaling a turn may slow more than
expected or stop. If they are making a tight turn into
an alley or driveway, they may go very slowly. If
pedestrians or other vehicles block them, they may
have to stop on the roadway. Vehicles turning left
may have to stop for oncoming vehicles.
Drivers in a Hurry. Drivers may feel your
commercial vehicle is preventing them from getting
where they want to go on time. Such drivers may
pass you without a safe gap in the oncoming traffic,
cutting too close in front of you. Drivers entering the
road may pull in front of you in order to avoid being
stuck behind you, causing you to brake. Be aware
of this and watch for drivers who are in a hurry.
Impaired Drivers. Drivers who are sleepy, have
had too much to drink, are on drugs, or who are ill
are hazards. Some clues to these drivers are:
Weaving across the road or drifting from one side to
another.
Leaving the road (dropping right wheels onto the
shoulder, or bumping across a curb in a turn).
Stopping at the wrong time (stopping at a green
light, or waiting for too long at a stop).
Open window in cold weather.
Speeding up or slowing down suddenly, driving too
fast or too slow.
Be alert for drunk drivers and sleepy drivers late at
night.
Driver Body Movement as a Clue. Drivers look in
the direction they are going to turn. You may
sometimes get a clue from a driver's head and body
movements that a driver may be going to make a
turn, even though the turn signals aren't on. Drivers
making over-the-shoulder checks may be going to
change lanes. These clues are most easily seen in
motorcyclists and bicyclists. Watch other road users
and try to tell whether they might do something
hazardous.
Conflicts. You are in conflict when you have to
change speed and/or direction to avoid hitting
someone. Conflicts occur at intersections where
vehicles meet, at merges (such as turnpike on
ramps) and where there are needed lane changes
(such as the end of a lane, forcing a move to
another lane of traffic). Other situations include slow
moving or stalled traffic in a traffic lane, and
accident scenes. Watch for other drivers who are in
conflict because they are a hazard to you. When
they react to this conflict, they may do something
that will put them in conflict with you.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-20
2.8.4 – Always Have a Plan
You should always be looking for hazards. Continue
to learn to see hazards on the road. However, don't
forget why you are looking for the hazards--they
may turn into emergencies. You look for the
hazards in order to have time to plan a way out of
any emergency. When you see a hazard, think
about the emergencies that could develop and
figure out what you would do. Always be prepared
to take action based on your plans. In this way, you
will be a prepared, defensive driver who will
improve your own safety as well as the safety of all
road users.
Subsections 2.7 and 2.8
Test Your Knowledge
1. How do you find out how many seconds of
f
ollowing distance space you have
?
2.
I
f you are driving a 30-foot vehicle at
55
m
ph, how many seconds of followi
ng
di
stance should you allow
?
3.
You should decrease your following
distance if somebody is following you too
c
losely. True or Fals
e?
4.
I
f you swing wide to the left before turni
ng
r
ight, another driver may try to pass you
on
t
he right. True or Fals
e?
5.
What is a hazard?
6. Why make emergency plans when you see
a ha
zard
?
T
hese questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.7 and 2.8
2.9 – Distracted Driving
A driver distraction is anything that takes your
attention away from driving. Whenever you are
driving a vehicle and your full attention is not on the
driving task, you are putting yourself, your
passengers, other vehicles, and pedestrians in
danger. Distracted driving can cause collisions,
resulting in injury, death or property damage.
Activities inside of the vehicle that can distract your
attention include: talking to passengers; adjusting
the radio, CD player or climate controls; eating,
drinking or smoking; reading maps or other
literature; picking up something that fell; talking on a
cell phone or CB radio; reading or sending text
messages; using any type of telematic or electronic
devices (such as navigation systems, pagers,
personal digital assistant, computers, etc.);
daydreaming or being occupied with other mental
distractions; and many others.
Possible distractions that could occur outside a
moving vehicle: outside traffic, vehicles or
pedestrians; outside events such as police pulling
someone over or a crash scene; sunlight/sunset;
objects in roadway; road construction; reading
billboards or other road advertisements; and many
others.
2.9.1 – The Distracted Driving Crash Problem
The Large Truck Crash Causation Study (LTCCS)
reported that 8 percent of large-truck crashes
occurred when Commercial Motor Vehicle (CMV)
drivers were externally
distracted and 2 percent of
large truck crashes occurred when the driver was
internally distracted.
Approximately 5,500 people are killed each year on
U.S. roadways and an estimated 448,000 are
injured in motor vehicle crashes involving distracted
driving (NHTSA Traffic Safety Facts: Distracted
Driving).
Research indicates that the burden of talking on a
cell phone - even if it's hands-free - saps the brain
of 39% of the energy it would ordinarily devote to
safe driving. Drivers who use a hand-held device
are more likely to get into a crash serious enough to
cause injury. (NHTSA distracted driving website,
www.nhtsa.gov/campaign/distracted-driving
)
2.9.2 – Effects of Distracted Driving
Effects of distracted driving include slowed
perception, which may cause you to be delayed in
perceiving or completely fail to perceive an
important traffic event; delayed decision making and
improper action, which can cause you to be delayed
in taking the proper action or make incorrect inputs
to the steering, accelerator or brakes.
2.9.3 – Types of Distractions
There are many causes of distraction, all with the
potential to increase risk.
Physical distraction – one that causes you to take
your hands off the wheel or eyes off the road, such
as reaching for an object.
Mental distraction – activities
that take your mind
away from the road, such as engaging in
conversation with a pass
enger or thinking about
something that happened during the day.
Both physical and mental distraction – even
greater chance a crash could happen, such as
talking on a cell phone; or sending or reading text
messages.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-21
2.9.4 – Cell/Mobile Phones
49 CFR Part 383, 384, 390, 391 and 392 of the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations
(FMCSRs) and the Hazardous Materials
Regulations (HMR) restricts the use of hand-held
mobile telephones by drivers of commercial motor
vehicles (CMVs); and implements new driver
disqualification sanctions for drivers of CMVs who
fail to comply with this Federal restriction; or who
have multiple convictions for violating a State or
local law or ordinance on motor vehicle traffic
control that restricts the use of hand-held mobile
telephones. Additionally, motor carriers are
prohibited from requiring or allowing drivers of
CMVs to use hand-held mobile telephones.
The use of hand-held mobile telephones means,
‘‘using at least one hand to hold a mobile telephone
to conduct a voice communication; “dialing a mobile
telephone by pressing more than a single button”;
or “moving from a seated driving position while
restrained by a seat belt to reach for a mobile
telephone”. If you choose to use a mobile phone
while operating a CMV, you may only use a hands
free mobile phone that is located close to you and
that can be operated in compliance with the rule to
conduct a voice communication.
Your CDL will be disqualified after two or more
convictions of any state law on hand-held mobile
telephone use while operating a CMV.
Disqualification is 60 days for the second offense
within 3 years and 120 days for three or more
offenses within 3 years. In addition, the first and
each subsequent violation of such a prohibition are
subject to civil penalties imposed on such drivers, in
an amount up to $2,750. Motor carriers must not
allow nor require drivers to use a hand-held mobile
telephone while driving. Employers may also be
subject to civil penalties in an amount up to
$11,000. There is an emergency exception that
allows you to use your hand-held mobile telephones
if necessary to communicate with law enforcement
officials or other emergency services.
Research shows that the odds of being involved in
a safety-critical event (e.g., crash, near-crash,
unintentional lane deviation) is 6 times greater for
CMV drivers who engage in dialing a mobile
telephone while driving than for those who do not.
Dialing drivers took their eyes off the forward
roadway for an average of 3.8 seconds. At 55 mph
(or 80.7 feet per second), this equates to a driver
traveling 306 feet, the approximate length of a
football field, without looking at the roadway.
Your primary responsibility is to operate a motor
vehicle safely. To do this, you must focus your full
attention on the driving task.
Note that hands-free devices are no less likely than
hand-held cell phones to cause you to become
distracted. Attention is diverted from the driving
task while using either device.
2.9.5 –Texting
49 CFR Part 383, 384, 390, 391, 392, the Federal
Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR)
prohibits texting by commercial motor vehicle
(CMV) drivers while operating in interstate
commerce; and implements new driver
disqualification sanctions for drivers of CMVs who
fail to comply with this Federal prohibition; or who
have multiple convictions for violating a State or
local law or ordinance on motor vehicle traffic
control that prohibits texting while driving.
Additionally, motor carriers are prohibited from
requiring or allowing their drivers to engage in
texting while driving.
Texting means manually entering text into, or
reading text from, an electronic device. This
includes, but is not limited to, short message
service, e-mailing, instant messaging, a command
or request to access a World Wide Web page, or
engaging in any other form of electronic text
retrieval or entry, for present or future
communication.
Electronic device includes, but is not limited to, a
cellular telephone; personal digital assistant; pager;
computer; or any other device used to enter, write,
send, receive, or read text.
Your CDL will be disqualified after two or more
convictions of any state law on texting while
operating a CMV. Disqualification is 60 days for the
second offense within 3 years and 120 days for
three or more offenses within 3 years. In addition,
the first and each subsequent violation of such a
prohibition are subject to civil penalties imposed on
such drivers, in an amount up to $2,750. No motor
carrier shall allow or require its drivers to engage in
texting while driving. There is an emergency
exception that allows you text if necessary to
communicate with law enforcement officials or other
emergency services.
Evidence suggests that text messaging is even
riskier than talking on a cell phone because it
requires you to look at a small screen and
manipulate the keypad with one’s hands. Texting is
the most alarming distraction because it involves
both physical and mental distraction
simultaneously.
Research shows that the odds of being involved in
a safety-critical event (e.g., crash, near-crash,
unintentional lane deviation) is 23.2 times greater
for CMV drivers who engage in texting while driving
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-22
than for those who do not. Sending or receiving text
takes your eyes from the road for an average of 4.6
seconds. At 55 mph, you would travel 371 feet, or
the length of an entire football field – without looking
at the roadway.
2.9.6 – Don’t Drive Distracted
Your goal should be to eliminate all in-vehicle
distractions before driving begins. Accomplishing
this goal can be done by:
Assessing all potential in-vehicle distractions before
driving
Developing a preventative plan to reduce/eliminate
possible distractions
Expecting distractions to occur
Discussing possible scenarios before getting behind
the wheel
Based on the assessment of potential distractions,
you can formulate a preventative plan to
reduce/eliminate possible distractions.
If drivers react a half-second slower because of
distractions, crashes double. Some tips to follow so
you won’t become distracted:
Turn off all communication devices.
If you must use a mobile phone, make sure it is
within close proximity, that it is operable while you
are restrained, use an earpiece or the speaker
phone function, use voice-activated dialing; or use
the hands-free feature. Drivers are not in
compliance if they unsafely reach for a mobile
phone, even if they intend to use the hands-free
function.
Do not type or read a text message on a mobile
device while driving.
Familiarize yourself with your vehicle’s features and
equipment, before you get behind the wheel.
Adjust all vehicle controls and mirrors to your
preferences prior to driving.
Pre-program radio stations and pre-load your
favorite CDs.
Clear the vehicle of any unnecessary objects and
secure cargo.
Review maps, program the GPS and plan your
route before you begin driving.
Don’t attempt to read or write while you drive.
Avoid smoking, eating and drinking while you drive.
Leave early to allow yourself time to stop to eat.
Don’t engage in complex or emotionally intense
conversations with other occupants.
Secure commitment from other occupants to
behave responsibly and to support the driver in
reducing distractions.
2.9.7 – Watch Out for Other Distracted Drivers
You need to be able to recognize other drivers who
are engaged in any form of driving distraction. Not
recognizing other distracted drivers can prevent you
from perceiving or reacting correctly in time to
prevent a crash. Watch for:
Vehicles that may drift over the lane divider lines or
within their own lane.
Vehicles traveling at inconsistent speeds.
Drivers who are preoccupied with maps, food,
cigarettes, cell phones, or other objects.
Drivers who appear to be involved in conversations
with their passengers.
Give a distracted driver plenty of room and maintain
your safe following distance.
Be very careful when passing a driver who seems
to be distracted. The other driver may not be aware
of your presence, and they may drift in front of you.
2.10 – Aggressive Drivers/Road Rage
2.10.1 – What Is It?
Aggressive driving and road rage is not a new
problem. However, in today’s world, where heavy
and slow-moving traffic and tight schedules are the
norm, more and more drivers are taking out their
anger and frustration in their vehicles.
Crowded roads leave little room for error, leading to
suspicion and hostility among drivers and
encouraging them to take personally the mistakes
of other drivers.
Aggressive driving is the act of operating a motor
vehicle in a selfish, bold, or pushy manner, without
regard for the rights or safety of others (i.e.
changing lanes frequently and abruptly without
notice)..
Road rage is operating a motor vehicle with the
intent of doing harm to others or physically
assaulting a driver or their vehicle.
2.10.2 – Don’t Be an Aggressive Driver
How you feel before you even start your vehicle has
a lot to do with how stress will affect you while
driving.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-23
Reduce your stress before and while you drive.
Listen to “easy listening” music.
Give the drive your full attention. Don’t allow
yourself to become distracted by talking on your cell
phone, eating, etc.
Be realistic about your travel time. Expect delays
because of traffic, construction, or bad weather and
make allowances.
If you’re going to be later than you expected – deal
with it. Take a deep breath and accept the delay.
Give other drivers the benefit of the doubt. Try to
imagine why he or she is driving that way.
Whatever their reason, it has nothing to do with
you.
Slow down and keep your following distance
reasonable.
Don’t drive slowly in the left lane of traffic.
Avoid gestures. Keep your hands on the wheel.
Avoid making any gestures that might anger
another driver, even seemingly harmless
expressions of irritation like shaking your head.
Be a cautious and courteous driver. If another driver
seems eager to get in front of you, say, “Be my
guest.” This response will soon become a habit and
you won’t be as offended by other drivers’ actions.
2.10.3 – What You Should Do When Confronted
by an Aggressive Driver
First and foremost, make every attempt to get out of
their way.
Put your pride in the back seat. Do not challenge
them by speeding up or attempting to hold-your-
own in your travel lane.
Avoid eye contact.
Ignore gestures and refuse to react to them.
Report aggressive drivers to the appropriate
authorities by providing a vehicle description,
license number, location and, if possible, direction
of travel.
If you have a cell phone, and can do it safely, call
the police.
If an aggressive driver is involved in a crash farther
down the road, stop a safe distance from the crash
scene, wait for the police to arrive, and report the
driving behavior that you witnessed.
Subsections 2.9 and 2.10
Test Your Knowledge
1. What are some tips to follow so you won’t
become a distracted driver?
2. How do you use in-vehicle communications
equipment cautiously?
3. How do you recognize a distracted driver?
4. What is the difference between aggressive
driving and road rage?
5. What should you do when confronted with an
aggressive driver?
6. What are some things you can do to reduce
your stress before and while you drive?
These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.9 and 2.10.
2.11 – Driving at Night
2.11.1 – It's More Dangerous
You are at greater risk when you drive at night.
Drivers can't see hazards as quickly as in daylight,
so they have less time to respond. Drivers caught
by surprise are less able to avoid a crash.
The problems of night driving involve the driver, the
roadway, and the vehicle.
2.11.2 – Driver Factors
Vision. Good vision is critical for safe driving. Your
control of the brake, accelerator, and steering wheel
is based on what you see. If you cannot see
clearly, you will have trouble identifying traffic and
roadway conditions, spotting potential trouble or
responding to problems in a timely manner.
Because seeing well is so critical to safe driving,
you should have your eyes checked regularly by an
eye specialist. You may never know you have poor
vision unless your eyes are tested. If you need to
wear glasses or contact lenses for driving,
remember to:
Always wear them when driving, even if driving
short distances. If your driver license says
corrective lenses are required, it is illegal to move a
vehicle without using corrective lenses.
Keep an extra set of corrective lenses in your
vehicle. If your normal corrective lenses are broken
or lost, you can use the spare lenses to drive safely.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-24
Avoid using dark or tinted corrective lenses at night,
even if you think they help with glare. Tinted lenses
cut down the light that you need to see clearly
under night driving conditions.
Glare. Drivers can be blinded for a short time by
bright light. . It can take several seconds to recover
from glare. Even two seconds of glare blindness
can be dangerous. A vehicle going 55 mph will
travel more than half the distance of a football field
during that time.
Fatigue and Lack of Alertness. Fatigue is physical
or mental tiredness that can be caused by physical
or mental strain, repetitive tasks, illness or lack of
sleep. Just like alcohol and drugs, it impairs your
vision and judgment.
Fatigue causes errors related to speed and
distance, increases your risk of being in a crash,
causes you to not see and react to hazards as
quickly; and affects your ability to make critical
decisions. When you are fatigued, you could fall
asleep behind the wheel and crash, injuring or
killing yourself or others.
Fatigued or drowsy driving is one of the leading
causes of traffic collisions. NHTSA estimates that
100,000 police-reported crashes a year are the
result of drowsy driving. According to the National
Sleep Foundation’s Sleep in America poll, 60% of
Americans have driven while feeling sleepy and
more than one third (36 percent or 103 million
people) admit to having actually fallen asleep at the
wheel. Drivers may experience short bursts of
sleep lasting only a few seconds or fall asleep for
longer periods of time. Either way, the chance of a
collision increases dramatically.
At-Risk Groups
The risk of having a crash due to drowsy driving is
not uniformly distributed across the population.
Crashes tend to occur at times when sleepiness is
most pronounced, for example, during the night and
in the mid-afternoon. Most people are less alert at
night, especially after midnight. This is particularly
true if you have been driving for a long time. Thus
individuals who drive at night are much more likely
to have fall-asleep crashes.
Research has identified young males, shift workers,
commercial drivers, especially long-haul drivers and
people with untreated sleep disorders or with short-
term or chronic sleep deprivation as being at
increased risk for having a fall-asleep crash. At
least 15% of all heavy truck crashes involve fatigue.
A congressionally mandated study of 80 long-haul
truck drivers in the United States and Canada found
that drivers averaged less than 5 hours of sleep per
day. (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration,
1996) It is no surprise then that the National
Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) reported that
drowsy driving was probably the cause of more
than half of crashes leading to a truck driver’s
death. (NTSB, 1990) For each truck driver fatality,
another three to four people are killed. (NHTSA,
1994)
Warning Signs of Fatigue
According to the National Sleep Foundation’s Sleep
in America poll, 60% of Americans have driven
while feeling sleepy and 36% admit to actually
having fallen asleep at the wheel in the past year.
However, many people cannot tell if or when they
are about to fall asleep. Here are some signs that
should tell you to stop and rest:
Difficulty focusing, frequent blinking or heavy
eyelids
Yawning repeatedly or rubbing eyes
Day-dreaming; or wandering/disconnected thoughts
Trouble remembering the last few miles driven;
missing exits or traffic signs
Trouble keeping head up
Drifting from your lane, following too closely or
hitting a shoulder rumble strip
Feeling restless and irritable
When you are tired trying to “push on” is far more
dangerous than most drivers think. It is a major
cause of fatal accidents. If you notice any signs of
fatigue, stop driving and go to sleep for the night or
take a 15 – 20 minute nap.
Are You At Risk?
Before you drive, consider whether you are:
Sleep-deprived or fatigued (6 hours of sleep or less
triples your risk)
Suffering from sleep loss (insomnia), poor quality
sleep, or a sleep debt
Driving long distances without proper rest breaks
Driving through the night, mid-afternoon or when
you would normally be asleep. Many heavy motor
vehicle accidents occur between midnight and 6
a.m.
Taking sedating medications (antidepressants, cold
tablets, antihistamines)
Working more than 60 hours a week (increases
your risk by 40%)
Working more than one job, and your main job
involves shift work
Driving alone or on a long, rural, dark or boring road
Flying, changing time zone
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-25
Preventing drowsiness before a trip:
Get adequate sleep – adults need 8 to 9 hours to
maintain alertness
Prepare route carefully to identify total distance,
stopping points and other logistic considerations
Schedule trips for the hours you are normally
awake, not the middle of the night
Drive with a passenger
Avoid medications that cause drowsiness
Consult your physician if you suffer from daytime
sleepiness, have difficulty sleeping at night or take
frequent naps
Incorporate exercise into your daily life to give you
more energy.
Maintaining alertness while driving:
Protect yourself from glare and eyestrain with
sunglasses
Keep cool by opening the window or using the air
conditioner
Avoid heavy foods
Be aware of down time during the day
Have another person ride with you, and take turns
driving
Take periodic breaks – about every 100 miles or 2
hours during long trips
Stop driving and get some rest or take a nap
Caffeine consumption can increase awareness for a
few hours, but do not drink too much. It will
eventually wear off. Do not rely on caffeine to
prevent fatigue
Avoid drugs. While they may keep you awake for a
while, they won’t make you alert.
If you are drowsy, the only safe cure is to get off the
road and get some sleep. If you don't, you risk your
life and the lives of others.
2.11.3 – Roadway Factors
Poor Lighting. In the daytime there is usually
enough light to see well. This is not true at night.
Some areas may have bright street lights, but many
areas will have poor lighting. On most roads you will
probably have to depend entirely on your
headlights.
Less light means you will not be able to see
hazards as well as in daytime. Road users who do
not have lights are hard to see. There are many
accidents at night involving pedestrians, joggers,
bicyclists, and animals.
Even when there are lights, the road scene can be
confusing. Traffic signals and hazards can be hard
to see against a background of signs, shop
windows, and other lights.
Drive slower when lighting is poor or confusing.
Drive slowly enough to be sure you can stop in the
distance you can see ahead.
Drunk Drivers. Drunk drivers and drivers under the
influence of drugs are a hazard to themselves and
to you. Be especially alert around the closing times
for bars and taverns. Watch for drivers who have
trouble staying in their lane or maintaining speed,
who stop without reason, or show other signs of
being under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
2.11.4 – Vehicle Factors
Headlights. At night your headlights will usually be
the main source of light for you to see by and for
others to see you. You can't see nearly as much
with your headlights as you see in the daytime. With
low beams you can see ahead about 250 feet and
with high beams about 350-500 feet. You must
adjust your speed to keep your stopping distance
within your sight distance. This means going slowly
enough to be able to stop within the range of your
headlights. Otherwise, by the time you see a
hazard, you will not have time to stop.
Night driving can be more dangerous if you have
problems with your headlights. Dirty headlights may
give only half the light they should. This cuts down
your ability to see, and makes it harder for others to
see you. Make sure your lights are clean and
working. Headlights can be out of adjustment. If
they don't point in the right direction, they won't give
you a good view and they can blind other drivers.
Have a qualified person make sure they are
adjusted properly.
Other Lights. In order for you to be seen easily, the
following must be clean and working properly:
Reflectors.
Marker lights.
Clearance lights.
Taillights.
Identification lights.
Turn Signals and Brake Lights. At night your turn
signals and brake lights are even more important
for telling other drivers what you intend to do. Make
sure you have clean, working turn signals and stop
lights.
Windshield and Mirrors. It is more important at
night than in the daytime to have a clean windshield
and clean mirrors. Bright lights at night can cause
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-26
dirt on your windshield or mirrors to create a glare
of its own, blocking your view. Most people have
experienced driving toward the sun just as it has
risen or is about to set, and found that they can
barely see through a windshield that seemed to
look OK in the middle of the day. Clean your
windshield on the inside and outside for safe driving
at night.
2.11.5 – Night Driving Procedures
Vehicle Procedures. Make sure you are rested
and alert. If you are drowsy, sleep before you drive!
Even a nap can save your life or the lives of others.
If you wear eyeglasses, make sure they are clean
and unscratched. Don't wear sunglasses at night.
Do a complete Vehicle inspection of your vehicle.
Pay attention to checking all lights and reflectors,
and cleaning those you can reach.
Avoid Blinding Others. Glare from your headlights
can cause problems for drivers coming toward you.
They can also bother drivers going in the same
direction you are, when your lights shine in their
rearview mirrors. Dim your lights before they cause
glare for other drivers. Dim your lights within 500
feet of an oncoming vehicle and when following
another vehicle within 500 feet.
Avoid Glare from Oncoming Vehicles. Do not
look directly at lights of oncoming vehicles. Look
slightly to the right at a right lane or edge marking, if
available. If other drivers don't put their low beams
on, don't try to "get back at them" by putting your
own high beams on. This increases glare for
oncoming drivers and increases the chance of a
crash.
Use High Beams When You Can. Some drivers
make the mistake of always using low beams. This
seriously cuts down on their ability to see ahead.
Use high beams when it is safe and legal to do so.
Use them when you are not within 500 feet of an
approaching vehicle. Also, don't let the inside of
your cab get too bright. This makes it harder to see
outside. Keep the interior light off, and adjust your
instrument lights as low as you can to still be able to
read the gauges.
If You Get Sleepy, Stop at the Nearest Safe
Place. People often don't realize how close they are
to falling asleep even when their eyelids are falling
shut. If you can safely do so, look at yourself in a
mirror. If you look sleepy, or you just feel sleepy,
stop driving! You are in a very dangerous condition.
The only safe cure is to sleep.
2.12 – Driving in Fog
Fog can occur at any time. Fog on highways can be
extremely dangerous. Fog is often unexpected, and
visibility can deteriorate rapidly. You should watch
for foggy conditions and be ready to reduce your
speed. Do not assume that the fog will thin out after
you enter it.
The best advice for driving in fog is don’t. It is
preferable that you pull off the road into a rest area
or truck stop until visibility is better. If you must
drive, be sure to consider the following:
Obey all fog-related warning signs.
Slow down before you enter fog.
Use low-beam headlights and fog lights for best
visibility even in daytime, and be alert for other
drivers who may have forgotten to turn on their
lights.
Turn on your 4-way flashers. This will give vehicles
approaching you from behind a quicker opportunity
to notice your vehicle.
Watch for vehicles on the side of the roadway.
Seeing taillights or headlights in front of you may
not be a true indication of where the road is ahead
of you. The vehicle may not be on the road at all.
Use roadside highway reflectors as guides to
determine how the road may curve ahead of you.
Listen for traffic you cannot see.
Avoid passing other vehicles.
Don’t stop along the side of the road, unless
absolutely necessary.
2.13 – Driving in Winter
2.13.1 – Vehicle Checks
Make sure your vehicle is ready before driving in
winter weather. You should make a regular Vehicle
inspection, paying extra attention to the following
items.
Coolant Level and Antifreeze Amount. Make sure
the cooling system is full and there is enough
antifreeze in the system to protect against freezing.
This can be checked with a special coolant tester.
Defrosting and Heating Equipment. Make sure
the defrosters work. They are needed for safe
driving. Make sure the heater is working, and that
you know how to operate it. If you use other heaters
and expect to need them (e.g., mirror heaters,
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-27
battery box heaters, fuel tank heaters), check their
operation.
Wipers and Washers. Make sure the windshield
wiper blades are in good condition. Make sure the
wiper blades press against the window hard enough
to wipe the windshield clean, otherwise they may
not sweep off snow properly. Make sure the
windshield washer works and there is washing fluid
in the washer reservoir.
Use windshield washer antifreeze to prevent
freezing of the washer liquid. If you can't see well
enough while driving (for example, if your wipers
fail), stop safely and fix the problem.
Tires. Make sure you have enough tread on your
tires. The drive tires must provide traction to push
the rig over wet pavement and through snow. The
steering tires must have traction to steer the
vehicle. Enough tread is especially important in
winter conditions. You must have at least 4/32 inch
tread depth in every major groove on front tires and
at least 2/32 inch on other tires. More would be
better. Use a gauge to determine if you have
enough tread for safe driving.
Tire Chains. You may find yourself in conditions
where you can't drive without chains, even to get to
a place of safety. Carry the right number of chains
and extra cross-links. Make sure they will fit your
drive tires. Check the chains for broken hooks, worn
or broken cross-links, and bent or broken side
chains. Learn how to put the chains on before you
need to do it in snow and ice.
Lights and Reflectors. Make sure the lights and
reflectors are clean. Lights and reflectors are
especially important during bad weather. Check
from time to time during bad weather to make sure
they are clean and working properly.
Windows and Mirrors. Remove any ice, snow,
etc., from the windshield, windows, and mirrors
before starting. Use a windshield scraper, snow
brush, and windshield defroster as necessary.
Hand Holds, Steps, and Deck Plates. Remove all
ice and snow from hand holds, steps, and deck
plates. This will reduce the danger of slipping.
Radiator Shutters and Winterfront. Remove ice
from the radiator shutters. Make sure the winterfront
is not closed too tightly. If the shutters freeze shut
or the winterfront is closed too much, the engine
may overheat and stop.
Exhaust System. Exhaust system leaks are
especially dangerous when cab ventilation may be
poor (windows rolled up, etc.). Loose connections
could permit poisonous carbon monoxide to leak
into your vehicle. Carbon monoxide gas will cause
you to be sleepy. In large enough amounts it can kill
you. Check the exhaust system for loose parts and
for sounds and signs of leaks.
2.13.2 – Driving
Slippery Surfaces. Drive slowly and smoothly on
slippery roads. If it is very slippery, you shouldn't
drive at all. Stop at the first safe place.
Start Gently and Slowly. When first starting, get
the feel of the road. Don't hurry.
Check for Ice. Check for ice on the road, especially
bridges and overpasses. A lack of spray from other
vehicles indicates ice has formed on the road. Also,
check your mirrors and wiper blades for ice. If they
have ice, the road most likely will be icy as well.
Adjust Turning and Braking to Conditions. Make
turns as gently as possible. Don't brake any harder
than necessary, and don't use the engine brake or
speed retarder. (They can cause the driving wheels
to skid on slippery surfaces.)
Adjust Speed to Conditions. Don't pass slower
vehicles unless necessary. Go slowly and watch far
enough ahead to keep a steady speed. Avoid
having to slow down and speed up. Take curves at
slower speeds and don't brake while in curves. Be
aware that as the temperature rises to the point
where ice begins to melt, the road becomes even
more slippery. Slow down more.
Adjust Space to Conditions. Don't drive alongside
other vehicles. Keep a longer following distance.
When you see a traffic jam ahead, slow down or
stop to wait for it to clear. Try hard to anticipate
stops early and slow down gradually. Watch for
snowplows, as well as salt and sand trucks, and
give them plenty of room.
Wet Brakes. When driving in heavy rain or deep
standing water, your brakes will get wet. Water in
the brakes can cause the brakes to be weak, to
apply unevenly, or to grab. This can cause lack of
braking power, wheel lockups, pulling to one side or
the other, and jackknife if you pull a trailer.
Avoid driving through deep puddles or flowing water
if possible. If not, you should:
Slow down and place transmission in a low gear.
Gently put on the brakes. This presses linings
against brake drums or discs and keeps mud, silt,
sand, and water from getting in.
Increase engine rpm and cross the water while
keeping light pressure on the brakes.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-28
When out of the water, maintain light pressure on
the brakes for a short distance to heat them up and
dry them out.
Make a test stop when safe to do so. Check behind
to make sure no one is following, then apply the
brakes to be sure they work well. If not, dry them
out further as described above. (CAUTION: Do not
apply too much brake pressure and accelerator at
the same time, or you can overheat brake drums
and linings.
2.14 – Driving in Very Hot Weather
2.14.1 – Vehicle Checks
Do a normal Vehicle inspection, but pay special
attention to the following items.
Tires. Check the tire mounting and air pressure.
Inspect the tires every two hours or every 100 miles
when driving in very hot weather. Air pressure
increases with temperature. Do not let air out or the
pressure will be too low when the tires cool off. If a
tire is too hot to touch, remain stopped until the tire
cools off. Otherwise the tire may blow out or catch
fire.
Engine Oil. The engine oil helps keep the engine
cool, as well as lubricating it. Make sure there is
enough engine oil. If you have an oil temperature
gauge, make sure the temperature is within the
proper range while you are driving.
Engine Coolant. Before starting out, make sure the
engine cooling system has enough water and
antifreeze according to the engine manufacturer's
directions. (Antifreeze helps the engine under hot
conditions as well as cold conditions.) When
driving, check the water temperature or coolant
temperature gauge from time to time. Make sure
that it remains in the normal range. If the gauge
goes above the highest safe temperature, there
may be something wrong that could lead to engine
failure and possibly fire. Stop driving as soon as
safely possible and try to find out what is wrong.
Some vehicles have sight glasses, see-through
coolant overflow containers, or coolant recovery
containers. These permit you to check the coolant
level while the engine is hot. If the container is not
part of the pressurized system, the cap can be
safely removed and coolant added even when the
engine is at operating temperature.
Never remove the radiator cap or any part of the
pressurized system until the system has cooled.
Steam and boiling water can spray under pressure
and cause severe burns. If you can touch the
radiator cap with your bare hand, it is probably cool
enough to open.
If coolant has to be added to a system without a
recovery tank or overflow tank, follow these steps:
Shut engine off.
Wait until engine has cooled.
Protect hands (use gloves or a thick cloth).
Turn radiator cap slowly to the first stop, which
releases the pressure seal.
Step back while pressure is released from cooling
system.
When all pressure has been released, press down
on the cap and turn it further to remove it.
Visually check level of coolant and add more
coolant if necessary.
Replace cap and turn all the way to the closed
position.
Engine Belts. Learn how to check v-belt tightness
on your vehicle by pressing on the belts. Loose
belts will not turn the water pump and/or fan
properly. This will result in overheating. Also, check
belts for cracking or other signs of wear.
Hoses. Make sure coolant hoses are in good
condition. A broken hose while driving can lead to
engine failure and even fire.
2.14.2 – Driving
Watch for Bleeding Tar. Tar in the road pavement
frequently rises to the surface in very hot weather.
Spots where tar "bleeds" to the surface are very
slippery.
Go Slowly Enough to Prevent Overheating. High
speeds create more heat for tires and the engine. In
desert conditions the heat may build up to the point
where it is dangerous. The heat will increase
chances of tire failure or even fire, and engine
failure.
Subsections 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, and 2.14
Test Your Knowledge
1. You should use low beams whenever you can.
True or False?
2. What should you do before you drive if you are
drowsy?
3. What effects can wet brakes cause? How can
you avoid these problems?
4. You should let air out of hot tires so the
pressure goes back to normal. True or False?
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-29
5. You can safely remove the radiator cap as
Pavement Markings. Pavement markings mean
long as the engine isn't overheated. True or
the same as the advance warning sign. They
False?
consist of an “X” with the letters “”RR” and a no-
These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer all of them, re-read subsections 2.11, 2.12,
2.13, and 2.14.
2.15 – Railroad-highway Crossings
Railroad-highway grade crossings are a special
kind of intersection where the roadway crosses train
tracks. These crossings are always dangerous.
Every such crossing must be approached with the
expectation that a train is coming. It is extremely
difficult to judge the distance of the train from the
crossing as well as the speed of an approaching
train.
2.15.1 – Types of Crossings
Passive Crossings. This type of crossing does not
have any type of traffic control device. The decision
to stop or proceed rests entirely in your hands.
Passive crossings require you to recognize the
crossing, search for any train using the tracks and
decide if there is sufficient clear space to cross
safely.
Active Crossings. This type of crossing has a
traffic control device installed at the crossing to
regulate traffic at the crossing. These active devices
include flashing red lights, with or without bells and
flashing red lights with bells and gates.
2.15.2 – Warning Signs and Devices
Advance Warning Signs. The round, black-on-
yellow warning sign is placed ahead of a public
railroad-highway crossing. The advance warning
sign tells you to slow down, look and listen for the
train, and be prepared to stop at the tracks if a train
is coming. All passenger and hazmat carrying
vehicles are required to stop. See Figure 2.15.
Figure 2.15
passing marking on two-lane roads. See Figure
2.16.
Figure 2.16
There is also a no passing zone sign on two-lane
roads. There may be a white stop line painted on
the pavement before the railroad tracks. The front
of the school bus must remain behind this line while
stopped at the crossing.
Cross-buck Signs. This sign marks the grade
crossing. It requires you to yield the right-of-way to
the train. If there is no white stop line painted on the
pavement, vehicles that are required to stop must
stop no closer than 15 feet or more than 50 feet
from the nearest rail of the nearest track. When the
road crosses over more than one track, a sign
below the cross-buck indicates the number of
tracks. See Figure 2.17.
Figure2.17
Flashing Red Light Signals. At many highway-rail
grade crossings, the cross-buck sign has flashing
red lights and bells. When the lights begin to flash,
stop! A train is approaching. You are required to
yield the right-of-way to the train. If there is more
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-30
than one track, make sure all tracks are clear
before crossing. See Figure 2.18.
Gates. Many railroad-highway crossings have
gates with flashing red lights and bells. Stop when
the lights begin to flash and before the gate lowers
across the road lane. Remain stopped until the
gates go up and the lights have stopped flashing.
Proceed when it is safe. See Figure 2.18.
Figure 2.18
2.15.3 – Driving Procedures
Never Race a Train to a Crossing. Never attempt
to race a train to a crossing. It is extremely difficult
to judge the speed of an approaching train.
Reduce Speed. Speed must be reduced in
accordance with your ability to see approaching
trains in any direction, and speed must be held to a
point which will permit you to stop short of the
tracks in case a stop is necessary.
Don't Expect to Hear a Train. Trains may not or
are prohibited from sounding horns when
approaching some crossings. Public crossings
where trains do not sound horns should be
identified by signs. Noise inside your vehicle may,
also prevent you from hearing the train horn until
the train is dangerously close to the crossing.
Don't Rely on Signals. You should not rely solely
upon the presence of warning signals, gates, or
flagmen to warn of the approach of trains. Be
especially alert at crossings that do not have gates
or flashing red light signals.
Double Tracks Require a Double Check.
Remember that a train on one track may hide a
train on the other track. Look both ways before
crossing. After one train has cleared a crossing, be
sure no other trains are near before starting across
the tracks.
Yard Areas and Grade Crossings in Cities and
Towns. Yard areas and grade crossings in cities
and towns are just as dangerous as rural grade
crossings. Approach them with as much caution.
2.15.4 – Stopping Safely at Railroad- highway
Crossings
A full stop is required at grade crossings whenever:
The nature of the cargo makes a stop mandatory
under state or federal regulations.
Such a stop is otherwise required by law.
When stopping be sure to:
Check for traffic behind you while stopping
gradually. Use a pullout lane, if available.
Turn on your four-way emergency flashers.
2.15.5 – Crossing the Tracks
Railroad crossings with steep approaches can
cause your unit to hang up on the tracks.
Never permit traffic conditions to trap you in a
position where you have to stop on the tracks. Be
sure you can get all the way across the tracks
before you start across. It takes a typical tractor-
trailer unit at least 14 seconds to clear a single track
and more than 15 seconds to clear a double track.
Do not shift gears while crossing railroad tracks.
2.15.6 – Special Situations
Be Aware! These trailers can get stuck on raised
crossings:
Low slung units (lowboy, car carrier, moving van,
possum-belly livestock trailer).
Single-axle tractor pulling a long trailer with its
landing gear set to accommodate a tandem-axle
tractor.
If for any reason you get stuck on the tracks, get out
of the vehicle and away from the tracks. Check
signposts or signal housing at the crossing for
emergency notification information. Call 911 or
other emergency number. Give the location of the
crossing using all identifiable landmarks, especially
the DOT number, if posted.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-31
2.16 – Mountain Driving
In mountain driving, gravity plays a major role. On
any upgrade, gravity slows you down. The steeper
the grade, the longer the grade, and/or the heavier
the load--the more you will have to use lower gears
to climb hills or mountains. In coming down long,
steep downgrades, gravity causes the speed of
your vehicle to increase. You must select an
appropriate safe speed, then use a low gear, and
proper braking techniques. You should plan ahead
and obtain information about any long, steep
grades along your planned route of travel. If
possible, talk to other drivers who are familiar with
the grades to find out what speeds are safe.
You must go slowly enough so your brakes can
hold you back without getting too hot. If the brakes
become too hot, they may start to "fade." This
means you have to apply them harder and harder to
get the same stopping power. If you continue to use
the brakes hard, they can keep fading until you
cannot slow down or stop at all.
2.16.1 – Select a "Safe" Speed
Your most important consideration is to select a
speed that is not too fast for the:
Total weight of the vehicle and cargo.
Length of the grade.
Steepness of the grade.
Road conditions.
Weather.
If a speed limit is posted, or there is a sign
indicating "Maximum Safe Speed," never exceed
the speed shown. Also, look for and heed warning
signs indicating the length and steepness of the
grade.
You must use the braking effect of the engine as
the principal way of controlling your speed. The
braking effect of the engine is greatest when it is
near the governed rpms and the transmission is in
the lower gears. Save your brakes so you will be
able to slow or stop as required by road and traffic
conditions.
2.16.2 – Select the Right Gear before Starting
Down the Grade
Shift the transmission to a low gear before starting
down the grade. Do not try to downshift after your
speed has already built up. You will not be able to
shift into a lower gear. You may not even be able to
get back into any gear and all engine braking effect
will be lost. Forcing an automatic transmission into
a lower gear at high speed could damage the
transmission and also lead to loss of all engine
braking effect.
With older trucks, a rule for choosing gears is to use
the same gear going down a hill that you would
need to climb the hill. However, new trucks have
low friction parts and streamlined shapes for fuel
economy. They may also have more powerful
engines. This means they can go up hills in higher
gears and have less friction and air drag to hold
them back going down hills. For that reason, drivers
of modern trucks may have to use lower gears
going down a hill than would be required to go up
the hill. You should know what is right for your
vehicle.
2.16.3 – Brake Fading or Failure
Brakes are designed so brake shoes or pads rub
against the brake drum or disks to slow the vehicle.
Braking creates heat, but brakes are designed to
take a lot of heat. However, brakes can fade or fail
from excessive heat caused by using them too
much and not relying on the engine braking effect.
Brake fade is also affected by adjustment. To safely
control a vehicle, every brake must do its share of
the work. Brakes out of adjustment will stop doing
their share before those that are in adjustment. The
other brakes can then overheat and fade, and there
will not be enough braking available to control the
vehicle. Brakes can get out of adjustment quickly,
especially when they are used a lot; also, brake
linings wear faster when they are hot. Therefore,
brake adjustment must be checked frequently.
2.16.4 – Proper Braking Technique
Remember. The use of brakes on a long and/or
steep downgrade is only a supplement to the
braking effect of the engine. Once the vehicle is in
the proper low gear, the following are the proper
braking techniques:
Apply the brakes just hard enough to feel a definite
slowdown.
When your speed has been reduced to
approximately five mph below your "safe" speed,
release the brakes. (This brake application should
last for about three seconds.)
When your speed has increased to your "safe"
speed, repeat steps 1 and 2.
For example, if your "safe" speed is 40 mph, you
would not apply the brakes until your speed
reaches 40 mph. You now apply the brakes hard
enough to gradually reduce your speed to 35 mph
and then release the brakes. Repeat this as often
as necessary until you have reached the end of the
downgrade.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-32
Escape ramps have been built on many steep
mountain downgrades. Escape ramps are made to
stop runaway vehicles safely without injuring drivers
and passengers. Escape ramps use a long bed of
loose, soft material to slow a runaway vehicle,
sometimes in combination with an upgrade.
Know escape ramp locations on your route. Signs
show drivers where ramp are located. Escape
ramps save lives, equipment and cargo.
Subsections 2.15 and 2.16
Test Your Knowledge
1. What factors determine your selection of a
"safe" speed when going down a long, steep
downgrade?
2. Why should you be in the proper gear before
starting down a hill?
3. Describe the proper braking technique when
going down a long, steep downgrade.
4. What type of vehicles can get stuck on a
railroad-highway crossing?
5. How long does it take for a typical tractor-trailer
unit to clear a double track?
These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.15 and 2.16.
2.17 – Driving Emergencies
Traffic emergencies occur when two vehicles are
about to collide. Vehicle emergencies occur when
tires, brakes, or other critical parts fail. Following
the safety practices in this manual can help prevent
emergencies. But if an emergency does happen,
your chances of avoiding a crash depend upon how
well you take action. Actions you can take are
discussed below.
2.17.1 – Steering to Avoid a Crash
Stopping is not always the safest thing to do in an
emergency. When you don't have enough room to
stop, you may have to steer away from what's
ahead. Remember, you can almost always turn to
miss an obstacle more quickly than you can stop.
(However, top-heavy vehicles and tractors with
multiple trailers may flip over.)
Keep Both Hands on the Steering Wheel. In
order to turn quickly, you must have a firm grip on
the steering wheel with both hands. The best way to
have both hands on the wheel, if there is an
emergency, is to keep them there all the time.
How to Turn Quickly and Safely. A quick turn can
be made safely, if it's done the right way. Here are
some points that safe drivers use:
Do not apply the brake while you are turning. It's
very easy to lock your wheels while turning. If that
happens, you may skid out of control.
Do not turn any more than needed to clear
whatever is in your way. The more sharply you turn,
the greater the chances of a skid or rollover.
Be prepared to "counter-steer," that is, to turn the
wheel back in the other direction, once you've
passed whatever was in your path. Unless you are
prepared to counter-steer, you won't be able to do it
quickly enough. You should think of emergency
steering and counter-steering as two parts of one
driving action.
Where to Steer. If an oncoming driver has drifted
into your lane, a move to your right is best. If that
driver realizes what has happened, the natural
response will be to return to his or her own lane.
If something is blocking your path, the best direction
to steer will depend on the situation.
If you have been using your mirrors, you'll know
which lane is empty and can be safely used.
If the shoulder is clear, going right may be best. No
one is likely to be driving on the shoulder but
someone may be passing you on the left. You will
know if you have been using your mirrors.
If you are blocked on both sides, a move to the right
may be best. At least you won't force anyone into
an opposing traffic lane and a possible head-on
collision.
Leaving the Road. In some emergencies, you may
have to drive off the road. It may be less risky than
facing a collision with another vehicle.
Most shoulders are strong enough to support the
weight of a large vehicle and, therefore, offer an
available escape route. Here are some guidelines, if
you do leave the road.
Avoid Braking. If possible, avoid using the brakes
until your speed has dropped to about 20 mph.
Then brake very gently to avoid skidding on a loose
surface.
Keep One Set of Wheels on the Pavement, if
Possible. This helps to maintain control.
Stay on the Shoulder. If the shoulder is clear, stay
on it until your vehicle has come to a stop. Signal
and check your mirrors before pulling back onto the
road.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-33
Returning to the Road. If you are forced to return
to the road before you can stop, use the following
procedure:
Hold the wheel tightly and turn sharply enough to
get right back on the road safely. Don't try to edge
gradually back on the road. If you do, your tires
might grab unexpectedly and you could lose
control.
When both front tires are on the paved surface,
counter-steer immediately. The two turns should be
made as a single "steer-counter-steer" move.
2.17.2 – How to Stop Quickly and Safely
If somebody suddenly pulls out in front of you, your
natural response is to hit the brakes. This is a good
response if there's enough distance to stop, and
you use the brakes correctly.
You should brake in a way that will keep your
vehicle in a straight line and allow you to turn if it
becomes necessary. You can use the "controlled
braking" method or the "stab braking" method.
Controlled Braking. With this method, you apply
the brakes as hard as you can without locking the
wheels. Keep steering wheel movements very small
while doing this. If you need to make a larger
steering adjustment or if the wheels lock, release
the brakes. Re-apply the brakes as soon as you
can.
Stab Braking. With this method, you apply your
brakes all the way and release brakes when wheels
lock up. As soon as the wheels start rolling, apply
the brakes fully again. (It can take up to one second
for the wheels to start rolling after you release the
brakes. If you re-apply the brakes before the wheels
start rolling, the vehicle won't straighten out.)
Don't Jam on the Brakes. Emergency braking
does not mean pushing down on the brake pedal as
hard as you can. That will only keep the wheels
locked up and cause a skid. If the wheels are
skidding, you cannot control the vehicle.
2.17.3 – Brake Failure
Brakes kept in good condition rarely fail. Most
hydraulic brake failures occur for one of two
reasons: (Air brakes are discussed in Section 5.)
Loss of hydraulic pressure.
Brake fade on long hills.
Loss of Hydraulic Pressure. When the system
won't build up pressure, the brake pedal will feel
spongy or go to the floor. Here are some things you
can do.
Downshift. Putting the vehicle into a lower gear will
help to slow the vehicle.
Pump the Brakes. Sometimes pumping the brake
pedal will generate enough hydraulic pressure to
stop the vehicle.
Use the Parking Brake. The parking or emergency
brake is separate from the hydraulic brake system.
Therefore, it can be used to slow the vehicle.
However, be sure to press the release button or pull
the release lever at the same time you use the
emergency brake so you can adjust the brake
pressure and keep the wheels from locking up.
Find an Escape Route. While slowing the vehicle,
look for an escape route--an open field, side-street,
or escape ramp. Turning uphill is a good way to
slow and stop the vehicle. Make sure the vehicle
does not start rolling backward after you stop. Put it
in low gear, apply the parking brake, and, if
necessary, roll back into some obstacle that will
stop the vehicle.
Brake Failure on Downgrades. Going slow
enough and braking properly will almost always
prevent brake failure on long downgrades. Once the
brakes have failed, however, you are going to have
to look outside your vehicle for something to stop it.
Your best hope is an escape ramp. If there is one,
there'll be signs telling you about it. Use it. Ramps
are usually located a few miles from the top of the
downgrade. Every year, hundreds of drivers avoid
injury to themselves or damage to their vehicles by
using escape ramps. Some escape ramps use soft
gravel that resists the motion of the vehicle and
brings it to a stop. Others turn uphill, using the hill to
stop the vehicle and soft gravel to hold it in place.
Any driver who loses brakes going downhill should
use an escape ramp if it's available. If you don't use
it, your chances of having a serious crash may be
much greater.
If no escape ramp is available, take the least
hazardous escape route you can--such as an open
field or a side road that flattens out or turns uphill.
Make the move as soon as you know your brakes
don't work. The longer you wait, the faster the
vehicle will go, and the harder it will be to stop.
2.17.4 – Tire Failure
Recognize Tire Failure. Quickly knowing you have
a tire failure will let you have more time to react.
Having just a few extra seconds to remember what
it is you're supposed to do can help you. The major
signs of tire failure are:
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-34
Sound. The loud "bang" of a blowout is an easily
recognized sign. Because it can take a few seconds
for your vehicle to react, you might think it was
some other vehicle. But any time you hear a tire
blow, you'd be safest to assume it is yours.
Vibration. If the vehicle thumps or vibrates heavily,
it may be a sign that one of the tires has gone flat.
With a rear tire, that may be the only sign you get.
Feel. If the steering feels "heavy," it is probably a
sign that one of the front tires has failed.
Sometimes, failure of a rear tire will cause the
vehicle to slide back and forth or "fishtail." However,
dual rear tires usually prevent this.
Respond to Tire Failure. When a tire fails, your
vehicle is in danger. You must immediately:
Hold the Steering Wheel Firmly. If a front tire fails,
it can twist the steering wheel out of your hand. The
only way to prevent this is to keep a firm grip on the
steering wheel with both hands at all times.
Stay off the Brake. It's natural to want to brake in
an emergency. However, braking when a tire has
failed could cause loss of control. Unless you're
about to run into something, stay off the brake until
the vehicle has slowed down. Then brake very
gently, pull off the road, and stop.
Check the Tires. After you've come to a stop, get
out and check all the tires. Do this even if the
vehicle seems to be handling all right. If one of your
dual tires goes, the only way you may know it is by
getting out and looking at it.
2.18 – Antilock Braking Systems (ABS)
ABS is a computerized system that keeps your
wheels from locking up during hard brake
applications.
ABS is an addition to your normal brakes. It does
not decrease or increase your normal braking
capability. ABS only activates when wheels are
about to lock up.
ABS does not necessarily shorten your stopping
distance, but it does help you keep the vehicle
under control during hard braking.
2.18.1 – How Antilock Braking Systems Work
Sensors detect potential wheel lock up. An
electronic control unit (ECU) will then decrease
brake pressure to avoid wheel lockup.
Brake pressure is adjusted to provide the maximum
braking without danger of lockup.
ABS works far faster than the driver can respond to
potential wheel lockup. At all other times the brake
system will operate normally.
2.18.2 – Vehicles Required to Have Antilock
Braking Systems
The Department of Transportation requires that
ABS be on:
Truck tractors with air brakes built on or after March
1, 1997.
Other air brake vehicles, (trucks, buses, trailers,
and converter dollies) built on or after March 1,
1998.
Hydraulically braked trucks and buses with a gross
vehicle weight rating of 10,000 lbs or more built on
or after March 1, 1999.
Many commercial vehicles built before these dates
have been voluntarily equipped with ABS.
2.18.3 – How to Know If Your Vehicle Is
Equipped with ABS
Tractors, trucks, and buses will have yellow ABS
malfunction lamps on the instrument panel.
Trailers will have yellow ABS malfunction lamps on
the left side, either on the front or rear corner.
Dollies manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, are
required to have a lamp on the left side.
As a system check on newer vehicles, the
malfunction lamp comes on at start-up for a bulb
check, and then goes out quickly. On older
systems, the lamp could stay on until you are
driving over five mph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control.
In the case of towed units manufactured before it
was required by the Department of Transportation,
it may be difficult to tell if the unit is equipped with
ABS. Look under the vehicle for the ECU and wheel
speed sensor wires coming from the back of the
brakes.
2.18.4 – How ABS Helps You
When you brake hard on slippery surfaces in a
vehicle without ABS, your wheels may lock up.
When your steering wheels lock up, you lose
steering control. When your other wheels lock up,
you may skid, jackknife, or even spin the vehicle.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-35
ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up and maintain
control. You may or may not be able to stop faster
with ABS, but you should be able to steer around
an obstacle while braking, and avoid skids caused
by over braking.
2.18.5 – ABS on the Tractor Only or Only on the
Trailer
Having ABS on only the tractor, only the trailer, or
even on only one axle, still gives you more control
over the vehicle during braking. Brake normally.
When only the tractor has ABS, you should be able
to maintain steering control, and there is less
chance of jackknifing. But keep your eye on the
trailer and let up on the brakes (if you can safely do
so) if it begins to swing out.
When only the trailer has ABS, the trailer is less
likely to swing out, but if you lose steering control or
start a tractor jackknife, let up on the brakes (if you
can safely do so) until you regain control.
2.18.6 – Braking with ABS
When you drive a vehicle with ABS, you should
brake as you always have. In other words:
Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.
Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the bus, tractor, the trailer, or both.
As you slow down, monitor your tractor and trailer
and back off the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stay
in control.
There is only one exception to this procedure. If you
drive a straight truck or combination with working
ABS on all axles, in an emergency stop, you can
fully apply the brakes.
2.18.7 – Braking If ABS Is Not Working
Without ABS you still have normal brake functions.
Drive and brake as you always have.
Vehicles with ABS have yellow malfunction lamps
to tell you if something isn’t working.
As a system check on newer vehicles, the
malfunction lamp comes on at start-up for a bulb
check and then goes out quickly. On older systems,
the lamp could stay on until you are driving over five
mph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control on one or more wheels.
Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still have
regular brakes. Drive normally, but get the system
serviced soon.
2.18.8 – Safety Reminders
ABS won’t allow you to drive faster, follow more
closely, or drive less carefully.
ABS won’t prevent power or turning skids–ABS
should prevent brake-induced skids or jackknifes,
but not those caused by spinning the drive wheels
or going too fast in a turn.
ABS won’t necessarily shorten stopping
distance. ABS will help maintain vehicle control,
but not always shorten stopping distance.
ABS won’t increase or decrease ultimate
stopping power–ABS is an “add-on” to your
normal brakes, not a replacement for them.
ABS won’t change the way you normally brake.
Under normal brake conditions, your vehicle will
stop as it always stopped. ABS only comes into
play when a wheel would normally have locked up
because of over braking.
ABS won’t compensate for bad brakes or poor
brake maintenance.
Remember: The best vehicle safety feature is still a
safe driver.
Remember: Drive so you never need to use your
ABS.
Remember: If you need it, ABS could help to
prevent a serious crash.
2.19 – Skid Control and Recovery
A skid happens whenever the tires lose their grip on
the road. This is caused in one of four ways:
Over-braking. Braking too hard and locking up the
wheels. Skids also can occur when using the speed
retarder when the road is slippery.
Over-steering. Turning the wheels more sharply
than the vehicle can turn.
Over-acceleration. Supplying too much power to
the drive wheels, causing them to spin.
Driving Too Fast. Most serious skids result from
driving too fast for road conditions. Drivers who
adjust their driving to conditions don't over-
accelerate and don't have to over-brake or over-
steer from too much speed.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-36
2.19.1 – Drive-wheel Skids
By far the most common skid is one in which the
rear wheels lose traction through excessive braking
or acceleration. Skids caused by acceleration
usually happen on ice or snow. Taking your foot off
the accelerator can easily stop them. (If it is very
slippery, push the clutch in. Otherwise, the engine
can keep the wheels from rolling freely and
regaining traction.)
Rear wheel braking skids occur when the rear drive
wheels lock. Because locked wheels have less
traction than rolling wheels, the rear wheels usually
slide sideways in an attempt to "catch up" with the
front wheels. In a bus or straight truck, the vehicle
will slide sideways in a "spin out." With vehicles
towing trailers, a drive-wheel skid can let the trailer
push the towing vehicle sideways, causing a
sudden jackknife. See Figure 2.19.
2.19.2 – Correcting a Drive-wheel Braking Skid
Do the following to correct a drive-wheel braking
skid.
Stop Braking. This will let the rear wheels roll
again, and keep the rear wheels from sliding.
Counter-steer. As a vehicle turns back on course,
it has a tendency to keep on turning. Unless you
turn the steering wheel quickly the other way, you
may find yourself skidding in the opposite direction.
Learning to stay off the brake, turn the steering
wheel quickly, push in the clutch, and counter-steer
in a skid takes a lot of practice. The best place to
get this practice is on a large driving range or "skid
pad."
2.19.3 – Front-wheel Skids
Driving too fast for conditions causes most front-
wheel skids. Other causes include lack of tread on
the front tires and cargo loaded so not enough
weight is on the front axle. In a front-wheel skid, the
front end tends to go in a straight line regardless of
how much you turn the steering wheel. On a very
slippery surface, you may not be able to steer
around a curve or turn.
When a front-wheel skid occurs, the only way to
stop the skid is to let the vehicle slow down. Stop
turning and/or braking so hard. Slow down as
quickly as possible without skidding.
Figure 2.19
Subsections 2.17, 2.18, and 2.19
Test Your Knowledge
1. Stopping is not always the safest thing to do
in an emergency. True or False?
2. What are some advantages of going right
instead of left around an obstacle?
3. What is an "escape ramp?"
4. If a tire blows out, you should put the brakes
on hard to stop quickly. True or False?
5. How do you know if your vehicle has antilock
brakes?
6. What is the proper braking technique when
driving a vehicle with antilock brakes?
7. How do antilock brakes help you?
These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.17, 2.18,
and 2.19.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-37
2.20 – Accident Procedures
When you're in an accident and not seriously hurt,
you need to act to prevent further damage or injury.
The basic steps to be taken at any accident are to:
Protect the area.
Notify authorities.
Care for the injured.
2.20.1 – Protect the Area
The first thing to do at an accident scene is to keep
another accident from happening in the same spot.
To protect the accident area:
If your vehicle is involved in the accident, try to get
it to the side of the road. This will help prevent
another accident and allow traffic to move.
If you're stopping to help, park away from the
accident. The area immediately around the accident
will be needed for emergency vehicles.
Put on your flashers.
Set out reflective triangles to warn other traffic.
Make sure other drivers can see them in time to
avoid the accident.
2.20.2 – Notify Authorities
If you have a cell phone or CB, call for assistance
before you get out of your vehicle. If not, wait until
after the accident scene has been properly
protected, then phone or send someone to phone
the police. Try to determine where you are so you
can give the exact location.
2.20.3 – Care for the Injured
If a qualified person is at the accident and helping
the injured, stay out of the way unless asked to
assist. Otherwise, do the best you can to help any
injured parties. Here are some simple steps to
follow in giving assistance:
Don't move a severely injured person unless the
danger of fire or passing traffic makes it necessary.
Stop heavy bleeding by applying direct pressure to
the wound.
Keep the injured person warm.
2.21 – Fires
Truck fires can cause damage and injury. Learn the
causes of fires and how to prevent them. Know
what to do to extinguish fires.
2.21.1 – Causes of Fire
The following are some causes of vehicle fires:
After Accidents. Spilled fuel, improper use of
flares.
Tires. Under-inflated tires and duals that touch.
Electrical System. Short circuits due to damaged
insulation, loose connections.
Fuel. Driver smoking, improper fueling, loose fuel
connections.
Cargo. Flammable cargo, improperly sealed or
loaded cargo, poor ventilation.
2.21.2 – Fire Prevention
Pay attention to the following:
Vehicle Inspection. Make a complete inspection of
the electrical, fuel, and exhaust systems, tires, and
cargo. Be sure to check that the fire extinguisher is
charged.
En Route Inspection. Check the tires, wheels, and
truck body for signs of heat whenever you stop
during a trip.
Follow Safe Procedures. Follow correct safety
procedures for fueling the vehicle, using brakes,
handling flares, and other activities that can cause a
fire.
Monitoring. Check the instruments and gauges
often for signs of overheating and use the mirrors to
look for signs of smoke from tires or the vehicle.
Caution. Use normal caution in handling anything
flammable.
2.21.3 – Fire Fighting
Knowing how to fight fires is important. Drivers who
didn’t know what to do have made fires worse.
Know how the fire extinguisher works. Study the
instructions printed on the extinguisher before you
need it. Here are some procedures to follow in case
of fire.
Pull Off the Road. The first step is to get the
vehicle off the road and stop. In doing so:
Park in an open area, away from buildings, trees,
brush, other vehicles, or anything that might catch
fire.
Don't pull into a service station!
Notify emergency services of your problem and
your location.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-38
Keep the Fire from Spreading. Before trying to put
out the fire, make sure that it doesn't spread any
further.
With an engine fire, turn off the engine as soon as
you can. Don't open the hood if you can avoid it.
Shoot foam through louvers, radiator, or from the
vehicle’s underside.
For a cargo fire in a van or box trailer, keep the
doors shut, especially if your cargo contains
hazardous materials. Opening the van doors will
supply the fire with oxygen and can cause it to burn
very fast.
Extinguish the Fire. Here are some rules to follow
in putting out a fire:
When using the extinguisher, stay as far away from
the fire as possible.
Aim at the source or base of the fire, not up in the
flames.
Use the Right Fire Extinguisher
Figures 2.20 and 2.21 detail the type of fire
extinguisher to use by class of fire.
Figure 2.20
Class/Type of Fires
Class
Type
A
Wood, Paper, Ordinary Combustibles
Extinguish by Cooling and
Quenching Using Water or Dry
Chemicals
B
Gasoline, Oil, Grease, Other Greasy
Liquids
Extinguish by Smothering, Cooling
or Heat Shielding using carbon
Dioxide or Dry Chemicals
C
Electrical Equipment Fires
Extinguish with Non-conducting
Agents such as Carbon Dioxide or
Dry Chemicals. DO NOT USE
WATER.
D
Fires in Combustible Metals
Extinguish by Using Specialized
Extinguishing Powders
The B:C type fire extinguisher is designed to work
on electrical fires and burning liquids.
The A:B:C type is designed to work on burning
wood, paper, and cloth as well.
Water can be used on wood, paper, or cloth, but
don't use water on an electrical fire (can cause
shock) or a gasoline fire (it will spread the flames).
A burning tire must be cooled. Lots of water may be
required.
If you're not sure what to use, especially on a
hazardous materials fire, wait for firefighters.
Position yourself upwind. Let the wind carry the
extinguisher to the fire.
Continue until whatever was burning has been
cooled. Absence of smoke or flame does not mean
the fire cannot restart.
Class of Fire/Type of Extinguisher
Class of Fire Fire Extinguisher Type
B or C Regular Dry Chemical
A, B, C, or D Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical
D Purple K Dry Chemical
B or C KCL Dry Chemical
D
Dry Powder Special
Compound
B or C Carbon Dioxide (Dry)
B or C Halogenated Agent (Gas)
A Water
A Water With Anti-Freeze
A or B Water, Loaded Steam Style
B, On Some A Foam
Figure 2.21
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-39
Subsections 2.20 and 2.21
Test Your Knowledge
1. What are some things to do at an accident
scene to prevent another accident?
2. Name two causes of tire fires.
3. What kinds of fires is a B:C extinguisher not
good for?
4. When using your extinguisher, should you get
as close as possible to the fire?
5. Name some causes of vehicle fires.
These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.20 and 2.21.
2.22 – Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving
2.22.1 – Alcohol and Driving
Drinking alcohol and then driving is very dangerous
and a serious problem. People who drink alcohol
are involved in traffic accidents resulting in over
20,000 deaths every year. Alcohol impairs muscle
coordination, reaction time, depth perception, and
night vision. It also affects the parts of the brain that
control judgment and inhibition. For some people,
one drink is all it takes to show signs of impairment.
How Alcohol Works. Alcohol goes directly into the
blood stream and is carried to the brain. After
passing through the brain, a small percentage is
removed in urine, perspiration, and by breathing,
while the rest is carried to the liver. The liver can
only process one-third an ounce of alcohol per
hour, which is considerably less than the alcohol in
a standard drink. This is a fixed rate, so only time,
not black coffee or a cold shower, will sober you up.
If you have drinks faster than your body can get rid
of them, you will have more alcohol in your body,
and your driving will be more affected. The Blood
Alcohol Concentration (BAC) commonly measures
the amount of alcohol in your body. See Figure
2.22.
What Is a Drink?
It is the alcohol in drinks that affects human
performance. It doesn't make any difference
whether that alcohol comes from "a couple of
beers,” or from two glasses of wine, or two shots
of hard liquor. Approximate Blood Alcohol
Content
Drinks
Body Weight in Pounds
Effects
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
0 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00
Only Safe
Driving Limit
1 .04 .03 .03 .02 .02 .02 .02 .02
Impairment
Begins
2 .08 .06 .05 .05 .04 .04 .03 .03
Driving Skills Significantly
Affected
3 .11 .09 .08 .07 .06 .06 .05 .05
4 .15 .12 .11 .09 .08 .08 .07 .06
5 .19 .16 .13 .12 .11 .09 .09 .08
6 .23 .19 .16 .14 .13 .11 .10 .09
7 .26 .22 .19 .16 .15 .13 .12 .11
Legally Intoxicated
Criminal Penalties
8 .30 .25 .21 .19 .17 .15 .14 .13
9 .34 .28 .24 .21 .19 .17 .15 .14
1
0
.38 .31 .27 .23 .21 .19 .17 .16
Subtract .01% for each 40 minutes of drinking. One
drink is 1.5 oz. of 80 proof liquor, 12 oz. of beer, or 5
oz. of table wine.
Figure 2.22
All of the following drinks contain the same amount
of alcohol:
A 12-ounce glass of 5% beer.
A 5-ounce glass of 12% wine.
A 1 1/2-ounce shot of 80 proof liquor.
What Determines Blood Alcohol Concentration?
BAC is determined by the amount of alcohol you
drink (more alcohol means higher BAC), how fast
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-40
you drink (faster drinking means higher BAC), and
your weight (a small person doesn't have to drink as
much to reach the same BAC).
Alcohol and the Brain. Alcohol affects more and
more of the brain as BAC builds up. The first part of
the brain affected controls judgment and self-
control. One of the bad things about this is it can
keep drinkers from knowing they are getting drunk.
And, of course, good judgment and self-control are
absolutely necessary for safe driving.
As BAC continues to build up, muscle control,
vision, and coordination are affected more and
more. Effects on driving may include:
Straddling lanes.
Quick, jerky starts.
Not signaling, failure to use lights.
Running stop signs and red lights.
Improper passing (See Figure 2.23).
These effects mean increased chances of a crash
and chances of losing your driver's license.
Accident statistics show that the chance of a crash
is much greater for drivers who have been drinking
than for drivers who have not.
How Alcohol Affects Driving. All drivers are
affected by drinking alcohol. Alcohol affects
judgment, vision, coordination, and reaction time. It
causes serious driving errors, such as:
Increased reaction time to hazards.
Driving too fast or too slow.
Driving in the wrong lane.
Effects Of Increasing
Blood Alcohol Content
Blood Alcohol Content is the amount of alcohol in
your blood recorded in milligrams of alcohol per
100 milliliters of blood. Your BAC depends on the
amount of blood (which increases with weight)
and the amount of alcohol you consume over time
(how fast you drink). The faster you drink, the
higher your BAC, as the liver can only handle
about one drink per hour—the rest builds up in
your blood.
BAC Effects on Body
Effects on
Driving Condition
.02
Mellow feeling,
slight body warmth.
Less inhibited.
.05
Noticeable
relaxation.
Less alert, less
self-focused,
coordination
impairment begins.
.08
Definite impairment
in coordination &
judgment
Drunk driving limit,
impaired
coordination &
judgment.
.10*
Noisy, possible
embarrassing
behavior, mood
swings.
Reduction in
reaction time.
.15
Impaired balance &
movement, clearly
drunk.
Unable to drive.
.30
Many lose
consciousness.
.40
Most lose
consciousness,
some die.
.50
Breathing stops,
many die.
BAC of .10 means that 1/10 of 1 % (or 1/1000) of
your total blood content is alcohol.
Running over the curb.
Figure 2.23
Weaving.
2.22.2 – Other Drugs
Besides alcohol, other legal and illegal drugs are
being used more often. Laws prohibit possession or
use of many drugs while on duty. They prohibit
being under the influence of any "controlled
substance," amphetamines (including "pep pills,"
“uppers,” and "bennies"), narcotics, or any other
substance, which can make the driver unsafe. This
could include a variety of prescription and over-the-
counter drugs (cold medicines), which may make
the driver drowsy or otherwise affect safe driving
ability. However, possession and use of a drug
given to a driver by a doctor is permitted if the
doctor informs the driver that it will not affect safe
driving ability.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-41
Pay attention to warning labels for legitimate drugs
and medicines, and to doctor's orders regarding
possible effects. Stay away from illegal drugs.
Don't use any drug that hides fatigue--the only cure
for fatigue is rest. Alcohol can make the effects of
other drugs much worse. The safest rule is don't
mix drugs with driving at all.
Use of drugs can lead to traffic accidents resulting
in death, injury, and property damage. Furthermore,
it can lead to arrest, fines, and jail sentences. It can
also mean the end of a person's driving career.
2.22.3 – Illness
Once in a while, you may become so ill that you
cannot operate a motor vehicle safely. If this
happens to you, you must not drive. However, in
case of an emergency, you may drive to the nearest
place where you can safely stop.
2.23 – Hazardous Materials Rules For
All Commercial Drivers
All drivers should know something about hazardous
materials. You must be able to recognize
hazardous cargo, and you must know whether or
not you can haul it without having a hazardous
materials endorsement on your CDL license.
2.23.1 – What Are Hazardous Materials?
Hazardous materials are products that pose a risk
to health, safety, and property during transportation.
See Figure 2.24.
2.23.2 – Why Are There Rules?
You must follow the many rules about transporting
hazardous materials. The intent of the rules is to:
Contain the product.
Communicate the risk.
Ensure safe drivers and equipment.
To Contain the Product. Many hazardous
products can injure or kill on contact. To protect
drivers and others from contact, the rules tell
shippers how to package safely. Similar rules tell
drivers how to load, transport, and unload bulk
tanks. These are containment rules.
To Communicate the Risk. The shipper uses a
shipping paper and diamond shaped hazard labels
to warn dockworkers and drivers of the risk.
Hazard Class Definitions
Class
Class Name
Example
1 Explosives
Ammunition,
Dynamite,
Fireworks
2 Gases
Propane, Oxygen,
Helium
3
Flammable
Gasoline, Acetone
4
Flammable
Solids
Matches, Fuses
5 Oxidizers
Ammonium
Nitrate, Hydrogen
Peroxide
6 Poisons
Pesticides,
Arsenic
7 Radioactive
Uranium,
Plutonium
8 Corrosives
Hydrochloric Acid,
Battery Fluid
9
Miscellaneous
Hazardous
Materials
Formaldehyde,
Asbestos
None
ORM-D (Other
Regulated
Material-
Domestic)
Hair Spray or
Charcoal
None
Combustible
Liquids
Fuel Oils, Lighter
Fluid
Figure 2.24
After an accident or hazardous material spill or leak,
you may be injured and unable to communicate the
hazards of the materials you are transporting.
Firefighters and police can prevent or reduce the
amount of damage or injury at the scene if they
know what hazardous materials are being
transported. Your life, and the lives of others, may
depend on quickly locating the hazardous materials
shipping papers. For that reason, you must identify
shipping papers related to hazardous materials or
keep them on top of other shipping papers. You
must also keep shipping papers:
In a pouch on the driver's door, or
In clear view within reach while driving, or
On the driver's seat when out of the vehicle.
2.23.3 – Lists of Regulated Products
Placards are used to warn others of hazardous
materials. Placards are signs put on the outside of a
vehicle that identify the hazard class of the cargo. A
placarded vehicle must have at least four identical
placards. They are put on the front, rear, and both
sides.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-42
Placards must be readable from all four directions.
They must be at least 9.8” (250mm) inches square,
turned upright on a point, in a diamond shape.
Cargo tanks and other bulk packaging display the
identification number of their contents on placards
or orange panels.
Identification Numbers are a four digit code used
by first responders to identify hazardous materials.
An identification number may be used to identify
more than one chemical on shipping papers. The
identification number will be preceded by the letters
“NA” or “UN”. The US DOT Emergency Response
Guidebook (ERG) lists the chemicals and the
identification numbers assigned to them.
Not all vehicles carrying hazardous materials need
to have placards. The rules about placards are
given in Section 9 of this manual. You can drive a
vehicle that carries hazardous materials if it does
not require placards. If it requires placards, you
cannot drive it unless your driver license has the
hazardous materials endorsement. See Figure
2.25.
commercial vehicle that is designed to transport any
liquid or gaseous materials in a tank or tanks having
an individual rated capacity of more than 119
gallons and an aggregate capacity of 1,000 gallons
or more that is either permanently or temporarily
attached to the vehicle or chassis. The liquid or gas
does not have to be a hazardous material.
Drivers who need the hazardous materials
endorsement must learn the placard rules. If you do
not know if your vehicle needs placards, ask your
employer. Never drive a vehicle needing placards
unless you have the hazardous materials
endorsement. To do so is a crime. When stopped,
you will be cited and you will not be allowed to drive
your truck. It will cost you time and money. A
failure to placard when needed may risk your life
and others if you have an accident. Emergency help
will not know of your hazardous cargo.
Hazardous materials drivers must also know which
products they can load together, and which they
cannot. These rules are also in Section 9. Before
loading a truck with more than one type of product,
you must know if it is safe to load them together. If
you do not know, ask your employer and consult
the regulations.
Subsections 2.22 and 2.23
Test Your Knowledge
1. Common medicines for colds can make you
sleepy. True or False?
2. Coffee and a little fresh air will help a drinker
sober up. True or False?
3. What is a hazardous materials placard?
4. Why are placards used?
These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.22 and 2.23.
The rules require all drivers of placarded vehicles to
learn how to safely load and transport hazardous
products. They must have a commercial driver
license with the hazardous materials endorsement.
To get the required endorsement, you must pass a
written test on material found in Section 9 of this
manual. A tank endorsement is required for any
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Page 2-43
Section 3
TRANSPORTING CARGO
SAFELY
This Section Covers
• Inspecting Cargo
• Cargo Weight and Balance
• Securing Cargo
• Cargo Needing Special Attention
This section tells you about hauling cargo safely.
You must understand basic cargo safety rules to
get a CDL.
If you load cargo wrong or do not secure it, it can be
a danger to others and yourself. Loose cargo that
falls off a vehicle can cause traffic problems and
others could be hurt or killed. Loose cargo could
hurt or kill you during a quick stop or crash. Your
vehicle could be damaged by an overload. Steering
could be affected by how a vehicle is loaded,
making it more difficult to control the vehicle.
Whether or not you load and secure the cargo
yourself, you are responsible for:
Inspecting your cargo.
Recognizing overloads and poorly balanced weight.
Knowing your cargo is properly secured and does
not obscure your view ahead or to the sides.
Knowing your cargo does not restrict your access to
emergency equipment.
If you intend to carry hazardous material that
requires placards on your vehicle, you will also
need to have a hazardous materials endorsement.
Section 9 of this manual has the information you
need to pass the hazardous materials test.
3.1 – Inspecting Cargo
As part of your Vehicle inspection, make sure the
truck is not overloaded and the cargo is balanced
and secured properly.
After Starting. Inspect the cargo and its securing
devices again within the first 50 miles after
beginning a trip. Make any adjustments needed.
Re-check. Re-check the cargo and securing
devices as often as necessary during a trip to keep
the load secure. You need to inspect again:
After you have driven for 3 hours or 150 miles.
After every break you take during driving.
Federal, state, and local regulations for commercial
vehicle weight, securing cargo, covering loads, and
where you can drive large vehicles vary from place
to place. Know the rules where you will be driving.
3.2 – Weight and Balance
You are responsible for not being overloaded. The
following are some definitions of weight you should
know.
3.2.1 – Definitions You Should Know
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The value
specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weight
of a single vehicle.
Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR). The
value specified by the manufacturer of the power
unit, if the value is displayed on the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) certification
label; or the sum of the gross vehicle weight ratings
(GVWRs) or the gross vehicle weights (GVWs) of
the power unit and the towed unit(s), or any
combination thereof, that produces the highest
value.
(The underlined and italicized text above is for
use by roadside enforcement only to determine
whether the driver/vehicle is subject to CDL
regulations. It is not used to determine whether
a vehicle is representative for the purposes of
Skills testing).
Axle Weight. The weight transmitted to the ground
by one axle or one set of axles.
Tire Load. The maximum safe weight a tire can
carry at a specified pressure. This rating is stated
on the side of each tire.
Suspension Systems. Suspension systems have
a manufacturer's weight capacity rating.
Coupling Device Capacity. Coupling devices are
rated for the maximum weight they can pull and/or
carry.
3.2.2 – Legal Weight Limits
You must keep weights within legal limits. States
have maximums for GVWRs, GCWRs, and axle
weights. Often, maximum axle weights are set by a
bridge formula. A bridge formula permits less
maximum axle weight for axles that are closer
Section 3 - Transporting Cargo Safely
Page 3-1
together. This is to prevent overloading bridges and
roadways.
Overloading can have bad effects on steering,
braking, and speed control. Overloaded trucks have
to go very slowly on upgrades. Worse, they may
gain too much speed on downgrades. Stopping
distance increases. Brakes can fail when forced to
work too hard.
During bad weather or in mountains, it may not be
safe to operate at legal maximum weights. Take
this into account before driving.
3.2.3 – Don't Be Top-heavy
The height of the vehicle's center of gravity is very
important for safe handling. A high center of gravity
(cargo piled up high or heavy cargo on top) means
you are more likely to tip over. It is most dangerous
in curves, or if you have to swerve to avoid a
hazard. It is very important to distribute the cargo so
it is as low as possible. Put the heaviest parts of the
cargo under the lightest parts.
3.2.4 – Balance the Weight
Poor weight balance can make vehicle handling
unsafe. Too much weight on the steering axle can
cause hard steering. It can damage the steering
axle and tires. Under-loaded front axles (caused by
shifting weight too far to the rear) can make the
steering axle weight too light to steer safely. Too
little weight on the driving axles can cause poor
traction. The drive wheels may spin easily. During
bad weather, the truck may not be able to keep
going. Weight that is loaded so there is a high
center of gravity causes greater chance of rollover.
On flat bed vehicles, there is also a greater chance
that the load will shift to the side or fall off. See
Figure 3.1.
3.3 – Securing Cargo
3.3.1 – Blocking and Bracing
Blocking is used in the front, back, and/or sides of a
piece of cargo to keep it from sliding. Blocking is
shaped to fit snugly against cargo. It is secured to
the cargo deck to prevent cargo movement. Bracing
is also used to prevent movement of cargo. Bracing
goes from the upper part of the cargo to the floor
and/or walls of the cargo compartment.
Figure 3.1
3.3.2 – Cargo Tie-down
On flatbed trailers or trailers without sides, cargo
must be secured to keep it from shifting or falling
off. In closed vans, tie-downs can also be important
to prevent cargo shifting that may affect the
handling of the vehicle. Tie-downs must be of the
proper type and proper strength. Federal
regulations require the aggregate working load limit
of any securement system used to secure an article
or group of articles against movement must be at
least one-half times the weight of the article or
group of articles. Proper tie-down equipment must
be used, including ropes, straps, chains, and
tensioning devices (winches, ratchets, clinching
components). Tie-downs must be attached to the
vehicle correctly (hooks, bolts, rails, rings). See
figure 3.2.
Figure 3.2
Section 3 - Transporting Cargo Safely
Page 3-2
Cargo should have at least one tie-down for each
ten feet of cargo. Make sure you have enough tie-
downs to meet this need. No matter how small the
cargo, it should have at least two tie-downs.
There are special requirements for securing various
heavy pieces of metal. Find out what they are if you
are to carry such loads.
3.3.3 – Header Boards
Front-end header boards ("headache racks")
protect you from your cargo in case of a crash or
emergency stop. Make sure the front-end structure
is in good condition. The front-end structure should
block the forward movement of any cargo you carry.
3.3.4 – Covering Cargo
There are two basic reasons for covering cargo:
To protect people from spilled cargo.
To protect the cargo from weather.
Spill protection is a safety requirement in many
states. Be familiar with the laws in the states you
drive in.
You should look at your cargo covers in the mirrors
from time to time while driving. A flapping cover can
tear loose, uncovering the cargo, and possibly block
your view or someone else's.
3.3.5 – Sealed and Containerized Loads
Containerized loads generally are used when
freight is carried part way by rail or ship. Delivery by
truck occurs at the beginning and/or end of the
journey. Some containers have their own tiedown
devices or locks that attach directly to a special
frame. Others have to be loaded onto flatbed
trailers. They must be properly secured just like any
other cargo.
You cannot inspect sealed loads, but you should
check that you don't exceed gross weight and axle
weight limits.
3.4 – Cargo Needing Special Attention
3.4.1 – Dry Bulk
Dry bulk tanks require special care because they
have a high center of gravity, and the load can shift.
Be extremely cautious (slow and careful) going
around curves and making sharp turns.
3.4.2 – Hanging Meat
Hanging meat (suspended beef, pork, lamb) in a
refrigerated truck can be a very unstable load with a
high center of gravity. Particular caution is needed
on sharp curves such as off ramps and on ramps.
Go slowly.
3.4.3 – Livestock
Livestock can move around in a trailer, causing
unsafe handling. With less than a full load, use false
bulkheads to keep livestock bunched together.
Even when bunched, special care is necessary
because livestock can lean on curves. This shifts
the center of gravity and makes rollover more likely.
3.4.4 – Oversized Loads
Over-length, over-width, and/or overweight loads
require special transit permits. Driving is usually
limited to certain times. Special equipment may be
necessary such as "wide load" signs, flashing lights,
flags, etc. Such loads may require a police escort or
pilot vehicles bearing warning signs and/or flashing
lights. These special loads require special driving
care.
Section 3
Test Your Knowledge
1. What four things related to cargo are drivers
responsible for?
2. How often must you stop while on the road to
check your cargo?
3. How is Gross Combination Weight Rating
different from Gross Combination Weight?
4. Name two situations where legal maximum
weights may not be safe.
5. What can happen if you don't have enough
weight on the front axle?
6. What is the minimum number of tie-downs for
any flatbed load?
7. What is the minimum number of tie-downs for a
20-foot load?
8. Name the two basic reasons for covering cargo
on an open bed.
9. What must you check before transporting a
sealed load?
These questions may be on your test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read Section 3.
Section 3 - Transporting Cargo Safely
Page 3-3
Section 4
TRANSPORTING
PASSENGERS SAFELY
This Section Covers
• Vehicle Inspection
• Loading
• On the Road
• After-trip Vehicle Inspection
• Prohibited Practices
• Use of Brake-door Interlocks
Bus drivers must have a commercial driver license
if they drive a vehicle designed to seat more than
16 or more persons, including the driver.
Bus drivers must have a passenger endorsement
on their commercial driver license. To get the
endorsement you must pass a knowledge test on
Sections 2 and 4 of this manual. (If your bus has air
brakes, you must also pass a knowledge test on
Section 5.) You must also pass the skills tests
required for the class of vehicle you drive.
4.1 – Vehicle Inspection
Before driving your bus, you must be sure it is safe.
You must review the inspection report made by the
previous driver. Only if defects reported earlier have
been certified as repaired or not needed to be
repaired, should you sign the previous driver's
report. This is your certification that the defects
reported earlier have been fixed.
4.1.1 – Vehicle Systems
Make sure these things are in good working order
before driving:
Service brakes, including air hose couplings (if your
bus has a trailer or semitrailer).
Parking brake.
Steering mechanism.
Lights and reflectors.
Tires (front wheels must not have recapped or re-
grooved tires).
Horn.
Windshield wiper or wipers.
Rear-vision mirror or mirrors.
Coupling devices (if present).
Wheels and rims.
Emergency equipment.
Make sure your bus has the fire extinguisher and
emergency reflectors (3 reflective triangles or at
least 6 fusees or 3 liquid burning flares) required by
law. The bus must also have spare electrical fuses,
unless equipped with circuit breakers.
4.1.2 – Access Doors and Panels
As you check the outside of the bus, close any
open emergency exits. Also, close any open access
panels (for baggage, restroom service, engine, etc.)
before driving.
4.1.3 – Bus Interior
People sometimes damage unattended buses.
Always check the interior of the bus before driving
to ensure rider safety. Aisles and stairwells should
always be clear. The following parts of your bus
must be in safe working condition:
Each handhold and railing.
Floor covering.
Signaling devices, including the restroom
emergency buzzer, if the bus has a restroom.
Emergency exit handles.
The seats must be safe for riders. All seats must be
securely fastened to the bus.
Never drive with an open emergency exit door or
window. The "Emergency Exit" sign on an
emergency door must be clearly visible. If there is a
red emergency door light, it must work. Turn it on at
night or any other time you use your outside lights.
4.1.4 – Roof Hatches
You may lock some emergency roof hatches in a
partly open position for fresh air. Do not leave them
open as a regular practice. Keep in mind the bus's
higher clearance while driving with them open.
4.1.5 – Use Your Seatbelt!
The driver's seat should have a seat belt. Always
use it for safety.
4.2 – Loading and Trip Start
Do not allow riders to leave carry-on baggage in a
doorway or aisle. There should be nothing in the
aisle that might trip other riders. Secure baggage
and freight in ways that avoid damage and:
Allow the driver to move freely and easily.
Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Page 4-1
Allow riders to exit by any window or door in an
emergency.
Protect riders from injury if carry-ons fall or shift.
4.2.1 – Hazardous Materials
Watch for cargo or baggage containing hazardous
materials. Most hazardous materials cannot be
carried on a bus.
The Federal Hazardous Materials Table shows
which materials are hazardous. They pose a risk to
health, safety, and property during transportation.
The rules require shippers to mark containers of
hazardous material with the material's name,
identification number, and hazard label. There are
nine different four-inch, diamond-shaped hazard
labels. See Figure 4.1. Watch for the diamond-
shaped labels. Do not transport any hazardous
material unless you are sure the rules allow it.
Hazard Class Definitions
Class
Class Name
Example
1 Explosives
Ammunition,
Dynamite,
Fireworks
2 Gases
Propane, Oxygen,
Helium
3 Flammable
Gasoline Fuel,
Acetone
4
Flammable
Solids
Matches, Fuses
5 Oxidizers
Ammonium
Nitrate, Hydrogen
Peroxide
6 Poisons
Pesticides,
Arsenic
7 Radioactive
Uranium,
Plutonium
8 Corrosives
Hydrochloric Acid,
Battery Acid
9
Miscellaneous
Hazardous
Materials
Formaldehyde,
Asbestos
None
ORM-D (Other
Regulated
Material-
Domestic)
Hair Spray or
Charcoal
None
Combustible
Liquids
Fuel Oils, Lighter
Fluid
Figure 4.1
4.2.2 – Forbidden Hazardous Materials
Buses may carry small-arms ammunition labeled
ORM-D, emergency hospital supplies, and drugs.
You can carry small amounts of some other
hazardous materials if the shipper cannot send
them any other way. Buses must never carry:
Division 2.3 poison gas, liquid Class 6 poison, tear
gas, irritating material.
More than 100 pounds of solid Class 6 poisons.
Explosives in the space occupied by people, except
small arms ammunition.
Labeled radioactive materials in the space occupied
by people.
More than 500 pounds total of allowed hazardous
materials, and no more than 100 pounds of any one
class.
Riders sometimes board a bus with an unlabeled
hazardous material. Do not allow riders to carry on
common hazards such as car batteries or gasoline.
4.2.3 – Standee Line
No rider may stand forward of the rear of the
driver's seat. Buses designed to allow standing
must have a two-inch line on the floor or some other
means of showing riders where they cannot stand.
This is called the standee line. All standing riders
must stay behind it.
4.2.4 – At Your Destination
When arriving at the destination or intermediate
stops announce:
The location.
Reason for stopping.
Next departure time.
Bus number.
Remind riders to take carry-ons with them if they
get off the bus. If the aisle is on a lower level than
the seats, remind riders of the step-down. It is best
to tell them before coming to a complete stop.
Charter bus drivers should not allow riders on the
bus until departure time. This will help prevent theft
or vandalism of the bus.
4.3 – On the Road
4.3.1 – Passenger Supervision
Many charter and intercity carriers have passenger
comfort and safety rules. Mention rules about
smoking, drinking, or use of radio and tape players
at the start of the trip. Explaining the rules at the
start will help to avoid trouble later on.
While driving, scan the interior of your bus as well
as the road ahead, to the sides, and to the rear.
Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Page 4-2
You may have to remind riders about rules, or to
keep arms and heads inside the bus.
4.3.2 – At Stops
Riders can stumble when getting on or off, and
when the bus starts or stops. Caution riders to
watch their step when leaving the bus. Wait for
them to sit down or brace themselves before
starting. Starting and stopping should be as smooth
as possible to avoid rider injury.
Occasionally, you may have a drunk or disruptive
rider. You must ensure this rider's safety as well as
that of others. Don't discharge such riders where it
would be unsafe for them. It may be safer at the
next scheduled stop or a well-lighted area where
there are other people. Many carriers have
guidelines for handling disruptive riders.
4.3.3 – Common Accidents
The Most Common Bus Accidents. Bus accidents
often happen at intersections. Use caution, even if a
signal or stop sign controls other traffic. School and
mass transit buses sometimes scrape off mirrors or
hit passing vehicles when pulling out from a bus
stop. Remember the clearance your bus needs, and
watch for poles and tree limbs at stops. Know the
size of the gap your bus needs to accelerate and
merge with traffic. Wait for the gap to open before
leaving the stop. Never assume other drivers will
brake to give you room when you signal or start to
pull out.
4.3.4 – Speed on Curves
Crashes on curves that kill people and destroy
buses result from excessive speed, often when rain
or snow has made the road slippery. Every banked
curve has a safe "design speed." In good weather,
the posted speed is safe for cars but it may be too
high for many buses. With good traction, the bus
may roll over; with poor traction, it might slide off
the curve. Reduce speed for curves! If your bus
leans toward the outside on a banked curve, you
are driving too fast.
4.3.5 – Railroad-highway Crossing/ Stops
Stop at RR Crossings:
Stop your bus between 15 and 50 feet before
railroad crossings.
Listen and look in both directions for trains. You
should open your forward door if it improves your
ability to see or hear an approaching train.
Before crossing after a train has passed, make sure
there isn't another train coming in the other direction
on other tracks.
If your bus has a manual transmission, never
change gears while crossing the tracks.
You do not have to stop, but must slow down and
carefully check for other vehicles:
At streetcar crossings.
Where a policeman or flagman is directing traffic.
If a traffic signal is green.
At crossings marked as "exempt" or "abandoned."
4.3.6 – Drawbridges
Stop at Drawbridges. Stop at drawbridges that do
not have a signal light or traffic control attendant.
Stop at least 50 feet before the draw of the bridge.
Look to make sure the draw is completely closed
before crossing. You do not need to stop, but must
slow down and make sure it's safe, when:
There is a traffic light showing green.
The bridge has an attendant or traffic officer who
controls traffic whenever the bridge opens.
4.4 – After-trip Vehicle Inspection
Inspect your bus at the end of each shift. If you
work for an interstate carrier, you must complete a
written inspection report for each bus driven. The
report must specify each bus and list any defect
that would affect safety or result in a breakdown. If
there are no defects, the report should say so.
Riders sometimes damage safety-related parts
such as handholds, seats, emergency exits, and
windows. If you report this damage at the end of a
shift, mechanics can make repairs before the bus
goes out again. Mass transit drivers should also
make sure passenger signaling devices and brake-
door interlocks work properly.
4.5 – Prohibited Practices
Avoid fueling your bus with riders on board unless
absolutely necessary. Never refuel in a closed
building with riders on board.
Don't talk with riders, or engage in any other
distracting activity, while driving.
Do not tow or push a disabled bus with riders
aboard the vehicle, unless getting off would be
unsafe. Only tow or push the bus to the nearest
safe spot to discharge passengers. Follow your
employer's guidelines on towing or pushing
disabled buses.
Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Page 4-3
4.6 – Use of Brake-door Interlocks
Urban mass transit coaches may have a brake and
accelerator interlock system. The interlock applies
the brakes and holds the throttle in idle position
when the rear door is open. The interlock releases
when you close the rear door. Do not use this
safety feature in place of the parking brake.
Section 4
Test Your Knowledge
1. Name some things to check in the interior of a
bus during a Vehicle inspection.
2. What are some hazardous materials you can
transport by bus?
3. What are some hazardous materials you can’t
transport by bus?
4. What is a standee line?
5. Does it matter where you make a disruptive
passenger get off the bus?
6. How far from a railroad crossing should you
stop?
7. When must you stop before crossing a
drawbridge?
8. Describe from memory the “prohibited
practices” listed in the manual.
9. The rear door of a transit bus has to be open to
put on the parking brake. True or False?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read Section 4.
Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Page 4-4
Section 5
AIR BRAKES
This Section Covers
• Air Brake System Parts
• Dual Air Brake Systems
• Inspecting Air Brakes
• Using Air Brakes
This section tells you about air brakes. If you want
to drive a truck or bus with air brakes, or pull a
trailer with air brakes, you need to read this section.
If you want to pull a trailer with air brakes, you also
need to read Section 6, Combination Vehicles.
Air brakes use compressed air to make the brakes
work. Air brakes are a good and safe way of
stopping large and heavy vehicles, but the brakes
must be well maintained and used properly.
Air brakes are really three different braking
systems: service brake, parking brake, and
emergency brake.
The service brake system applies and releases the
brakes when you use the brake pedal during normal
driving.
The parking brake system applies and releases the
parking brakes when you use the parking brake
control.
The emergency brake system uses parts of the
service and parking brake systems to stop the
vehicle in a brake system failure.
The parts of these systems are discussed in greater
detail below.
5.1 – The Parts of an Air Brake System
There are many parts to an air brake system. You
should know about the parts discussed here.
5.1.1 – Air Compressor
The air compressor pumps air into the air storage
tanks (reservoirs). The air compressor is connected
to the engine through gears or a v-belt. The
compressor may be air cooled or may be cooled by
the engine cooling system. It may have its own oil
supply or be lubricated by engine oil. If the
compressor has its own oil supply, check the oil
level before driving.
5.1.2 – Air Compressor Governor
The governor controls when the air compressor will
pump air into the air storage tanks. When air tank
pressure rises to the "cut-out" level (around 125
pounds per-square-inch or "psi"), the governor
stops the compressor from pumping air. When the
tank pressure falls to the "cut-in" pressure (around
100 psi), the governor allows the compressor to
start pumping again.
5.1.3 – Air Storage Tanks
Air storage tanks are used to hold compressed air.
The number and size of air tanks varies among
vehicles. The tanks will hold enough air to allow the
brakes to be used several times, even if the
compressor stops working.
5.1.4 – Air Tank Drains
Compressed air usually has some water and some
compressor oil in it, which is bad for the air brake
system. For example, the water can freeze in cold
weather and cause brake failure. The water and oil
tend to collect in the bottom of the air tank. Be sure
that you drain the air tanks completely. Each air
tank is equipped with a drain valve in the bottom.
There are two types:
Manually operated by turning a quarter turn or by
pulling a cable. You must drain the tanks yourself at
the end of each day of driving. See Figure 5.1.
Automatic--the water and oil are automatically
expelled. These tanks may be equipped for manual
draining as well.
Automatic air tanks are available with electric
heating devices. These help prevent freezing of the
automatic drain in cold weather.
Figure 5.1
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-1
5.1.5 – Alcohol Evaporator
Some air brake systems have an alcohol
evaporator to put alcohol into the air system. This
helps to reduce the risk of ice in air brake valves
and other parts during cold weather. Ice inside the
system can make the brakes stop working.
Check the alcohol container and fill up as
necessary, every day during cold weather. Daily air
tank drainage is still needed to get rid of water and
oil. (Unless the system has automatic drain valves.)
5.1.6 – Safety Valve
A safety relief valve is installed in the first tank the
air compressor pumps air to. The safety valve
protects the tank and the rest of the system from
too much pressure. The valve is usually set to open
at 150 psi. If the safety valve releases air,
something is wrong. Have the fault fixed by a
mechanic.
5.1.7 – The Brake Pedal
When you release the brake pedal, the s-cam
rotates back and a spring pulls the brake shoes
away from the drum, letting the wheels roll freely
again. See Figure 5.2.
You put on the brakes by pushing down the brake
pedal. (It is also called the foot valve or treadle
valve.) Pushing the pedal down harder applies
more air pressure. Letting up on the brake pedal
reduces the air pressure and releases the brakes.
Releasing the brakes lets some compressed air go
out of the system, so the air pressure in the tanks is
reduced. It must be made up by the air compressor.
Pressing and releasing the pedal unnecessarily can
let air out faster than the compressor can replace it.
If the pressure gets too low, the brakes won't work.
5.1.8 – Foundation Brakes
Foundation brakes are used at each wheel. The
most common type is the s-cam drum brake. The
parts of the brake are discussed below.
Brake Drums, Shoes, and Linings. Brake drums
are located on each end of the vehicle's axles. The
wheels are bolted to the drums. The braking
mechanism is inside the drum. To stop, the brake
shoes and linings are pushed against the inside of
the drum. This causes friction, which slows the
vehicle (and creates heat). The heat a drum can
take without damage depends on how hard and
how long the brakes are used. Too much heat can
make the brakes stop working.
S-cam Brakes. When you push the brake pedal, air
is let into each brake chamber. Air pressure pushes
the rod out, moving the slack adjuster, thus twisting
the brake camshaft. This turns the s-cam (so called
because it is shaped like the letter "S"). The s-cam
forces the brake shoes away from one another and
presses them against the inside of the brake drum.
Figure 5.2
Wedge Brakes. In this type of brake, the brake
chamber push rod pushes a wedge directly
between the ends of two brake shoes. This shoves
them apart and against the inside of the brake
drum. Wedge brakes may have a single brake
chamber, or two brake chambers, pushing wedges
in at both ends of the brake shoes. Wedge type
brakes may be self-adjusting or may require manual
adjustment.
Disc Brakes. In air-operated disc brakes, air
pressure acts on a brake chamber and slack
adjuster, like s-cam brakes. But instead of the s-
cam, a "power screw" is used. The pressure of the
brake chamber on the slack adjuster turns the
power screw. The power screw clamps the disc or
rotor between the brake lining pads of a caliper,
similar to a large c-clamp.
Wedge brakes and disc brakes are less common
than s-cam brakes.
5.1.9 – Supply Pressure Gauges
All vehicles with air brakes have a pressure gauge
connected to the air tank. If the vehicle has a dual
air brake system, there will be a gauge for each half
of the system. (Or a single gauge with two needles.)
Dual systems will be discussed later. These gauges
tell you how much pressure is in the air tanks.
5.1.10 – Application Pressure Gauge
This gauge shows how much air pressure you are
applying to the brakes. (This gauge is not on all
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-2
vehicles.) Increasing application pressure to hold
the same speed means the brakes are fading. You
should slow down and use a lower gear. The need
for increased pressure can also be caused by
brakes out of adjustment, air leaks, or mechanical
problems.
5.1.11 – Low Air Pressure Warning
A low air pressure warning signal is required on
vehicles with air brakes. A warning signal you can
see must come on before the air pressure in the
tanks falls below 60 psi. (Or one half the
compressor governor cutout pressure on older
vehicles.) The warning is usually a red light. A
buzzer may also come on.
Another type of warning is the "wig wag." This
device drops a mechanical arm into your view when
the pressure in the system drops below 60 psi. An
automatic wig wag will rise out of your view when
the pressure in the system goes above 60 psi. The
manual reset type must be placed in the "out of
view" position manually. It will not stay in place until
the pressure in the system is above 60 psi.
On large buses it is common for the low pressure
warning devices to signal at 80-85 psi.
5.1.12 – Stop Light Switch
Drivers behind you must be warned when you put
your brakes on. The air brake system does this with
an electric switch that works by air pressure. The
switch turns on the brake lights when you put on the
air brakes.
5.1.13 – Front Brake Limiting Valve
Some older vehicles (made before 1975) have a
front brake limiting valve and a control in the cab.
The control is usually marked "normal" and
"slippery." When you put the control in the "slippery"
position, the limiting valve cuts the "normal" air
pressure to the front brakes by half. Limiting valves
were used to reduce the chance of the front wheels
skidding on slippery surfaces. However, they
actually reduce the stopping power of the vehicle.
Front wheel braking is good under all conditions.
Tests have shown front wheel skids from braking
are not likely even on ice. Make sure the control is
in the "normal" position to have normal stopping
power.
Many vehicles have automatic front wheel limiting
valves. They reduce the air to the front brakes
except when the brakes are put on very hard (60
psi or more application pressure). These valves
cannot be controlled by the driver.
5.1.14 – Spring Brakes
All trucks, truck tractors, and buses must be
equipped with emergency brakes and parking
brakes. They must be held on by mechanical force
(because air pressure can eventually leak away).
Spring brakes are usually used to meet these
needs. When driving, powerful springs are held
back by air pressure. If the air pressure is removed,
the springs put on the brakes. A parking brake
control in the cab allows the driver to let the air out
of the spring brakes. This lets the springs put the
brakes on. A leak in the air brake system, which
causes all the air to be lost, will also cause the
springs to put on the brakes.
Tractor and straight truck spring brakes will come
fully on when air pressure drops to a range of 20 to
45 psi (typically 20 to 30 psi). Do not wait for the
brakes to come on automatically. When the low air
pressure warning light and buzzer first come on,
bring the vehicle to a safe stop right away, while
you can still control the brakes.
The braking power of spring brakes depends on the
brakes being in adjustment. If the brakes are not
adjusted properly, neither the regular brakes nor the
emergency/parking brakes will work right.
5.1.15 – Parking Brake Controls
In newer vehicles with air brakes, you put on the
parking brakes using a diamond-shaped, yellow,
push-pull control knob. You pull the knob out to put
the parking brakes (spring brakes) on, and push it
in to release them. On older vehicles, the parking
brakes may be controlled by a lever. Use the
parking brakes whenever you park.
Caution. Never push the brake pedal down when
the spring brakes are on. If you do, the brakes
could be damaged by the combined forces of the
springs and the air pressure. Many brake systems
are designed so this will not happen. But not all
systems are set up that way, and those that are
may not always work. It is much better to develop
the habit of not pushing the brake pedal down when
the spring brakes are on.
Modulating Control Valves. In some vehicles a
control handle on the dash board may be used to
apply the spring brakes gradually. This is called a
modulating valve. It is spring-loaded so you have a
feel for the braking action. The more you move the
control lever, the harder the spring brakes come on.
They work this way so you can control the spring
brakes if the service brakes fail. When parking a
vehicle with a modulating control valve, move the
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-3
lever as far as it will go and hold it in place with the
locking device.
Dual Parking Control Valves. When main air
pressure is lost, the spring brakes come on. Some
vehicles, such as buses, have a separate air tank
which can be used to release the spring brakes.
This is so you can move the vehicle in an
emergency. One of the valves is a push-pull type
and is used to put on the spring brakes for parking.
The other valve is spring loaded in the "out"
position. When you push the control in, air from the
separate air tank releases the spring brakes so you
can move. When you release the button, the spring
brakes come on again. There is only enough air in
the separate tank to do this a few times. Therefore,
plan carefully when moving. Otherwise, you may be
stopped in a dangerous location when the separate
air supply runs out. See Figure 5.3.
Figure 5.3
5.1.16 – Antilock Braking Systems (ABS)
Truck tractors with air brakes built on or after March
1, 1997, and other air brakes vehicles, (trucks,
buses, trailers, and converter dollies) built on or
after March 1, 1998, are required to be equipped
with antilock brakes. Many commercial vehicles
built before these dates have been voluntarily
equipped with ABS. Check the certification label for
the date of manufacture to determine if your vehicle
is equipped with ABS. ABS is a computerized
system that keeps your wheels from locking up
during hard brake applications.
Vehicles with ABS have yellow malfunction lamps
to tell you if something isn’t working.
Tractors, trucks, and buses will have yellow ABS
malfunction lamps on the instrument panel.
Trailers will have yellow ABS malfunction lamps on
the left side, either on the front or rear corner.
Dollies manufactured on or after March 1, 1998 are
required to have a lamp on the left side.
On newer vehicles, the malfunction lamp comes on
at start-up for a bulb check, and then goes out
quickly. On older systems, the lamp could stay on
until you are driving over five mph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control at one or more wheels.
In the case of towed units manufactured before it
was required by the Department of Transportation,
it may be difficult to tell if the unit is equipped with
ABS. Look under the vehicle for the electronic
control unit (ECU) and wheel speed sensor wires
coming from the back of the brakes.
ABS is an addition to your normal brakes. It does
not decrease or increase your normal braking
capability. ABS only activates when wheels are
about to lock up.
ABS does not necessarily shorten your stopping
distance, but it does help you keep the vehicle
under control during hard braking
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-4
Figure 5.4
.
Subsection 5.1
Test Your Knowledge
1. Why must air tanks be drained?
2. What is a supply pressure gauge used for?
3. All vehicles with air brakes must have a low
air pressure warning signal. True or False?
4. What are spring brakes?
5. Front wheel brakes are good under all
conditions. True or False?
6. How do you know if your vehicle is
equipped with antilock brakes?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 5.1.
5.2 – Dual Air Brake
Most heavy-duty vehicles use dual air brake
systems for safety. A dual air brake system has two
separate air brake systems, which use a single set
of brake controls. Each system has its own air
tanks, hoses, lines, etc. One system typically
operates the regular brakes on the rear axle or
axles. The other system operates the regular
brakes on the front axle
(and possibly one rear axle). Both systems supply
air to the trailer (if there is one). The first system is
called the "primary" system. The other is called the
"secondary" system. See Figure 5.4.
Before driving a vehicle with a dual air system,
allow time for the air compressor to build up a
minimum of 100 psi pressure in both the primary
and secondary systems. Watch the primary and
secondary air pressure gauges (or needles, if the
system has two needles in one gauge). Pay
attention to the low air pressure warning light and
buzzer. The warning light and buzzer should shut
off when air pressure in both systems rises to a
value set by the manufacturer. This value must be
greater than 60 psi.
The warning light and buzzer should come on
before the air pressure drops below 60 psi in either
system. If this happens while driving, you should
stop right away and safely park the vehicle. If one
air system is very low on pressure, either the front
or the rear brakes will not be operating fully. This
means it will take you longer to stop. Bring the
vehicle to a safe stop, and have the air brakes
system fixed.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-5
5.3 – Inspecting Air Brake Systems
You should use the basic seven-step inspection
procedure described in Section 2 to inspect your
vehicle. There are more things to inspect on a
vehicle with air brakes than one without them.
These things are discussed below, in the order they
fit into the seven-step method.
5.3.1 – During Step 2 Engine Compartment
Checks
Check Air Compressor Drive Belt (if compressor is
belt-driven). If the air compressor is belt-driven,
check the condition and tightness of the belt. It
should be in good condition.
5.3.2 – During Step 5 Walk-around Inspection
Check Slack Adjusters on S-cam Brakes. Park on
level ground and chock the wheels to prevent the
vehicle from moving. Release the parking brakes so
you can move the slack adjusters. Use gloves and
pull hard on each slack adjuster that you can reach.
If a slack adjuster moves more than about one inch
where the push rod attaches to it, it probably needs
adjustment. Adjust it or have it adjusted. Vehicles
with too much brake slack can be very hard to stop.
Out-of-adjustment brakes are the most common
problem found in roadside inspections. Be safe.
Check the slack adjusters.
All vehicles built since 1994 have automatic slack
adjustors. Even though automatic slack adjustors
adjust themselves during full brake applications,
they must be checked.
Automatic adjusters should not have to be manually
adjusted except when performing maintenance on
the brakes and during installation of the slack
adjusters. In a vehicle equipped with automatic
adjusters, when the pushrod stroke exceeds the
legal brake adjustment limit, it is an indication that a
mechanical problem exists in the adjuster itself, a
problem with the related foundation brake
components, or that the adjuster was improperly
installed.
The manual adjustment of an automatic adjuster to
bring a brake pushrod stroke within legal limits is
generally masking a mechanical problem and is not
fixing it. Further, routine adjustment of most
automatic adjusters will likely result in premature
wear of the adjuster itself. It is recommended that
when brakes equipped with automatic adjusters are
found to be out of adjustment, the driver take the
vehicle to a repair facility as soon as possible to
have the problem corrected. The manual
adjustment of automatic slack adjusters is
dangerous because it may give the driver a false
sense of security regarding the effectiveness of the
braking system.
The manual adjustment of an automatic adjuster
should only be used as a temporary measure to
correct the adjustment in an emergency situation as
it is likely the brake will soon be back out of
adjustment since this procedure usually does not fix
the underlying adjustment problem.
(Note: Automatic slack adjusters are made by
different manufacturers and do not all operate the
same. Therefore, the specific manufacturer’s
Service Manual should be consulted prior to
troubleshooting a brake adjustment problem.)
Check Brake Drums (or Discs), Linings, and
Hoses.
Brake drums (or discs) must not have
cracks longer than one half the width of the friction
area. Linings (friction material) must not be loose or
soaked with oil or grease. They must not be
dangerously thin. Mechanical parts must be in
place, not broken or missing. Check the air hoses
connected to the brake chambers to make sure
they aren't cut or worn due to rubbing.
5.3.3 – Step 7 Final Air Brake Check
Do the following checks instead of the hydraulic
brake check shown in Section 2, Step 7: Check
Brake System.
Check Air Compressor Governor Cut-in and
Cut-out Pressures. Pumping by the air
compressor should start at about 100 psi and stop
at about 125 psi. (Check manufacturer's
specifications.) Run the engine at a fast idle. The
air governor should cut-out the air compressor at
about the manufacturer's specified pressure. The
air pressure shown by your gauge(s) will stop rising.
With the engine idling, step on and off the brake to
reduce the air tank pressure. The compressor
should cut-in at about the manufacturer's specified
cut-in pressure. The pressure should begin to rise.
If the air governor does not work as described
above, it may need to be fixed. A governor that
does not work properly may not keep enough air
pressure for safe driving.
Test Air Leakage Rate. With a fully-charged air
system (typically 125 psi), turn off the engine,
release the parking brake (push in); and time the air
pressure drop. The loss rate should be less than
two psi in one minute for single vehicles and less
than three psi in one minute for combination
vehicles.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-6
With the air pressure built up to governor cutoff
(120 – 140 psi), shut off the engine, chock your
wheels (if necessary), release the parking brake (all
vehicles), and the tractor protection valve
(combination vehicle); and fully apply the foot
brake. Hold the foot brake for one minute. Check
the air gauge to see if the air pressure drops more
than three pounds in one minute (single vehicle) or
four pounds in one minute (combination vehicle). If
the air pressure falls more than three psi in one
minute for single vehicles (more than four psi for
combination vehicles), the air loss rate is too much.
Check for air leaks and fix before driving the
vehicle. Otherwise, you could lose your brakes
while driving.
Test Low Pressure Warning Signal. Shut the
engine off when you have enough air pressure so
that the low pressure warning signal is not on. Turn
the electrical power on and step on and off the
brake pedal to reduce air tank pressure. The low air
pressure warning signal must come on before the
pressure drops to less than 60 psi in the air tank (or
tank with the lowest air pressure, in dual air
systems). See Figure 5.5.
If the warning signal doesn't work, you could lose
air pressure and you would not know it. This could
cause sudden emergency braking in a single-circuit
air system. In dual systems the stopping distance
will be increased. Only limited braking can be done
before the spring brakes come on.
Figure 5.5
Check That Spring Brakes Come On
Automatically. Continue to fan off the air pressure
by stepping on and off the brake pedal to reduce
tank pressure. The tractor protection valve and
parking brake valve should close (pop out) on a
tractor-trailer combination vehicle and the parking
brake valve should close (pop out) on other
combination and single vehicle types when the air
pressure falls to the manufacturer’s specification
(20 – 45 psi). This will cause the spring brakes to
come on.
Check Rate of Air Pressure Buildup. When the
engine is at operating rpms, the pressure should
build from 85 to 100 psi within 45 seconds in dual
air systems. (If the vehicle has larger than minimum
air tanks, the buildup time can be longer and still be
safe. Check the manufacturer's specifications.) In
single air systems (pre-1975), typical requirements
are pressure build-up from 50 to 90 psi within 3
minutes with the engine at an idle speed of 600-900
rpms.
If air pressure does not build up fast enough, your
pressure may drop too low during driving, requiring
an emergency stop. Don't drive until you get the
problem fixed.
Test Parking Brake. Stop the vehicle, put the
parking brake on, and gently pull against it in a low
gear to test that the parking brake will hold.
Test Service Brakes. Wait for normal air pressure,
release the parking brake, move the vehicle forward
slowly (about five mph), and apply the brakes firmly
using the brake pedal. Note any vehicle "pulling" to
one side, unusual feel, or delayed stopping action.
This test may show you problems, which you
otherwise wouldn't know about until you needed the
brakes on the road.
Subsections 5.2 and 5.3
Test Your Knowledge
1. What is a dual air brake system?
2. What are the slack adjusters?
3. How can you check slack adjusters?
4. How can you test the low pressure warning
signal?
5. How can you check that the spring brakes
come on automatically?
6. What are the maximum leakage rates?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 5.2 and 5.3.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-7
5.4 – Using Air Brakes
5.4.1 – Normal Stops
Push the brake pedal down. Control the pressure
so the vehicle comes to a smooth, safe stop. If you
have a manual transmission, don't push the clutch
in until the engine rpm is down close to idle. When
stopped, select a starting gear.
5.4.2 – Braking with Antilock Brakes
When you brake hard on slippery surfaces in a
vehicle without ABS, your wheels may lock up.
When your steering wheels lock up, you lose
steering control. When your other wheels lock up,
you may skid, jackknife, or even spin the vehicle.
ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up. The computer
senses impending lockup, reduces the braking
pressure to a safe level, and you maintain control.
You may or may not be able to stop faster with
ABS, but you should be able to steer around an
obstacle while braking, and avoid skids caused by
over braking.
Having ABS on only the tractor, only the trailer, or
even on only one axle, still gives you more control
over the vehicle during braking. Brake normally.
When only the tractor has ABS, you should be able
to maintain steering control, and there is less
chance of jackknifing. But, keep your eye on the
trailer and let up on the brakes (if you can safely do
so) if it begins to swing out.
When only the trailer has ABS, the trailer is less
likely to swing out, but if you lose steering control or
start a tractor jackknife, let up on the brakes (if you
can safely do so) until you gain control.
When you drive a tractor-trailer combination with
ABS, you should brake as you always have. In
other words:
Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.
Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the tractor, the trailer, or both.
As you slow down, monitor your tractor and trailer
and back off the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stay
in control.
There is only one exception to this procedure, if you
always drive a straight truck or combination with
working ABS on all axles, in an emergency stop,
you can fully apply the brakes.
Without ABS, you still have normal brake functions.
Drive and brake as you always have.
Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still have
regular brakes. Drive normally, but get the system
serviced soon.
5.4.3 – Emergency Stops
If somebody suddenly pulls out in front of you, your
natural response is to hit the brakes. This is a good
response if there's enough distance to stop, and
you use the brakes correctly.
You should brake in a way that will keep your
vehicle in a straight line and allow you to turn if it
becomes necessary. You can use the "controlled
braking" method or the "stab braking" method.
Controlled Braking. With this method, you apply
the brakes as hard as you can without locking the
wheels. Keep steering wheel movements very small
while doing this. If you need to make a larger
steering adjustment or if the wheels lock, release
the brakes. Re-apply the brakes as soon as you
can.
Stab Braking. Apply your brakes all the way.
Release brakes when wheels lock up. As soon as
the wheels start rolling, apply the brakes fully again.
(It can take up to one second for the wheels to start
rolling after you release the brakes. If you re-apply
the brakes before the wheels start rolling, the
vehicle won't straighten out.)
5.4.4 – Stopping Distance
Stopping distance was described in Section 2 under
"Speed and Stopping Distance." With air brakes
there is an added delay - “Brake Lag”. This is the
time required for the brakes to work after the brake
pedal is pushed. With hydraulic brakes (used on
cars and light/medium trucks), the brakes work
instantly. However, with air brakes, it takes a little
time (one half second or more) for the air to flow
through the lines to the brakes. Thus, the total
stopping distance for vehicles with air brake
systems is made up of four different factors.
Perception Distance + Reaction Distance + Brake
Lag Distance + Braking Distance = Total Stopping
Distance.
The air brake lag distance at 55 mph on dry
pavement adds about 32 feet. So at 55 mph for an
average driver under good traction and brake
conditions, the total stopping distance is over 450
feet. See Figure 5.6.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-8
Figure 5.6
5.4.5 – Brake Fading or Failure
Brakes are designed so brake shoes or pads rub
against the brake drum or disks to slow the vehicle.
Braking creates heat, but brakes are designed to
take a lot of heat. However, brakes can fade or fail
from excessive heat caused by using them too
much and not relying on the engine braking effect.
Excessive use of the service brakes results in
overheating and leads to brake fade. Brake fade
results from excessive heat causing chemical
changes in the brake lining, which reduce friction,
and also causing expansion of the brake drums. As
the overheated drums expand, the brake shoes and
linings have to move farther to contact the drums,
and the force of this contact is reduced. Continued
overuse may increase brake fade until the vehicle
cannot be slowed down or stopped.
Brake fade is also affected by adjustment. To safely
control a vehicle, every brake must do its share of
the work. Brakes out of adjustment will stop doing
their share before those that are in adjustment. The
other brakes can then overheat and fade, and there
will not be enough braking available to control the
vehicle(s). Brakes can get out of adjustment
quickly, especially when they are hot. Therefore,
check brake adjustment often.
5.4.6 – Proper Braking Technique
Remember. The use of brakes on a long and/or
steep downgrade is only a supplement to the
braking effect of the engine. Once the vehicle is in
the proper low gear, the following is the proper
braking technique:
Apply the brakes just hard enough to feel a definite
slowdown.
When your speed has been reduced to
approximately five mph below your "safe" speed,
release the brakes. (This application should last for
about three seconds.)
When your speed has increased to your "safe"
speed, repeat steps 1 and 2.
For example, if your "safe" speed is 40 mph, you
would not apply the brakes until your speed
reaches 40 mph. You now apply the brakes hard
enough to gradually reduce your speed to 35 mph
and then release the brakes. Repeat this as often
as necessary until you have reached the end of the
downgrade.
5.4.7 – Low Air Pressure
If the low air pressure warning comes on, stop and
safely park your vehicle as soon as possible. There
might be an air leak in the system. Controlled
braking is possible only while enough air remains in
the air tanks. The spring brakes will come on when
the air pressure drops into the range of 20 to 45 psi.
A heavily loaded vehicle will take a long distance to
stop because the spring brakes do not work on all
axles. Lightly loaded vehicles or vehicles on
slippery roads may skid out of control when the
spring brakes come on. It is much safer to stop
while there is enough air in the tanks to use the foot
brakes.
5.4.8 – Parking Brakes
Any time you park, use the parking brakes, except
as noted below. Pull the parking brake control knob
out to apply the parking brakes, push it in to
release. The control will be a yellow, diamond-
shaped knob labeled "parking brakes" on newer
vehicles. On older vehicles, it may be a round blue
knob or some other shape (including a lever that
swings from side to side or up and down).
Don't use the parking brakes if the brakes are very
hot (from just having come down a steep grade), or
if the brakes are very wet in freezing temperatures.
If they are used while they are very hot, they can be
damaged by the heat. If they are used in freezing
temperatures when the brakes are very wet, they
can freeze so the vehicle cannot move. Use wheel
chocks on a level surface to hold the vehicle. Let
hot brakes cool before using the parking brakes. If
the brakes are wet, use the brakes lightly while
driving in a low gear to heat and dry them.
If your vehicle does not have automatic air tank
drains, drain your air tanks at the end of each
working day to remove moisture and oil. Otherwise,
the brakes could fail.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-9
Never leave your vehicle unattended without
applying the parking brakes or chocking the
wheels. Your vehicle might roll away and cause
injury and damage.
Subsection 5.4
Test Your Knowledge
1. Why should you be in the proper gear before
starting down a hill?
2. What factors can cause brakes to fade or fail?
3. The use of brakes on a long, steep
downgrade is only a supplement to the
braking effect of the engine. True or False?
4. If you are away from your vehicle only a short
time, you do not need to use the parking
brake. True or False?
5. How often should you drain air tanks?
6. How should you brake when you drive a
tractor-trailer combination with ABS?
7. You still have normal brake functions if your
ABS is not working. True or False?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 5.4.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Page 5-10
Section 6
COMBINATION VEHICLES
This Section Covers
• Driving Combinations
• Combination Vehicle Air Brakes
• Antilock Brake Systems
• Coupling and Uncoupling
• Inspecting Combinations
This section provides information needed to pass
the tests for combination vehicles (tractor-trailer,
doubles, triples, straight truck with trailer). The
information is only to give you the minimum
knowledge needed for driving common combination
vehicles. You should also study Section 7 if you
need to pass the test for doubles and triples.
6.1 – Driving Combination Vehicles
Safely
Combination vehicles are usually heavier, longer,
and require more driving skill than single
commercial vehicles. This means that drivers of
combination vehicles need more knowledge and
skill than drivers of single vehicles. In this section,
we talk about some important safety factors that
apply specifically to combination vehicles.
6.1.1 – Rollover Risks
More than half of truck driver deaths in crashes are
the result of truck rollovers. When more cargo is
piled up in a truck, the "center of gravity" moves
higher up from the road. The truck becomes easier
to turn over. Fully loaded rigs are ten times more
likely to roll over in a crash than empty rigs.
The following two things will help you prevent
rollover--keep the cargo as close to the ground as
possible, and drive slowly around turns. Keeping
cargo low is even more important in combination
vehicles than in straight trucks. Also, keep the load
centered on your rig. If the load is to one side so it
makes a trailer lean, a rollover is more likely. Make
sure your cargo is centered and spread out as
much as possible. (Cargo distribution is covered in
Section 3 of this manual.)
Rollovers happen when you turn too fast. Drive
slowly around corners, on ramps, and off ramps.
Avoid quick lane changes, especially when fully
loaded.
6.1.2 – Steer Gently
Trucks with trailers have a dangerous "crack-the-
whip" effect. When you make a quick lane change,
the crack-the-whip effect can turn the trailer over.
There are many accidents where only the trailer has
overturned.
"Rearward amplification" causes the crack-the-whip
effect. Figure 6.1 shows eight types of combination
vehicles and the rearward amplification each has in
a quick lane change. Rigs with the least crack-the-
whip effect are shown at the top and those with the
most, at the bottom. Rearward amplification of 2.0
in the chart means that the rear trailer is twice as
likely to turn over as the tractor. You can see that
triples have a rearward amplification of 3.5. This
means you can roll the last trailer of triples 3.5
times as easily as a five-axle tractor.
Steer gently and smoothly when you are pulling
trailers. If you make a sudden movement with your
steering wheel, your trailer could tip over. Follow far
enough behind other vehicles (at least 1 second for
each 10 feet of your vehicle length, plus another
second if going over 40 mph). Look far enough
down the road to avoid being surprised and having
to make a sudden lane change. At night, drive
slowly enough to see obstacles with your headlights
before it is too late to change lanes or stop gently.
Slow down to a safe speed before going into a turn.
6.1.3 – Brake Early
Control your speed whether fully loaded or empty.
Large combination vehicles take longer to stop
when they are empty than when they are fully
loaded. When lightly loaded, the very stiff
suspension springs and strong brakes give poor
traction and make it very easy to lock up the
wheels. Your trailer can swing out and strike other
vehicles. Your tractor can jackknife very quickly.
You also must be very careful about driving
"bobtail" tractors (tractors without semitrailers).
Tests have shown that bobtails can be very hard to
stop smoothly. It takes them longer to stop than a
tractor-semitrailer loaded to maximum gross weight.
In any combination rig, allow lots of following
distance and look far ahead, so you can brake
early. Don't be caught by surprise and have to
make a "panic" stop.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-1
Figure 6.1
6.1.4 – Railroad-highway Crossings
Railroad-highway crossings can also cause
problems, particularly when pulling trailers with low
underneath clearance.
These trailers can get stuck on raised crossings:
Low slung units (lowboy, car carrier, moving van,
possum-belly livestock trailer).
Single-axle tractor pulling a long trailer with its
landing gear set to accommodate a tandem-axle
tractor.
If for any reason you get stuck on the tracks, get out
of the vehicle and away from the tracks. Check
signposts or signal housing at the crossing for
emergency notification information. Call 911 or
other emergency number. Give the location of the
crossing using all identifiable landmarks, especially
the DOT number, if posted.
6.1.5 – Prevent Trailer Skids
When the wheels of a trailer lock up, the trailer will
tend to swing around. This is more likely to happen
when the trailer is empty or lightly loaded. This type
of jackknife is often called a "trailer jackknife." See
Figure 6.2.
The procedure for stopping a trailer skid is:
Recognize the Skid. The earliest and best way to
recognize that the trailer has started to skid is by
seeing it in your mirrors. Any time you apply the
brakes hard, check the mirrors to make sure the
trailer is staying where it should be. Once the trailer
swings out of your lane, it's very difficult to prevent
a jackknife.
* (From R.D. Ervin, R.L. Nisconger, C.C. MacAdam,
and P.S. Fancher, “Influence of size and weight
variables on the stability and control properties of
heavy trucks, “University of Michigan Transportation
Research Institute, 1983).
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-2
Figure 6.2
Stop Using the Brake. Release the brakes to get
traction back. Do not use the trailer hand brake (if
you have one) to "straighten out the rig." This is the
wrong thing to do since the brakes on the trailer
wheels caused the skid in the first place. Once the
trailer wheels grip the road again, the trailer will
start to follow the tractor and straighten out.
6.1.6 – Turn Wide
When a vehicle goes around a corner, the rear
wheels follow a different path than the front wheels.
This is called off-tracking or "cheating." Figure 6.3
shows how off-tracking causes the path followed by
a tractor to be wider than the rig itself. Longer
vehicles will off-track more. The rear wheels of the
powered unit (truck or tractor) will off-track some,
and the rear wheels of the trailer will off-track even
more. If there is more than one trailer, the rear
wheels of the last trailer will off-track the most.
Steer the front end wide enough around a corner so
the rear end does not run over the curb,
pedestrians, etc. However, keep the rear of your
vehicle close to the curb. This will stop other drivers
from passing you on the right. If you cannot
complete your turn
without entering another traffic lane, turn wide as
you complete the turn. This is better than swinging
wide to the left before starting the turn because it
will keep other drivers from passing you on the
right. See Figure 6.4.
Figure 6.3
Figure 6.4
6.1.7 – Backing with a Trailer.
Backing with a Trailer. When backing a car,
straight truck, or bus, you turn the top of the
steering wheel in the direction you want to go.
When backing a trailer, you turn the steering wheel
in the opposite direction. Once the trailer starts to
turn, you must turn the wheel the other way to
follow the trailer.
Whenever you back up with a trailer, try to position
your vehicle so you can back in a straight line. If
you must back on a curved path, back to the
driver's side so you can see. See Figure 6.5.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-3
Figure 6.5
Look at Your Path. Look at your line of travel
before you begin. Get out and walk around the
vehicle. Check your clearance to the sides and
overhead, in and near the path your vehicle.
Use Mirrors on Both Sides. Check the outside
mirrors on both sides frequently. Get out of the
vehicle and re-inspect your path if you are unsure.
Back Slowly. This will let you make corrections
before you get too far off course.
Correct Drift Immediately. As soon as you see the
trailer getting off the proper path, correct it by
turning the top of the steering wheel in the direction
of the drift.
Pull Forward. When backing a trailer, make pull-
ups to re-position your vehicle as needed.
Subsection 6.1
Test Your Knowledge
1. What two things are important to prevent
rollover?
2. When you turn suddenly while pulling
doubles, which trailer is most likely to turn
over?
3. Why should you not use the trailer hand
brake to straighten out a jackknifing trailer?
4. What is off-tracking?
5. When you back a trailer, you should
position your vehicle so you can back in a
curved path to the driver’s side. True or
False?
6. What type of trailers can get stuck on
railroad-highway crossings?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 6.1.
6.2 – Combination Vehicle Air Brakes
You should study Section 5: Air Brakes before
reading this. In combination vehicles the braking
system has parts to control the trailer brakes, in
addition to the parts described in Section 5. These
parts are described below.
6.2.1 – Trailer Hand Valve
The trailer hand valve (also called the trolley valve
or Johnson bar) works the trailer brakes. The trailer
hand valve should be used only to test the trailer
brakes. Do not use it in driving because of the
danger of making the trailer skid. The foot brake
sends air to all of the brakes on the vehicle
(including the trailer(s)). There is much less danger
of causing a skid or jackknife when using just the
foot brake.
Never use the hand valve for parking because all
the air might leak out unlocking the brakes (in
trailers that don't have spring brakes). Always use
the parking brakes when parking. If the trailer does
not have spring brakes, use wheel chocks to keep
the trailer from moving.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-4
6.2.2 – Tractor Protection Valve
The tractor protection valve keeps air in the tractor
or truck brake system should the trailer break away
or develop a bad leak. The tractor protection valve
is controlled by the "trailer air supply" control valve
in the cab. The control valve allows you to open and
shut the tractor protection valve. The tractor
protection valve will close automatically if air
pressure is low (in the range of 20 to 45 psi). When
the tractor protection valve closes, it stops any air
from going out of the tractor. It also lets the air out
of the trailer emergency line. This causes the trailer
emergency brakes to come on, with possible loss of
control. (Emergency brakes are covered later.)
6.2.3 – Trailer Air Supply Control
The trailer air supply control on newer vehicles is a
red eight-sided knob, which you use to control the
tractor protection valve. You push it in to supply the
trailer with air, and pull it out to shut the air off and
put on the trailer emergency brakes. The valve will
pop out (thus closing the tractor protection valve)
when the air pressure drops into the range of 20 to
45 psi. Tractor protection valve controls or
"emergency" valves on older vehicles may not
operate automatically. There may be a lever rather
than a knob. The "normal" position is used for
pulling a trailer. The "emergency" position is used to
shut the air off and put on the trailer emergency
brakes.
6.2.4 – Trailer Air-lines
Every combination vehicle has two air-lines, the
service line and the emergency line. They run
between each vehicle (tractor to trailer, trailer to
dolly, dolly to second trailer, etc.)
Service Air-line. The service line (also called the
control line or signal line) carries air, which is
controlled by the foot brake or the trailer hand
brake. Depending on how hard you press the foot
brake or hand valve, the pressure in the service line
will similarly change. The service line is connected
to relay valves. These valves allow the trailer
brakes to be applied more quickly than would
otherwise be possible.
Emergency Air-line. The emergency line (also
called the supply line) has two purposes. First, it
supplies air to the trailer air tanks. Second, the
emergency line controls the emergency brakes on
combination vehicles. Loss of air pressure in the
emergency line causes the trailer emergency
brakes to come on. The pressure loss could be
caused by a trailer breaking loose, thus tearing
apart the emergency air hose. Or it could be caused
by a hose, metal tubing, or other part breaking,
letting the air out. When the emergency line loses
pressure, it also causes the tractor protection valve
to close (the air supply knob will pop out).
Emergency lines are often coded with the color red
(red hose, red couplers, or other parts) to keep from
getting them mixed up with the blue service line.
6.2.5 – Hose Couplers (Glad Hands)
Glad hands are coupling devices used to connect
the service and emergency air-lines from the truck
or tractor to the trailer. The couplers have a rubber
seal, which prevents air from escaping. Clean the
couplers and rubber seals before a connection is
made. When connecting the glad hands, press the
two seals together with the couplers at a 90 degree
angle to each other. A turn of the glad hand
attached to the hose will join and lock the couplers.
When coupling, make sure to couple the proper
glad hands together. To help avoid mistakes, colors
are sometimes used. Blue is used for the service
lines and red for the emergency (supply) lines.
Sometimes, metal tags are attached to the lines
with the words "service" and "emergency" stamped
on them. See Figure 6.6
Figure 6.6
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-5
If you do cross the air-lines, supply air will be sent
to the service line instead of going to charge the
trailer air tanks. Air will not be available to release
the trailer spring brakes (parking brakes). If the
spring brakes don't release when you push the
trailer air supply control, check the air-line
connections.
Older trailers do not have spring brakes. If the air
supply in the trailer air tank has leaked away there
will be no emergency brakes, and the trailer wheels
will turn freely. If you crossed the air-lines, you
could drive away but you wouldn't have trailer
brakes. This would be very dangerous. Always test
the trailer brakes before driving with the hand valve
or by pulling the air supply (tractor protection valve)
control. Pull gently against them in a low gear to
make sure the brakes work.
Some vehicles have "dead end" or dummy couplers
to which the hoses may be attached when they are
not in use. This will prevent water and dirt from
getting into the coupler and the air-lines. Use the
dummy couplers when the air-lines are not
connected to a trailer. If there are no dummy
couplers, the glad hands can sometimes be locked
together (depending on the couplings). It is very
important to keep the air supply clean.
6.2.6 – Trailer Air Tanks
Each trailer and converter dolly has one or more air
tanks. They are filled by the emergency (supply)
line from the tractor. They provide the air pressure
used to operate trailer brakes. Air pressure is sent
from the air tanks to the brakes by relay valves.
The pressure in the service line tells how much
pressure the relay valves should send to the trailer
brakes. The pressure in the service line is
controlled by the brake pedal (and the trailer hand
brake).
It is important that you don't let water and oil build
up in the air tanks. If you do, the brakes may not
work correctly. Each tank has a drain valve on it
and you should drain each tank every day. If your
tanks have automatic drains, they will keep most
moisture out. But you should still open the drains to
make sure.
6.2.7 – Shut-off Valves
Shut-off valves (also called cut-out cocks) are used
in the service and supply air-lines at the back of
trailers used to tow other trailers. These valves
permit closing the air-lines off when another trailer
is not being towed. You must check that all shut-off
valves are in the open position except the ones at
the back of the last trailer, which must be closed.
6.2.8 – Trailer Service, Parking and Emergency
Brakes
Newer trailers have spring brakes just like trucks
and truck tractors. However, converter dollies and
trailers built before 1975 are not required to have
spring brakes. Those that do not have spring
brakes have emergency brakes, which work from
the air stored in the trailer air tank. The emergency
brakes come on whenever air pressure in the
emergency line is lost. These trailers have no
parking brake. The emergency brakes come on
whenever the air supply knob is pulled out or the
trailer is disconnected. A major leak in the
emergency line will cause the tractor protection
valve to close and the trailer emergency brakes to
come on. But the brakes will hold only as long as
there is air pressure in the trailer air tank.
Eventually, the air will leak away and then there will
be no brakes. Therefore, it is very important for
safety that you use wheel chocks when you park
trailers without spring brakes.
You may not notice a major leak in the service line
until you try to put the brakes on. Then, the air loss
from the leak will lower the air tank pressure
quickly. If it goes low enough, the trailer emergency
brakes will come on.
Subsection 6.2
Test Your Knowledge
1. Why should you not use the trailer hand
valve while driving?
2. Describe what the trailer air supply control
does.
3. Describe what the service line is for.
4. What is the emergency air-line for?
5. Why should you use chocks when parking
a trailer without spring brakes?
6. Where are shut-off valves?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 6.2.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-6
6.3 – Antilock Brake Systems
6.3.1 – Trailers Required to Have ABS
All trailers and converter dollies built on or after
March 1, 1998, are required to have ABS. However,
many trailers and converter dollies built before this
date have been voluntarily equipped with ABS.
Trailers will have yellow ABS malfunction lamps on
the left side, either on the front or rear corner. See
Figure 6.7. Dollies manufactured on or after March
1, 1998, are required to have a lamp on the left
side.
In the case of vehicles manufactured before the
required date, it may be difficult to tell if the unit is
equipped with ABS. Look under the vehicle for the
ECU and wheel speed sensor wires coming from
the back of the brakes.
ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up. The computer
senses impending lockup, reduces the braking
pressure to a safe level, and you maintain control.
Having ABS on only the trailer, or even on only one
axle, still gives you more control over the vehicle
during braking.
When only the trailer has ABS, the trailer is less
likely to swing out, but if you lose steering control or
start a tractor jackknife, let up on the brakes (if you
can safely do so) until you gain control.
When you drive a tractor-trailer combination with
ABS, you should brake as you always have. In
other words:
Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.
Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the tractor, the trailer, or both.
Figure 6.7
6.3.2 – Braking with ABS
ABS is an addition to your normal brakes. It does
not decrease or increase your normal braking
capability. ABS only activates when wheels are
about to lock up.
ABS does not necessarily shorten your stopping
distance, but it does help you keep the vehicle
under control during hard braking.
As you slow down, monitor your tractor and trailer
and back off the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stay
in control.
Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still have
regular brakes. Drive normally, but get the system
serviced soon.
ABS won’t allow you to drive faster, follow more
closely, or drive less carefully.
6.4 – Coupling and Uncoupling
Knowing how to couple and uncouple correctly is
basic to safe operation of combination vehicles.
Wrong coupling and uncoupling can be very
dangerous. General coupling and uncoupling steps
are listed below. There are differences between
different rigs, so learn the details of coupling and
uncoupling the truck(s) you will operate.
6.4.1 – Coupling Tractor-Semitrailers
Step 1. Inspect Fifth Wheel
Check for damaged/missing parts.
Check to see that mounting to tractor is secure, no
cracks in frame, etc.
Be sure that the fifth wheel plate is greased as
required. Failure to keep the fifth wheel plate
lubricated could cause steering problems because
of friction between the tractor and trailer.
Check if fifth wheel is in proper position for
coupling:
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-7
Wheel tilted down toward rear of tractor.
Jaws open.
Safety unlocking handle in the automatic lock
position.
If you have a sliding fifth wheel, make sure it is
locked.
Make sure the trailer kingpin is not bent or broken.
Step 2. Inspect Area and Chock Wheels
Make sure area around the vehicle is clear.
Be sure trailer wheels are chocked or spring brakes
are on.
Check that cargo (if any) is secured against
movement due to tractor being coupled to the
trailer.
Step 3. Position Tractor
Put the tractor directly in front of the trailer. (Never
back under the trailer at an angle because you
might push the trailer sideways and break the
landing gear.)
Check position, using outside mirrors, by looking
down both sides of the trailer.
Step 4. Back Slowly
Back until fifth wheel just touches the trailer.
Don't hit the trailer.
Step 5. Secure Tractor
Put on the parking brake.
Put transmission in neutral.
Step 6. Check Trailer Height
The trailer should be low enough that it is raised
slightly by the tractor when the tractor is backed
under it. Raise or lower the trailer as needed. (If the
trailer is too low, the tractor may strike and damage
the trailer nose; if the trailer is too high, it may not
couple correctly.)
Check that the kingpin and fifth wheel are aligned.
Step 7. Connect Air-lines to Trailer
Check glad hand seals and connect tractor
emergency air-line to trailer emergency glad hand.
Check glad hand seals and connect tractor service
air-line to trailer service glad hand.
Make sure air-lines are safely supported where they
won't be crushed or caught while tractor is backing
under the trailer.
Step 8. Supply Air to Trailer
From cab, push in "air supply" knob or move tractor
protection valve control from the "emergency" to the
"normal" position to supply air to the trailer brake
system.
Wait until the air pressure is normal.
Check brake system for crossed air-lines.
Shut engine off so you can hear the brakes.
Apply and release trailer brakes and listen for
sound of trailer brakes being applied and released.
You should hear the brakes move when applied
and air escape when the brakes are released.
Check air brake system pressure gauge for signs of
major air loss.
When you are sure trailer brakes are working, start
engine.
Make sure air pressure is up to normal.
Step 9. Lock Trailer Brakes
Pull out the "air supply" knob or move the tractor
protection valve control from "normal" to
"emergency."
Step 10. Back Under Trailer
Use lowest reverse gear.
Back tractor slowly under trailer to avoid hitting the
kingpin too hard.
Stop when the kingpin is locked into the fifth wheel.
Step 11. Check Connection for Security
Raise trailer landing gear slightly off ground.
Pull tractor gently forward while the trailer brakes
are still locked to check that the trailer is locked
onto the tractor.
Step 12. Secure Vehicle
Put transmission in neutral.
Put parking brakes on.
Shut off engine and take key with you so someone
else won't move truck while you are under it.
Step 13. Inspect Coupling
Use a flashlight, if necessary.
Make sure there is no space between upper and
lower fifth wheel. If there is space, something is
wrong (kingpin may be on top of the closed fifth
wheel jaws, and trailer would come loose very
easily).
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-8
Go under trailer and look into the back of the fifth
wheel. Make sure the fifth wheel jaws have closed
around the shank of the kingpin.
Check that the locking lever is in the "lock" position.
Check that the safety latch is in position over
locking lever. (On some fifth wheels the catch must
be put in place by hand.)
If the coupling isn't right, don't drive the coupled
unit; get it fixed.
Step 14. Connect the Electrical Cord and Check
Air-lines
Plug the electrical cord into the trailer and fasten
the safety catch.
Check both air-lines and electrical line for signs of
damage.
Make sure air and electrical lines will not hit any
moving parts of vehicle.
Step 15. Raise Front Trailer Supports (Landing
Gear)
Use low gear range (if so equipped) to begin raising
the landing gear. Once free of weight, switch to the
high gear range.
Raise the landing gear all the way up. (Never drive
with landing gear only part way up as it may catch
on railroad tracks or other things.)
After raising landing gear, secure the crank handle
safely.
When full weight of trailer is resting on tractor:
Check for enough clearance between rear of tractor
frame and landing gear. (When tractor turns
sharply, it must not hit landing gear.)
Check that there is enough clearance between the
top of the tractor tires and the nose of the trailer.
Step 16. Remove Trailer Wheel Chocks
Remove and store wheel chocks in a safe place.
6.4.2 – Uncoupling Tractor-Semitrailers
The following steps will help you to uncouple safely.
Step 1. Position Rig
Make sure surface of parking area can support
weight of trailer.
Have tractor lined up with the trailer. (Pulling out at
an angle can damage landing gear.)
Step 2. Ease Pressure on Locking Jaws
Shut off trailer air supply to lock trailer brakes.
Ease pressure on fifth wheel locking jaws by
backing up gently. (This will help you release the
fifth wheel locking lever.)
Put parking brakes on while tractor is pushing
against the kingpin. (This will hold rig with pressure
off the locking jaws.)
Step 3. Chock Trailer Wheels
Chock the trailer wheels if the trailer doesn't have
spring brakes or if you're not sure. (The air could
leak out of the trailer air tank, releasing its
emergency brakes. Without chocks, the trailer could
move.)
Step 4. Lower the Landing Gear
If trailer is empty, lower the landing gear until it
makes firm contact with the ground.
If trailer is loaded, after the landing gear makes firm
contact with the ground, turn crank in low gear a
few extra turns. This will lift some weight off the
tractor. (Do not lift trailer off the fifth wheel.) This
will:
Make it easier to unlatch fifth wheel.
Make it easier to couple next time.
Step 5. Disconnect Air-lines and Electrical Cable
Disconnect air-lines from trailer. Connect air-line
glad hands to dummy couplers at back of cab or
couple them together.
Hang electrical cable with plug down to prevent
moisture from entering it.
Make sure lines are supported so they won't be
damaged while driving the tractor.
Step 6. Unlock Fifth Wheel
Raise the release handle lock.
Pull the release handle to "open" position.
Keep legs and feet clear of the rear tractor wheels
to avoid serious injury in case the vehicle moves.
Step 7. Pull Tractor Partially Clear of Trailer
Pull tractor forward until fifth wheel comes out from
under the trailer.
Stop with tractor frame under trailer (prevents trailer
from falling to ground if landing gear should
collapse or sink).
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-9
Step 8. Secure Tractor
Apply parking brake.
Place transmission in neutral.
Step 9. Inspect Trailer Supports
Make sure ground is supporting trailer.
Make sure landing gear is not damaged.
Step 10. Pull Tractor Clear of Trailer
Release parking brakes.
Check the area and drive tractor forward until it
clears.
Subsections 6.3 and 6.4
Test Your Knowledge
1. What might happen if the trailer is too high
when you try to couple?
2. After coupling, how much space should be
between the upper and lower fifth wheel?
3. You should look into the back of the fifth wheel
to see if it is locked onto the kingpin. True or
False?
4. To drive you need to raise the landing gear only
until it just lifts off the pavement. True or False?
5. How do you know if your trailer is equipped with
antilock brakes?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 6.3 and 6.4.
6.4.3 Coupling a Pintle Hook
Step 1. Inspect Pintle Hook
Before operating, check for worn, damaged, or
missing parts, and make sure mount is secure.
If the pintle hook is not secured to the mounting
surface, the pintle hook could separate from the
vehicle which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
Step 2. Unlock Lock Pin and Open Latch
Unlock and remove the tethered lock pin, if
applicable (Figure 16).
Lift the lock handle away from the vehicle until the
lock clears the lock seat on the hook body.
Open the latch by rotating the latch assembly up
toward the vehicle until the latch is in its most
upright position, then release the lock handle.
(Figure 17 and 18)
.
Step 3. Lower Drawbar into Place
Position the drawbar eye over the horn of the pintle
hook and lower it into place.
Step 4. Lock Pintle Hook
Push the latch closed. When correctly locked, the
lock handle will rotate and move up until it is flush
with the top of the latch (Figure 19).
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-10
6.4.5 - Coupling a Drawbar
Insert the tethered lock pin through the latch and
lock holes, and close the tethered wire lock pin, if
applicable (Figure 16).
Failure to correctly lock the latch can result in
separation of the trailer and vehicle which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
6.4.4 - Uncoupling a Pintle Hook
Step 1. Park on Level Surface
Park the trailer on a firm level surface and block
trailer tires.
Step 2. Disconnect Electrical Connector,
Breakaway Brake Switch and Safety Chains
Disconnect electrical connector.
Disconnect breakaway brake switch lanyard.
Disconnect safety chains from tow vehicle.
Step 3. Unlock the Coupler
Unlock the coupler and open it.
Step 4. Check Ground Surface for Correct
Support
Before extending jack, make certain the ground
surface below the jack pad will support the tongue
load.
Step 5. Rotate Jack Handle
Rotate jack handle to extend the jack and transfer
the weight of the trailer tongue to the jack.
Step 6. Raise Trailer Coupler
Raise the trailer coupler above the tow vehicle
hitch.
Step 7. Drive Forward
Drive tow vehicle forward.
Step 1. Remove Safety Lock screw and Rotate
Safety Cover Bar
Remove safety lock screw (2), recover and keep
the relative self-locking nut (12) aside then also
loosen safety lock screw (2a) and turn out the
adjustment screw (3) by at least five turns.
Rotate the safety cover bar (4) outwards so that it is
completely open.
Step 2. Reverse Truck
Reverse truck very slowly until the ball cup drawbar
eye (6) is in position exactly above the drawbar
coupling ball (5).
Step 3. Lower the Drawbeam
Lower the drawbeam until the ball cup drawbar eye
(6) lies completely covering the drawbar coupling
ball (5).
Step 4. Rotate the Safety Cover Bar
Rotate the safety cover bar back inwards (4) and fit
in safety lock screw (2) together with its self-locking
nut.
Tighten in both the lock screws (2, 2a) together with
their relative self-locking nuts (12, 12a) at a 350 to
400 Nm torque wrench setting.
Step 5. Adjust the Adjustment Screw
Adjust the adjustment screw (3) until a 0.3 - 0.5 mm
vertical clearance between the guard disk (13) and
the ball cup (6) is reached. Lock setting with
counter nut (11).
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-11
In the event that the safety cover bar (4) will not
perfectly lodge into its seating appropriately, travel
is strictly forbidden.
Step 6. Protect Coupling Ball and Anchor Edge
onto Ball
Protect the part that is still visible of the coupling
ball (5) with the rubber dust proof bellows protection
cover (7). Accurately anchor the edge directly onto
the ball itself.
Step 7. Lubricate the Drawbar Eye
Lubricate the inside of the drawbar eye ball cup (6)
directly through the grease nipple (18).
6.4.6 - Uncoupling a Drawbar
Step 1. Turn Trailer Brake On
Make sure that the trailer brake is on.
Step 2. Remove Cover and Loosen Screws
Remove the rubber dust proof bellows protection
cover (7).
Loosen the adjustment screw (3) and the counter
nut (11).
Loosen safety lock screw (2a) and remove safety
lock screw (2) together with its self-locking nut (12).
Step 3. Rotate Safety Cover Bar and Lift Trailer
Drawbeam
Rotate the safety cover bar (4) outwards so that it is
completely open.
Lift the trailer drawbeam until the drawbar coupling
ball (5) is fully visible, then travel forward with the
trailer very slowly.
Rotate the safety cover bar inwards (4) until it
lodges back in its housing.
Step 4. Lock Safety Screw and Tighten Self-
Locking Nut
Fit in safety lock screw (2) and tighten in self-
locking nut (12).
6.4.7 - Coupling a Gooseneck Hitch
If you are hooking up a Gooseneck or a fifth wheel
hitch, the procedure is a little different from a
receiver and ball, but it is not more difficult.
Step 1. Open the Latch and Lubricate the
Gooseneck Ball
Open the clamp latch on the Gooseneck coupler.
Make sure that the Gooseneck ball is properly
lubricated.
Step 2. Position Coupler and Latch the Clamp
Position the trailer's coupler directly over the ball
and lower the Gooseneck trailer into position and
latch the clamp.
Step 3. Attach Safety Chains
Attach your safety chains. Remember that all
trailers are required by law to have safety chains.
Step 4. Connect Trailer Light Wiring
Connect your trailer light wiring to your vehicle's
connector.
Check all of your lights, including your brake lights.
Step 5. Lower and Stow the Trailer Jacks
Completely lower and stow the trailer jacks,
allowing the weight to settle onto the tow vehicle.
6.4.8 Uncoupling a Gooseneck Hitch
Step 1. Remove Safety Pin and Clip
Simply remove safety pin and clip.
Step 2. Rotate Handle and Raise Trailer Off Ball
Rotate handle to this position (Fig. B) and raise
trailer off ball. Coupler will return to load position
automatically.
Step 3. Install Safety Pin and Clip
Install safety pin and clip. (Fig. B)
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-12
6.5 – Inspecting a Combination Vehicle
Use the seven-step inspection procedure described
in Section 2 to inspect your combination vehicle.
There are more things to inspect on a combination
vehicle than on a single vehicle. (For example, tires,
wheels, lights, reflectors, etc.) However, there are
also some new things to check. These are
discussed below.
6.5.1 – Additional Things to Check during a
Walk-around Inspection
Do these checks in addition to those already listed
in Section 2.
Coupling System Areas
Check fifth wheel (lower).
Securely mounted to frame.
No missing or damaged parts.
Enough grease.
No visible space between upper and lower fifth
wheel.
Locking jaws around the shank, not the head of
kingpin. See Figure 6.8.
Release arm properly seated and safety
latch/lock engaged.
Figure 6.8
Check fifth wheel (upper).
Glide plate securely mounted to trailer frame.
Kingpin not damaged.
Air and electric lines to trailer.
Electrical cord firmly plugged in and secured.
Air-lines properly connected to glad hands, no air
leaks, properly secured with enough slack for turns.
All lines free from damage.
Sliding fifth wheel.
Slide not damaged or parts missing.
Properly greased.
All locking pins present and locked in place.
If air powered--no air leaks.
Check that fifth wheel is not so far forward that
tractor frame will hit landing gear, or the cab hit the
trailer, during turns.
Landing Gear
Fully raised, no missing parts, not bent or otherwise
damaged.
Crank handle in place and secured.
If power operated, no air or hydraulic leaks.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-13
6.5.2 – Combination Vehicle Brake Check
Do these checks in addition to Section 5.3:
Inspecting Air Brake Systems.
The following section explains how to check air
brakes on combination vehicles. Check the brakes
on a double or triple trailer as you would any
combination vehicle.
Check That Air Flows to All Trailers. Use the
tractor parking brake and/or chock the wheels to
hold the vehicle. Wait for air pressure to reach
normal, then push in the red "trailer air supply"
knob. This will supply air to the emergency (supply)
lines. Use the trailer handbrake to provide air to the
service line. Go to the rear of the rig. Open the
emergency line shut-off valve at the rear of the last
trailer. You should hear air escaping, showing the
entire system is charged. Close the emergency line
valve. Open the service line valve to check that
service pressure goes through all the trailers (this
test assumes that the trailer handbrake or the
service brake pedal is on), and then close the valve.
If you do NOT hear air escaping from both lines,
check that the shut-off valves on the trailer(s) and
dolly(ies) are in the OPEN position. You MUST
have air all the way to the back for all the brakes to
work.
Test Tractor Protection Valve. Charge the trailer
Air-brake system. (That is, build up normal air-
pressure and push the "air supply" knob in.) Shut
the engine off. Step on and off the brake pedal
several times to reduce the air pressure in the
tanks. The trailer air supply control (also called the
tractor protection valve control) should pop out (or
go from "normal" to "emergency" position) when the
air pressure falls into the pressure range specified
by the manufacturer. (Usually within the range of 20
to 45 psi.)
If the tractor protection valve doesn't work right, an
air hose or trailer brake leak could drain all the air
from the tractor. This would cause the emergency
brakes to come on, with possible loss of control.
Test Trailer Emergency Brakes. Charge the trailer
air brake system and check that the trailer rolls
freely. Then stop and pull out the trailer air supply
control (also called tractor protection valve control
or trailer emergency valve), or place it in the
"emergency" position. Pull gently on the trailer with
the tractor to check that the trailer emergency
brakes are on.
Test Trailer Service Brakes. Check for normal air
pressure, release the parking brakes, move the
vehicle forward slowly, and apply trailer brakes with
the hand control (trolley valve), if so equipped. You
should feel the brakes come on. This tells you the
trailer brakes are connected and working. (The
trailer brakes should be tested with the hand valve
but controlled in normal operation with the foot
pedal, which applies air to the service brakes at all
wheels.)
Subsection 6.5
Test Your Knowledge
1. Which shut-off valves should be open and
which closed?
2. How can you test that air flows to all trailers?
3. How can you test the tractor protection valve?
4. How can you test the trailer emergency brakes?
5. How can you test the trailer service brakes?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer all of them, re-read subsection 6.5.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Page 6-14
Section 7
DOUBLES AND TRIPLES
This Section Covers
• Pulling Double/Triple Trailers
• Coupling and Uncoupling
• Inspecting Doubles and Triples
• Checking Air Brakes
This section has information you need to pass the
CDL knowledge test for driving safely with double
and triple trailers. It tells about how important it is to
be very careful when driving with more than one
trailer, how to couple and uncouple correctly, and
about inspecting doubles and triples carefully. (You
should also study Sections 2, 5, and 6.)
7.1 – Pulling Double/Triple Trailers
Take special care when pulling two and three
trailers. There are more things that can go wrong,
and doubles/triples are less stable than other
commercial vehicles. Some areas of concern are
discussed below.
7.1.1 – Prevent Trailer from Rolling Over
To prevent trailers from rolling over, you must steer
gently and go slowly around corners, on ramps, off
ramps, and curves. A safe speed on a curve for a
straight truck or a single trailer combination vehicle
may be too fast for a set of doubles or triples.
7.1.2 – Beware of the Crack-the-whip Effect
Doubles and triples are more likely to turn over than
other combination vehicles because of the "crack-
the-whip" effect. You must steer gently when pulling
trailers. The last trailer in a combination is most
likely to turn over. If you don't understand the crack-
the-whip effect, study subsection 6.1.2 of this
manual.
7.1.3 – Inspect Completely
There are more critical parts to check when you
have two or three trailers. Check them all. Follow
the procedures described later in this section.
7.1.4 – Look Far Ahead
Doubles and triples must be driven very smoothly to
avoid rollover or jackknife. Therefore, look far
ahead so you can slow down or change lanes
gradually when necessary.
7.1.5 – Manage Space
Doubles and triples take up more space than other
commercial vehicles. They are not only longer, but
also need more space because they can't be turned
or stopped suddenly. Allow more following distance.
Make sure you have large enough gaps before
entering or crossing traffic. Be certain you are clear
at the sides before changing lanes.
7.1.6 – Adverse Conditions
Be more careful in adverse conditions. In bad
weather, slippery conditions, and mountain driving,
you must be especially careful if you drive double
and triple bottoms. You will have greater length and
more dead axles to pull with your drive axles than
other drivers. There is more chance for skids and
loss of traction.
7.1.7 – Parking the Vehicle
Make sure you do not get in a spot you cannot pull
straight through. You need to be aware of how
parking lots are arranged in order to avoid a long
and difficult escape.
7.1.8 – Antilock Braking Systems on Converter
Dollies
Converter dollies built on or after March 1, 1998,
are required to have antilock brakes. These dollies
will have a yellow lamp on the left side of the dolly.
7.2 – Coupling and Uncoupling
Knowing how to couple and uncouple correctly is
basic to safe operation of doubles and triples.
Wrong coupling and uncoupling can be very
dangerous. Coupling and uncoupling steps for
doubles and triples are listed below.
7.2.1 – Coupling Twin Trailers
Secure Second (Rear) Trailer
If the second trailer doesn't have spring brakes,
drive the tractor close to the trailer, connect the
emergency line, charge the trailer air tank, and
disconnect the emergency line. This will set the
trailer emergency brakes (if the slack adjusters are
correctly adjusted). Chock the wheels if you have
any doubt about the brakes.
For the safest handling on the road, the more
heavily loaded semitrailer should be in first position
Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Page 7-1
behind the tractor. The lighter trailer should be in
the rear.
A converter gear on a dolly is a coupling device of
one or two axles and a fifth wheel by which a
semitrailer can be coupled to the rear of a tractor-
trailer combination forming a double bottom rig. See
Figure 7.1.
Connect Converter Dolly to Rear Trailer
Make sure trailer brakes are locked and/or wheels
chocked.
Make sure trailer height is correct. (It must be
slightly lower than the center of the fifth wheel, so
trailer is raised slightly when dolly is pushed under.)
Back converter dolly under rear trailer.
Figure 7.1
Position Converter Dolly in Front of Second
(Rear) Trailer
Release dolly brakes by opening the air tank
petcock. (Or, if the dolly has spring brakes, use the
dolly parking brake control.)
If the distance is not too great, wheel the dolly into
position by hand so it is in line with the kingpin.
Or, use the tractor and first semitrailer to pick up the
converter dolly:
Position combination as close as possible to
converter dolly.
Move dolly to rear of first semitrailer and couple it to
the trailer.
Lock pintle hook.
Secure dolly support in raised position.
Pull dolly into position as close as possible to nose
of the second semitrailer.
Lower dolly support.
Unhook dolly from first trailer.
Wheel dolly into position in front of second trailer in
line with the kingpin.
Connect Converter Dolly to Front Trailer
Back first semitrailer into position in front of dolly
tongue.
Hook dolly to front trailer.
Lock pintle hook.
Secure converter gear support in raised position.
Raise landing gear slightly off ground to prevent
damage if trailer moves.
Test coupling by pulling against pin of the second
semitrailer.
Make visual check of coupling. (No space between
upper and lower fifth wheel. Locking jaws closed on
kingpin.)
Connect safety chains, air hoses, and light cords.
Close converter dolly air tank petcock and shut-off
valves at rear of second trailer (service and
emergency shut-offs).
Open shut-off valves at rear of first trailer (and on
dolly if so equipped).
Raise landing gear completely.
Charge trailer brakes (push "air supply" knob in),
and check for air at rear of second trailer by
opening the emergency line shut-off. If air pressure
isn't there, something is wrong and the brakes won't
work.
7.2.2 – Uncoupling Twin Trailers
Uncouple Rear Trailer
Park rig in a straight line on firm level ground.
Apply parking brakes so rig won't move.
Chock wheels of second trailer if it doesn't have
spring brakes.
Lower landing gear of second semitrailer enough to
remove some weight from dolly.
Close air shut-offs at rear of first semitrailer (and on
dolly if so equipped).
Disconnect all dolly air and electric lines and secure
them.
Release dolly brakes.
Release converter dolly fifth wheel latch.
Slowly pull tractor, first semitrailer, and dolly
forward to pull dolly out from under rear semitrailer.
Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Page 7-2
Uncouple Converter Dolly
Lower dolly landing gear.
Disconnect safety chains.
Apply converter gear spring brakes or chock
wheels.
Release pintle hook on first semi-trailer.
Slowly pull clear of dolly.
Never unlock the pintle hook with the dolly still
under the rear trailer. The dolly tow bar may fly up,
possibly causing injury, and making it very difficult
to re-couple.
7.2.3 – Coupling and Uncoupling Triple Trailers
Couple Tractor/First Semitrailer to Second/Third
Trailers
Couple tractor to first trailer. Use the method
already described for coupling tractor-semitrailers.
Move converter dolly into position and couple first
trailer to second trailer using the method for
coupling doubles. Triples rig is now complete.
Uncouple Triple-trailer Rig
Uncouple third trailer by pulling the dolly out, then
unhitching the dolly using the method for
uncoupling doubles.
Uncouple remainder of rig as you would any
double-bottom rig using the method already
described.
7.2.4 – Coupling and Uncoupling Other
Combinations
The methods described so far apply to the more
common tractor-trailer combinations. However,
there are other ways of coupling and uncoupling the
many types of truck-trailer and tractor-trailer
combinations that are in use. There are too many to
cover in this manual. You will need to learn the
correct way to couple and uncouple the vehicle(s)
you will drive according to the manufacturer and/or
owner specifications.
7.3 – Inspecting Doubles and Triples
Use the seven-step inspection procedure described
in Section 2 to inspect your combination vehicle.
There are more things to inspect on a combination
vehicle than on a single vehicle. Many of these
items are simply more of what you would find on a
single vehicle. (For example, tires, wheels, lights,
reflectors, etc.) However, there are also some new
things to check. These are discussed below.
7.3.1 – Additional Checks
Do these checks in addition to those already listed
in Section 2, Step 5: Do a Walk-around Inspection.
Coupling System Areas
Check fifth wheel (lower).
Securely mounted to frame.
No missing or damaged parts.
Enough grease.
No visible space between upper and lower fifth
wheel.
Locking jaws around the shank, not the head of
kingpin.
Release arm properly seated and safety latch/lock
engaged.
Check fifth wheel (upper).
Glide plate securely mounted to trailer frame.
Kingpin not damaged.
Air and electric lines to trailer.
Electrical cord firmly plugged in and secured.
Air-lines properly connected to glad hands, no air
leaks, properly secured with enough slack for turns.
All lines free from damage.
Sliding fifth wheel.
Slide not damaged or parts missing.
Properly greased.
All locking pins present and locked in place.
If air powered, no air leaks.
Check that fifth wheel is not so far forward that the
tractor frame will hit landing gear, or cab will hit the
trailer, during turns.
Landing Gear
Fully raised, no missing parts, not bent or otherwise
damaged.
Crank handle in place and secured.
If power operated, no air or hydraulic leaks.
Double and Triple Trailers
Shut-off valves (at rear of trailers, in service and
emergency lines).
Rear of front trailers: OPEN.
Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Page 7-3
Rear of last trailer: CLOSED.
Converter dolly air tank drain valve: CLOSED.
Be sure air-lines are supported and glad hands are
properly connected.
If spare tire is carried on converter gear (dolly),
make sure it's secured.
Be sure pintle-eye of dolly is in place in pintle hook
of trailer(s).
Make sure pintle hook is latched.
Safety chains should be secured to trailer(s).
Be sure light cords are firmly in sockets on trailers.
7.3.2 – Additional Things to Check during a
Walk-around Inspection
Do these checks in addition to subsection 5.3,
Inspecting Air Brake Systems.
7.4 – Doubles/Triples Air Brake Check
Check the brakes on a double or triple trailer as you
would any combination vehicle. Subsection 6.5.2
explains how to check air brakes on combination
vehicles. You must also make the following checks
on your double or triple trailers
7.4.1 – Additional Air Brake Checks
Check That Air Flows to All Trailers (Double and
Triple Trailers). Use the tractor parking brake
and/or chock the wheels to hold the vehicle. Wait
for air pressure to reach normal, then push in the
red "trailer air supply" knob. This will supply air to
the emergency (supply) lines. Use the trailer
handbrake to provide air to the service line. Go to
the rear of the rig. Open the emergency line shut-off
valve at the rear of the last trailer. You should hear
air escaping, showing the entire system is charged.
Close the emergency line valve. Open the service
line valve to check that service pressure goes
through all the trailers (this test assumes that the
trailer handbrake or the service brake pedal is on),
and then close the valve. If you do NOT hear air
escaping from both lines, check that the shut-off
valves on the trailer(s) and dolly(ies) are in the
OPEN position. You MUST have air all the way to
the back for all the brakes to work.
Test Tractor Protection Valve. Charge the trailer
air brake system. (That is, build up normal air
pressure and push the "air supply" knob in.) Shut
the engine off. Step on and off the brake pedal
several times to reduce the air pressure in the
tanks. The trailer air supply control (also called the
tractor protection valve control) should pop out (or
go from "normal" to "emergency" position) when the
air pressure falls into the pressure range specified
by the manufacturer. (Usually within the range of 20
to 45 psi.)
If the tractor protection valve doesn't work properly,
an air hose or trailer brake leak could drain all the
air from the tractor. This would cause the
emergency brakes to come on, with possible loss of
control.
Test Trailer Emergency Brakes. Charge the trailer
air brake system and check that the trailer rolls
freely. Then stop and pull out the trailer air supply
control (also called tractor protection valve control
or trailer emergency valve) or place it in the
"emergency" position. Pull gently on the trailer with
the tractor to check that the trailer emergency
brakes are on.
Test Trailer Service Brakes. Check for normal air
pressure, release the parking brakes, move the
vehicle forward slowly, and apply trailer brakes with
the hand control (trolley valve), if so equipped. You
should feel the brakes come on. This tells you the
trailer brakes are connected and working. (The
trailer brakes should be tested with the hand valve,
but controlled in normal operation with the foot
pedal, which applies air to the service brakes at all
wheels.)
Section 7
Test Your Knowledge
1. What is a converter dolly?
2. Do converter dollies have spring brakes?
3. What three methods can you use to secure a
second trailer before coupling?
4. How do you check to make sure trailer height
is correct before coupling?
5. What do you check when making a visual
check of coupling?
6. Why should you pull a dolly out from under a
trailer before you disconnect it from the trailer
in front?
7. What should you check for when inspecting
the converter dolly? The pintle hook?
8. Should the shut-off valves on the rear of the
last trailer be open or closed? On the first
trailer in a set of doubles? On the middle
trailer of a set of triples?
9. How can you test that air flows to all trailers?
10. How do you know if your converter dolly is
equipped with antilock brakes?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read Section 7.
Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Page 7-4
Section 8
TANK VEHICLES
This Section Covers
• Inspecting Tank Vehicles
• Driving Tank Vehicles
• Safe Driving Rules
This section has information needed to pass the
CDL knowledge test for driving a tank vehicle. (You
should also study Sections 2, 5, 6, and 9). A tank
endorsement is required for certain vehicles that
transport liquids or gases. The liquid or gas does
not have to be a hazardous material. A tank
endorsement is required if your vehicle needs a
Class A or B CDL and you want to haul a liquid or
liquid gas in a tank or tanks having an individual
rated capacity of more than 119 gallons and an
aggregate rated capacity of 1000 gallons or more
that is either permanently or temporarily attached to
the vehicle or the chassis. A tank endorsement is
also required for Class C vehicles when the vehicle
is used to transport hazardous materials in liquid or
gas form in the above described rated tanks.
Before loading, unloading, or driving a tanker,
inspect the vehicle. This makes sure that the
vehicle is safe to carry the liquid or gas and is safe
to drive.
8.1 – Inspecting Tank Vehicles
Tank vehicles have special items that you need to
check. Tank vehicles come in many types and
sizes. You need to check the vehicle's operator
manual to make sure you know how to inspect your
tank vehicle.
8.1.1 – Leaks
On all tank vehicles, the most important item to
check for is leaks. Check under and around the
vehicle for signs of any leaking. Don't carry liquids
or gases in a leaking tank. To do so is a crime. You
will be cited and prevented from driving further. You
may also be liable for the clean-up of any spill. In
general, check the following:
Check the tank's body or shell for dents or leaks.
Check the intake, discharge, and cut-off valves.
Make sure the valves are in the correct position
before loading, unloading, or moving the vehicle.
Check pipes, connections, and hoses for leaks,
especially around joints.
Check manhole covers and vents. Make sure the
covers have gaskets and they close correctly. Keep
the vents clear so they work correctly.
8.1.2 – Check Special Purpose Equipment
If your vehicle has any of the following equipment,
make sure it works:
Vapor recovery kits.
Grounding and bonding cables.
Emergency shut-off systems.
Built in fire extinguisher.
Never drive a tank vehicle with open valves or
manhole covers.
8.1.3 – Special Equipment
Check the emergency equipment required for your
vehicle. Find out what equipment you're required to
carry and make sure you have it (and it works).
8.2 – Driving Tank Vehicles
Hauling liquids in tanks requires special skills
because of the high center of gravity and liquid
movement. See Figure 8.1.
Figure 8.1
8.2.1 – High Center of Gravity
High center of gravity means that much of the load's
weight is carried high up off the road. This makes
the vehicle top-heavy and easy to roll over. Liquid
tankers are especially easy to roll over. Tests have
shown that tankers can turn over at the speed limits
posted for curves. Take highway curves and on
ramp/off ramp curves well below the posted
speeds.
8.2.2 – Danger of Surge
Liquid surge results from movement of the liquid in
partially filled tanks. This movement can have bad
effects on handling. For example, when coming to a
stop, the liquid will surge back and forth. When the
wave hits the end of the tank, it tends to push the
truck in the direction the wave is moving. If the truck
Section 8 - Tank Vehicles
Page 8-1
is on a slippery surface such as ice, the wave can
shove a stopped truck out into an intersection. The
driver of a liquid tanker must be very familiar with
the handling of the vehicle.
8.2.3 – Bulkheads
Some liquid tanks are divided into several smaller
tanks by bulkheads. When loading and unloading
the smaller tanks, the driver must pay attention to
weight distribution. Don't put too much weight on
the front or rear of the vehicle.
8.2.4 – Baffled Tanks
Baffled liquid tanks have bulkheads in them with
holes that let the liquid flow through. The baffles
help to control the forward and backward liquid
surge. Side-to-side surge can still occur. This can
cause a roll over.
8.2.5 – Un-baffled Tanks
Un-baffled liquid tankers (sometimes called "smooth
bore" tanks) have nothing inside to slow down the
flow of the liquid. Therefore, forward-and-back
surge is very strong. Un-baffled tanks are usually
those that transport food products (milk, for
example). (Sanitation regulations forbid the use of
baffles because of the difficulty in cleaning the
inside of the tank.) Be extremely cautious (slow and
careful) in driving smooth bore tanks, especially
when starting and stopping.
8.2.6 – Outage
Never load a cargo tank totally full. Liquids expand
as they warm and you must leave room for the
expanding liquid. This is called "outage." Since
different liquids expand by different amounts, they
require different amounts of outage. You must know
the outage requirement when hauling liquids in
bulk.
8.2.7 – How Much to Load?
A full tank of dense liquid (such as some acids) may
exceed legal weight limits. For that reason, you may
often only partially fill tanks with heavy liquids. The
amount of liquid to load into a tank depends on:
The amount the liquid will expand in transit.
The weight of the liquid.
Legal weight limits.
8.3 – Safe Driving Rules
In order to drive tank vehicles safely, you must
remember to follow all the safe driving rules. A few
of these rules are:
8.3.1 – Drive Smoothly
Because of the high center of gravity and the surge
of the liquid, you must start, slow down, and stop
very smoothly. Also, make smooth turns and lane
changes.
8.3.2 – Controlling Surge
Keep a steady pressure on the brakes. Do not
release too soon when coming to a stop.
Brake far in advance of a stop and increase your
following distance.
If you must make a quick stop to avoid a crash, use
controlled or stab braking. If you do not remember
how to stop using these methods, review
subsection 2.17.2. Also, remember that if you steer
quickly while braking, your vehicle may roll over.
8.3.3 – Curves
Slow down before curves, then accelerate slightly
through the curve. The posted speed for a curve
may be too fast for a tank vehicle.
8.3.4 – Stopping Distance
Keep in mind how much space you need to stop
your vehicle. Remember that wet roads double the
normal stopping distance. Empty tank vehicles may
take longer to stop than full ones.
8.3.5 – Skids
Don't over steer, over accelerate, or over brake. If
you do, your vehicle may skid. On tank trailers, if
your drive wheels or trailer wheels begin to skid,
your vehicle may jackknife. When any vehicle starts
to skid, you must take action to restore traction to
the wheels.
Section 8
Test Your Knowledge
1. How are bulkheads different than baffles?
2. Should a tank vehicle take curves, on
ramps, or off ramps at the posted speed
limits?
3. How are smooth bore tankers different to
drive than those with baffles?
4. What three things determine how much
liquid you can load?
5. What is outage?
6. How can you help control surge?
7. What two reasons make special care
necessary when driving tank vehicles?
These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read Section 8.
Section 8 - Tank Vehicles
Page 8-2
Section 9
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
This Section Covers
• The Intent of the Regulations
• Bulk Tank Loading, Unloading, and
Marking
• Driver Responsibilities
• Driving and Parking Rules
• Communications Rules
• Emergencies
• Loading and Unloading
Hazardous materials are products that pose a risk
to health, safety, and property during transportation.
The term often is shortened to HAZMAT, which you
may see on road signs, or to HM in government
regulations. Hazardous materials include
explosives, various types of gas, solids, flammable
and combustible liquid, and other materials.
Because of the risks involved and the potential
consequences these risks impose, all levels of
government regulate the handling of hazardous
materials.
The Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) is
found in parts 171 - 180 of title 49 of the Code of
Federal Regulations. The common reference for
these regulations is 49 CFR 171 - 180
The Hazardous Materials Table in the regulations
contains a list of these items. However, this list is
not all-inclusive. Whether or not a material is
considered hazardous is based on its
characteristics and the shipper's decision on
whether or not the material meets a definition of a
hazardous material in the regulations.
The regulations require vehicles transporting certain
types or quantities of hazardous materials to display
diamond-shaped, square on point, warning signs
called placards.
This section is designed to assist you in
understanding your role and responsibilities in
hauling hazardous materials. Due to the constantly
changing nature of government regulations, it is
impossible to guarantee absolute accuracy of the
materials in this section. An up-to-date copy of the
complete regulations is essential for you to have.
Included in these regulations is a complete glossary
of terms.
You must have a commercial driver license (CDL)
with a hazardous materials endorsement before you
drive any size vehicle that is used to transport
hazardous material as defined in 49 CFR 383.5.
You must pass a written test about the regulations
and requirements to get this endorsement.
Everything you need to know to pass the written
test is in this section. However, this is only a
beginning. Most drivers need to know much more
on the job. You can learn more by reading and
understanding the federal and state rules applicable
to hazardous materials, as well as, attending
hazardous materials training courses. Your
employer, colleges and universities, and various
associations usually offer these courses. You can
get copies of the Federal Regulations (49 CFR)
through your local Government Printing Office
bookstore and various industry publishers. Union or
company offices often have copies of the rules for
driver use. Find out where you can get your own
copy to use on the job.
The regulations require training and testing for all
drivers involved in transporting hazardous
materials. Your employer or a designated
representative is required to provide this training
and testing. Hazardous materials employers are
required to keep a record of training for each
employee as long as that employee is working with
hazardous materials, and for 90 days thereafter.
The regulations require that hazardous materials
employees be trained and tested at least once
every three years.
All drivers must be trained in the security risks of
hazardous materials transportation. This training
must include how to recognize and respond to
possible security threats.
The regulations also require that drivers have
special training before driving a vehicle transporting
certain flammable gas materials or highway route
controlled quantities of radioactive materials. In
addition, drivers transporting cargo tanks and
portable tanks must receive specialized training.
Each driver’s employer or his or her designated
representative must provide such training.
Some locations require permits to transport certain
explosives or bulk hazardous wastes. States and
counties also may require drivers to follow special
hazardous materials routes. The federal
government may require permits or exemptions for
special hazardous materials cargo such as rocket
fuel. Find out about permits, exemptions, and
special routes for the places you drive.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-1
9.1 – The Intent of the Regulations
9.1.1 – Contain the Material
Transporting hazardous materials can be risky. The
regulations are intended to protect you, those
around you, and the environment. They tell
shippers how to package the materials safely and
drivers how to load, transport, and unload the
material. These are called "containment rules."
9.1.2 – Communicate the Risk
To communicate the risk, shippers must warn
drivers and others about the material's hazards.
The regulations require shippers to put hazard
warning labels on packages, provide proper
shipping papers, emergency response information,
and placards. These steps communicate the hazard
to the shipper, the carrier, and the driver.
9.1.3 – Assure Safe Drivers and Equipment
In order to get a hazardous materials endorsement
on a CDL, you must pass a written test about
transporting hazardous materials. To pass the test,
you must know how to:
Identify what are hazardous materials.
Safely load shipments.
Properly placard your vehicle in accordance with
the rules.
Safely transport shipments.
Learn the rules and follow them. Following the rules
reduces the risk of injury from hazardous materials.
Taking shortcuts by breaking rules is unsafe. Non-
compliance with regulations can result in fines and
jail.
Inspect your vehicle before and during each trip.
Law enforcement officers may stop and inspect
your vehicle. When stopped, they may check your
shipping papers, vehicle placards, and the
hazardous materials endorsement on your driver
license, and your knowledge of hazardous
materials.
9.2 – Hazardous Materials
Transportation—Who Does What
9.2.1 – The Shipper
Sends products from one place to another by truck,
rail, vessel, or airplane.
Uses the hazardous materials regulations to
determine the product’s:
Identification number
Proper shipping name.
Hazard class.
Packing group.
Correct packaging.
Correct label and markings.
Correct placards.
Must package, mark, and label the materials;
prepare shipping papers; provide emergency
response information; and supply placards.
Certify on the shipping paper that the shipment has
been prepared according to the rules (unless you
are pulling cargo tanks supplied by you or your
employer).
9.2.2 – The Carrier
Takes the shipment from the shipper to its
destination.
Prior to transportation, checks that the shipper
correctly described, marked, labeled, and otherwise
prepared the shipment for transportation.
Refuses improper shipments.
9.2.3 – The Driver
Makes sure the shipper has identified, marked, and
labeled the hazardous materials properly.
Refuses leaking packages and shipments.
Placards vehicle when loading, if required.
Safely transports the shipment without delay.
Follows all special rules about transporting
hazardous materials.
Keeps hazardous materials shipping papers and
emergency response information in the proper
place.
Reports accidents and incidents involving
hazardous materials to the proper government
agency, when the accident/incident occurs while
driver is in physical control of the shipment.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-2
9.3 – Communication Rules
9.3.1 – Definitions
Some words and phrases have special meanings
when talking about hazardous materials. Some of
these may differ from meanings you are used to.
The words and phrases in this section may be on
your test. The meanings of other important words
are in the glossary at the end of Section 9.
A material's hazard class reflects the risks
associated with it. There are nine different hazard
classes. The types of materials included in these
nine classes are in Figure 9.1.
Hazardous Materials Class
Class
Division
Name of Class or
Division
Examples
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Mass Explosion
Projection Hazard
Fire Hazard
Minor Explosion
Very Insensitive
Extremely
Insensitive
Dynamite
Flares
Display Fireworks
Ammunition
Blasting Agents
Explosive Devices
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
Flammable Gases
Non-Flammable
Gases
Poisonous/Toxic
Gases
Propane
Helium
Fluorine, Compressed
3
-
Flammable Liquids
Gasoline
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
Flammable Solids
Spontaneously
Combustible
Dangerous When
Wet
Ammonium Picrate,
Wetted
White Phosphorus
Sodium
5
5.1
5.2
Oxidizers
Organic Peroxides
Ammonium Nitrate
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Peroxide
6
6.1
6.2
Poison (Toxic
Material)
Infectious
Substances
Potassium Cyanide
Anthrax Virus
7
-
Radioactive
Uranium
8
-
Corrosives
Battery Fluid
9 -
Miscellaneous
Hazardous Materials
Polychlorinated
Biphenyls (PCB)
N
o
n
e
-
ORM-D (Other
Regulated Material-
Domestic)
Food Flavorings,
Medicines
-
Combustible Liquids
Fuel Oil
and manifests are all shipping papers. Figure 9.6
shows an example shipping paper.
After an accident or hazardous materials spill or
leak, you may be injured and unable to
communicate the hazards of the materials you are
transporting. Firefighters and police can prevent or
reduce the amount of damage or injury at the scene
if they know what hazardous materials are being
carried. Your life, and the lives of others, may
depend on quickly locating the hazardous materials
shipping papers. For that reason the rules require:
Shippers to describe hazardous materials correctly
and include an emergency response telephone
number on shipping papers.
Carriers and drivers to quickly identify hazardous
materials shipping papers, or keep them on top of
other shipping papers and keep the required
emergency response information with the shipping
papers.
Drivers to keep hazardous materials shipping
papers:
In a pouch on the driver's door, or
In clear view within immediate reach while the seat
belt is fastened while driving, or
On the driver's seat when out of the vehicle.
9.3.2 – Package Labels
Shippers put diamond-shaped hazard warning
labels on most hazardous materials packages.
These labels inform others of the hazard. If the
diamond label won't fit on the package, shippers
may put the label on a tag securely attached to the
package. For example, compressed gas cylinders
that will not hold a label will have tags or decals.
Labels look like the examples in Figure 9.2.
Figure 9.1
A shipping paper describes the hazardous materials
being transported. Shipping orders, bills of lading,
Examples of HAZMAT Labels. Figure 9.2
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-3
9.3.3 – Lists of Regulated Products
Placards. Placards are used to warn others of
hazardous materials. Placards are signs put on the
outside of a vehicle and on bulk packages, which
identify the hazard class of the cargo. A placarded
vehicle must have at least four identical placards.
They are put on the front, rear, and both sides of
the vehicle. See Figure 9.3. Placards must be
readable from all four directions. They are at least
250mm 9.84 inches square, square-on-point, in a
diamond shape. Cargo tanks and other bulk
packaging display the identification number of their
contents on placards or orange panels or white
square-on-point displays that are the same size as
placards.
Examples of HAZMAT Placards
Figure 9.3
Identification numbers are a four-digit code used by
first responders to identify hazardous materials. An
identification number may be used to identify more
than one chemical. The letters “NA or “UN” will
precede the identification number. The United
States Department of Transportation’s Emergency
Response Guidebook (ERG) lists the chemicals
and the identification numbers assigned to them.
There are three main lists used by shippers,
carriers, and drivers when trying to identify
hazardous materials. Before transporting a material,
look for its name on three lists. Some materials are
on all lists, others on only one. Always check the
following lists:
Section 172.101, the Hazardous Materials Table.
Appendix A to Section 172.101, the List of
Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities.
Appendix B to Section 172.101, the List of Marine
Pollutants.
The Hazardous Materials Table. Figure 9.4 shows
part of the Hazardous Materials Table.
Column 1 tells which shipping mode(s) the entry
affects and other information concerning the
shipping description. The next five columns show
each material's shipping name, hazard class or
division, identification number, packaging group,
and required labels.
Six different symbols may appear in Column 1 of
the table.
(+) Shows the proper shipping name, hazard
class, and packing group to use, even if the
material doesn't meet the hazard class
definition.
(A) Means the hazardous material described in
Column 2 is subject to the HMR only when
offered or intended for transport by air
unless it is a hazardous substance or
hazardous waste.
(W) Means the hazardous material described in
Column 2 is subject to the HMR only when
offered or intended for transportation by
water unless it is a hazardous substance,
hazardous waste, or marine pollutant.
(D) Means the proper shipping name is
appropriate for describing materials for
domestic transportation, but may not be
proper for international transportation.
(I) Identifies a proper shipping name that is
used to describe materials in international
transportation. A different shipping name
may be used when only domestic
transportation is involved.
(G) Means this hazardous material described in
Column 2 is a generic shipping name. A
generic shipping name must be
accompanied by a technical name on the
shipping paper. A technical name is a
specific chemical that makes the product
hazardous
Column 2 lists the proper shipping names and
descriptions of regulated materials. Entries are in
alphabetical order so you can more quickly find the
right entry. The table shows proper shipping names
in regular type. The shipping paper must show
proper shipping names. Names shown in italics are
not proper shipping names.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-4
49 CFR 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table
Symbols
Hazardous Materials
Description & Proper
Shipping Names
Hazard
Class or
Division
Identification
Numbers
PG
Label
Codes
Special
Provisions
(172.102)
Packaging (173. ***)
Exceptions
Non
Bulk
Bulk
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8A)
(8B)
(8C)
A
Acetaldehyde ammonia
9
UN1841
III
9
IB8, IP3,
IP7, T1,
TP33
155
204
240
Figure 9.4
Appendix A to 49 CFR 172.101
List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities
Hazardous Substances Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds
(Kilograms)
Phenyl mercaptan
100 (45.4)
Phenylmercury acetate
100 (45.4)
Phenylthiourea
100 (45.4)
Phorate
10 (4.54)
Phosgene
10 (4.54)
Phosphine
100 (45.4)
Phosphoric acid
5,000 (2270)
Phosphoric acid, diethyl
4-nitrophenyl ester
100 (45.4)
Phosphoric acid, lead (2+)
Salt (2:3)salt
10 (.454)
Figure 9.5
Column 3 shows a material's hazard class or
division, or the entry "Forbidden." Never transport a
"Forbidden" material. Placard hazardous materials
shipments based on the quantity and hazard class.
You can decide which placards to use if you know
these three things:
Material's hazard class.
Amount being shipped.
Amount of all hazardous materials of all classes on
your vehicle.
Column 4 lists the identification number for each
proper shipping name. Identification numbers are
preceded by the letters “UN”, "NA." or “ID”. The
letters "NA" are associated with proper shipping
names that are only used within the United States
and to and from Canada. The letters “ID” are
associated with proper shipping names recognized
by the International Civil Aviation Organization
(IACO) Technical instructions for transportation by
air. The identification number must appear on the
shipping paper as part of the shipping description
and also appear on the package. It also must
appear on cargo tanks and other bulk packaging.
Police and firefighters use this number to quickly
identify the hazardous materials.
Column 5 shows the packing group (in Roman
numeral) assigned to a material.
Column 6 shows the hazard warning label(s)
shippers must put on packages of hazardous
materials. Some products require use of more than
one label due to a multiple hazards being present.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-5
Column 7 lists the additional (special) provisions
that apply to this material. When there is an entry in
this column, you must refer to the federal
regulations for specific information. The numbers 1-
6 in this column mean the hazardous material is a
poison inhalation hazard (PIH). PIH materials have
special requirements for shipping papers, marking,
and placards.
Column 8 is a three-part column showing the
section numbers covering the packaging
requirements for each hazardous material.
Note: Columns 9 and 10 do not apply to
transportation by highway.
Appendix A to 49 CFR 172.101 - The List of
Hazardous Substances and Reportable
Quantities. The DOT and the EPA want to know
about spills of hazardous substances. They are
named in the List of Hazardous Substances and
Reportable Quantities. See Figure 9.5. Column 2 of
the list shows each product's reportable quantity
(RQ). When these materials are being transported
in a reportable quantity or greater in one package,
the shipper displays the letters RQ on the shipping
paper and package. The letters RQ may appear
before or after the basic description. You or your
employer must report any spill of these materials,
which occurs in a reportable quantity.
If the words INHALATION HAZARD appear on the
shipping paper or package, the rules require display
of the POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISON
GAS placards, as appropriate. These placards must
be used in addition to other placards, which may be
required by the product's hazard class. Always
display the hazard class placard and the POISON
INHALATION HAZARD placard, even for small
amounts.
Appendix B to 49 CFR 172.101 – List of Marine
Pollutants
Appendix B is a listing of chemicals that are toxic to
marine life. For highway transportation, this list is
only used for chemicals in a container with a
capacity of 119 gallons or more without a placard or
label as specified by the HMR.
Any bulk packages of a Marine Pollutant must
display the Marine Pollutant marking (white triangle
with a fish and an “X” through the fish). This
marking (it is not a placard) must also be displayed
on the outside of the vehicle. In addition, a notation
must be made on the shipping papers near the
description of the material: “Marine Pollutant”.
9.3.4 – The Shipping Paper
The shipping paper shown in Figure 9.6 describes a
shipment. A shipping paper for hazardous materials
must include:
Page numbers if the shipping paper has more than
one page. The first page must tell the total number
of pages. For example, "Page 1 of 4".
A proper shipping description for each hazardous
material.
A shipper's certification, signed by the shipper,
saying they prepared the shipment according to the
regulations.
Shipping Paper
DEF
Page
ABC
Corporation
Corporation
1 of 1
55
88 Valley
TO:
FROM:
Mountain
Street
Street
Anywhere,
Nowhere,
VA
CO
Quantity
HM
Description
Weight
1
RQ
UN1076,Phosgene,
25 lbs
cylinder 2.3,
Poison, Inhalation
Hazard,
(“RQ” Zone A
means that
this is a (UN1076 is the
reportable Identification
quantity.) Number from
Column 4 of the
Hazardous
materials Table.
Phosgene is the
proper shipping
name from Column
2 of the Hazardous
Materials Table.
2.3 is the Hazard
Class from Column
3 of the Hazardous
Materials Table.)
This is to certify that the above named materials are
properly classified, described, packaged, marked and
labeled, and are in proper condition for transportation
according to the applicable regulations of the
Department of Transportation.
DEF Carrier: Safety
Shipper: Corporation Per: First
Per: Smith Date:
Date:
October 15,
2003
Special Instructions: 24 hour Emergency Contact,
John Smith 1-800-555-5555
Figure 9.6
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-6
9.3.5 – The Item Description
If a shipping paper describes both hazardous and
non-hazardous products, the hazardous materials
must be:
Entered first.
Highlighted in a contrasting color, OR.
Identified by an "X" placed before the shipping
description (ID#, Shipping Name, Hazard Class,
Packing Group) in a column captioned "HM". The
letters "RQ" may be used instead of "X" if a
reportable quantity needs to be identified.
The basic description of hazardous materials
includes the identification number, proper shipping
name, hazard class or division, and the packing
group, if any, in that order. The packing group is
displayed in Roman numerals and may be
preceded by "PG".
Identification number, shipping name, and hazard
class must not be abbreviated unless specifically
authorized in the hazardous materials regulations.
The description must also show:
The total quantity and unit of measure.
The number and type of packages (example: “6
Drums”).
The letters RQ, if a reportable quantity.
If the letters RQ appear, the name of the hazardous
substance (if not included in the shipping name).
For all materials with the letter “G” (Generic) in
Column 1, the technical name of the hazardous
material.
Shipping papers also must list an emergency
response telephone number (unless excepted). The
emergency response telephone number is the
responsibility of the shipper. It can be used by
emergency responders to obtain information about
any hazardous materials involved in a spill or fire.
The telephone number must be:
The number of the person offering the hazardous
material for transportation (if the shipper/offerer is
the emergency response information (ERI)
provider); or
The number of an agency or organization capable
of, and accepting responsibility for, providing the
detailed information required by paragraph (a)(2) of
this section. The person who is registered with the
ERI provider must be identified by name, or
contract number or other unique identifier assigned
by the ERI provider, on the shipping paper
Shippers also must provide emergency response
information to the motor carrier for each hazardous
material being shipped. The emergency response
information must be able to be used away from the
motor vehicle and must provide information on how
to safely handle incidents involving the material. At
a minimum, it must include the following
information:
The basic description and technical name;
Immediate hazards to health;
Risks of fire or explosion;
Immediate precautions to be taken in the event of
an accident or incident;
Immediate methods for handling fires;
Initial methods for handling spills or leaks in the
absence of fires; and
Preliminary first aid measures
Such information can be on the shipping paper or
some other document that includes the basic
description and technical name of the hazardous
material. Or, it may be in a guidance book such as
the Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG). Motor
carriers may assist shippers by keeping an ERG on
each vehicle carrying hazardous materials. The
driver must provide the emergency response
information to any federal, state, or local authority
responding to a hazardous materials incident or
investigating one.
Total quantity and number & type of packages must
appear before or after the basic description. The
packaging type and the unit of measurement may
be abbreviated. For example:
10 ctns. UN1263, Paint, 3, PG II, 500 lbs.
The shipper of hazardous wastes must put the word
WASTE before the proper shipping name of the
material on the shipping paper (hazardous waste
manifest). For example:
UN1090, Waste Acetone, 3, PG II.
A non-hazardous material may not be described by
using a hazard class or an identification number.
Shippers must keep a copy of shipping papers (or
an electronic image) for a period of 2 years (3 years
for hazardous waste) after the material is accepted
by the initial carrier.
If one provides a carrier service only and is not the
originator of the shipment, a carrier is required to
keep a copy of the shipping paper (or an electronic
image) for a period of 1 year.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-7
IMPORTANT NOTE: To view complete regulatory
requirements for the transportation of hazardous
materials one should refer to the Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 49, Parts 171-185.
9.3.6 – Shipper's Certification
When the shipper packages hazardous materials,
he/she certifies that the package has been
prepared according to the rules. The signed
shipper's certification appears on the original
shipping paper. The only exceptions are when a
shipper is a private carrier transporting their own
product and when the package is provided by the
carrier (for example, a cargo tank). Unless a
package is clearly unsafe or does not comply with
the HMR, you may accept the shipper's certification
concerning proper packaging. Some carriers have
additional rules about transporting hazardous
materials. Follow your employer's rules when
accepting shipments.
9.3.7 – Package Markings and Labels
Shippers print required markings directly on the
package, an attached label, or tag. An important
package marking is the name of the hazardous
material. It is the same name as the one on the
shipping paper. The requirements for marking vary
by package size and material being transported.
When required, the shipper will put the following on
the package:
The name and address of shipper or consignee.
The hazardous material's shipping name and
identification number.
The labels required.
It is a good idea to compare the shipping paper to
the markings and labels. Always make sure that the
shipper shows the correct basic description on the
shipping paper, and verifies that the proper labels
are shown on the packages. If you are not familiar
with the material, ask the shipper to contact your
office.
If rules require it, the shipper will put RQ, MARINE
POLLUTANT, BIOHAZARD, HOT, or INHALATION-
HAZARD on the package. Packages with liquid
containers inside will also have package orientation
markings with the arrows pointing in the correct
upright direction. The labels used always reflect the
hazard class of the product. If a package needs
more than one label, the labels must be close
together, near the proper shipping name.
9.3.8 – Recognizing Hazardous Materials
Learn to recognize shipments of hazardous
materials. To find out if the shipment includes
hazardous materials, look at the shipping paper.
Does it have:
An entry with a proper shipping name, hazard class,
and identification number?
A highlighted entry, or one with an X or RQ in the
hazardous materials column?
Other clues suggesting hazardous materials:
What business is the shipper in? Paint dealer?
Chemical supply? Scientific supply house? Pest
control or agricultural supplier? Explosives,
munitions, or fireworks dealer?
Are there tanks with diamond labels or placards on
the premises?
What type of package is being shipped? Cylinders
and drums are often used for hazardous materials
shipments.
Is a hazard class label, proper shipping name, or
identification number on the package?
Are there any handling precautions?
9.3.9 – Hazardous Waste Manifest
When transporting hazardous wastes, you must
sign by hand and carry a Uniform Hazardous Waste
Manifest. The name and EPA registration number
of the shippers, carriers, and destination must
appear on the manifest. Shippers must prepare,
date, and sign by hand the manifest. Treat the
manifest as a shipping paper when transporting the
waste. Only give the waste shipment to another
registered carrier or disposal/treatment facility.
Each carrier transporting the shipment must sign by
hand the manifest. After you deliver the shipment,
keep your copy of the manifest. Each copy must
have all needed signatures and dates, including
those of the person to whom you delivered the
waste.
9.3.10 – Placarding
Attach the appropriate placards to the vehicle
before you drive it. You are only allowed to move an
improperly placarded vehicle during an emergency,
in order to protect life or property.
Placards must appear on both sides and both ends
of the vehicle. Each placard must be:
Easily seen from the direction it faces.
Placed so the words or numbers are level and read
from left to right.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-8
At least three inches away from any other markings.
Kept clear of attachments or devices such as
ladders, doors, and tarpaulins.
Kept clean and undamaged so that the color,
format, and message are easily seen.
Be affixed to a background of contrasting color.
The use of “Drive Safely” and other slogans is
prohibited.
The front placard may be on the front of the tractor
or the front of the trailer.
To decide which placards to use, you need to know:
The hazard class of the materials.
The amount of hazardous materials shipped.
The total weight of all classes of hazardous
materials in your vehicle.
9.3.11 – Placard Tables
There are two placard tables, Table 1 and Table 2.
Table 1 materials must be placarded whenever any
amount is transported. See Figure 9.7.
Except for bulk packaging, the hazard classes in
Table 2 need placards only if the total amount
transported is 1,001 pounds or more including the
package. Add the amounts from all shipping papers
for all the Table 2 products you have on board. See
Figure 9.8.
Placard Table 1
Any Amount
IF YOUR VEHICLE
CONTAINS ANY AMOUNT
OF……
PLACARD AS…
1.1 Mass Explosives
Explosives 1.1
1.2 Project Hazards
Explosives 1.2
1.3 Mass Fire Hazards
Explosives 1.3
2.3 Poisonous/Toxic Gases
Poison Gas
4.3 Dangerous When Wet
Dangerous When
Wet
5.2 (Organic Peroxide, Type
B, liquid or solid,
Temperature controlled)
Organic Peroxide
6.1 (Inhalation hazard zone
A & B only)
Poison/toxic
inhalation
7 (Radioactive Yellow III
label only)
Radioactive
Figure 9.7
You may use DANGEROUS placards instead of
separate placards for each Table 2 hazard class
when:
You have 1,001 pounds or more of two or more
Table 2 hazard classes, requiring different placards,
and
You have not loaded 2,205 pounds or more of any
Table 2 hazard class material at any one place.
(You must use the specific placard for this material.)
The dangerous placard is an option, not a
requirement. You can always placard for the
materials.
If the words INHALATION HAZARD are on the
shipping paper or package, you must display
POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION placards in
addition to any other placards needed by the
product's hazard class. The 1,000 pound exception
does not apply to these materials.
Materials with a secondary hazard of dangerous
when wet must display the DANGEROUS WHEN
WET placard in addition to any other placards
needed by the product’s hazard class. The 1,000-
pound exception to placarding does not apply to
these materials.
Placard Table 2
1,001 Pounds Or More
Category of Material (Hazard
class or division number and
additional description, as
appropriate)
Placard Name
1.4 Minor Explosion
Explosives 1.4
1.5 Very Insensitive
Explosives 1.5
1.6 Extremely Insensitive
Explosives 1.6
2.1 Flammable Gases
Flammable Gas
2.2 Non- Flammable Gases
Non-Flammable Gas.
3 Flammable Liquids
Flammable
Combustible Liquid
Combustible*
4.1 Flammable Solids
Flammable Solid
4.2 Spontaneously
Combustible
Spontaneously
Combustible
5.1 Oxidizers
Oxidizer
5.2 (other than organic
peroxide, Type B, liquid or
solid, Temperature
Controlled)
Organic Peroxide
6.1 (other than inhalation
hazard zone A or B)
Poison
6.2 Infectious Substances
(None)
8 Corrosives
Corrosive
9 Miscellaneous Hazardous
Materials
Class 9**
ORM-D
(None)
* FLAMMABLE may be used in place of a
COMBUSTIBLE on a cargo tank or portable tank.
** Class 9 Placard is not required for domestic
transportation.
Figure 9.8
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-9
Placards used to identify the primary or subsidiary
hazard class of a material must have the hazard
class or division number displayed in the lower
corner of the placard. Permanently affixed
subsidiary hazard placards without the hazard class
number may be used as long as they stay within
color specifications.
Placards may be displayed for hazardous materials
even if not required so long as the placard identifies
the hazard of the material being transported.
Bulk packaging is a single container with a capacity
greater than 119 gallons. A bulk package, and a
vehicle transporting a bulk package, must be
placarded, even if it only has the residue of a
hazardous material. Certain bulk packages only
have to be placarded on the two opposite sides or
may display labels. All other bulk packages must be
placarded on all four sides.
Subsections 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3
Test Your Knowledge
1. Shippers package in order to (fill in the
blank) the material.
2. Driver placard their vehicle to (fill in the
blank) the risk.
3. What three things do you need to know to
decide which placards (if any) you need?
4. A hazardous materials identification
number must appear on the (fill in the
blank) and on the (fill in the blank). The
identification number must also appear on
cargo tanks and other bulk packaging.
5. Where must you keep shipping papers
describing hazardous materials?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 9.1, 9.2 and
9.3.
9.4 – Loading and Unloading
Do all you can to protect containers of hazardous
materials. Don't use any tools, which might damage
containers or other packaging during loading. Don't
use hooks.
9.4.1 – General Loading Requirements
Before loading or unloading, set the parking brake.
Make sure the vehicle will not move.
Many products become more hazardous when
exposed to heat. Load hazardous materials away
from heat sources.
Watch for signs of leaking or damaged containers:
LEAKS SPELL TROUBLE! Do not transport leaking
packages. Depending on the material, you, your
truck, and others could be in danger. It is illegal to
move a vehicle with leaking hazardous materials.
Containers of hazardous materials must be braced
to prevent movement of the packages during
transportation.
No Smoking.
When loading or unloading
hazardous materials, keep fire away. Don't let
people smoke nearby. Never smoke around:
Class 1 (Explosives)
Class 2.1 (Flammable Gas )
Class 3 (Flammable Liquids)
Class 4 (Flammable Solids)
Class 5 (Oxidizers)
Secure Against Movement.
Brace containers so
they will not fall, slide, or bounce around during
transportation. Be very careful when loading
containers that have valves or other fittings. All
hazardous materials packages must be secured
during transportation.
After loading, do not open any package during your
trip. Never transfer hazardous materials from one
package to another while in transit. You may empty
a cargo tank, but do not empty any other package
while it is on the vehicle.
Cargo Heater Rules. There are special cargo heater
rules for loading:
Class 1 (Explosives)
Class 2.1 (Flammable Gas )
Class 3 (Flammable Liquids)
The rules usually forbid use of cargo heaters,
including automatic cargo heater/air conditioner
units. Unless you have read all the related rules,
don't load the above products in a cargo space that
has a heater.
Use Closed Cargo Space.
You cannot have
overhang or tailgate loads of:
Class 1 (Explosives)
Class 4 (Flammable Solids)
Class 5 (Oxidizers)
You must load these hazardous materials into a
closed cargo space unless all packages are:
Fire and water resistant.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-10
Covered with a fire and water resistant tarp.
Precautions for Specific Hazards
Class 1 (Explosives) Materials. Turn your engine
off before loading or unloading any explosives.
Then check the cargo space. You must:
Disable cargo heaters. Disconnect heater power
sources and drain heater fuel tanks.
Make sure there are no sharp points that might
damage cargo. Look for bolts, screws, nails, broken
side panels, and broken floorboards.
Use a floor lining with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3. The
floors must be tight and the liner must be either
non-metallic material or non-ferrous metal. (Non-
ferrous metals are any metal that does not contain
iron or iron alloys).
Use extra care to protect explosives. Never use
hooks or other metal tools. Never drop, throw, or
roll packages. Protect explosive packages from
other cargo that might cause damage.
Do not transfer a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 from one
vehicle to another on a public roadway except in an
emergency. If safety requires an emergency
transfer, set out red warning reflectors, flags, or
electric lanterns. You must warn others on the road.
Never transport damaged packages of explosives.
Do not take a package that shows any dampness or
oily stain.
Do not transport Division 1.1 or 1.2 in vehicle
combinations if:
There is a marked or placarded cargo tank in the
combination.
The other vehicle in the combination contains:
Division 1.1 A (Initiating Explosives).
Packages of Class 7 (Radioactive) materials
labeled "Yellow III."
Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) Hazard zone A or B
or Division 6.1 (Poisonous) materials Hazard zone
A.
Hazardous materials in a portable tank, on a DOT
Spec 106A or 110A tank.
Class 4 (Flammable Solids) and Class 5
(Oxidizers) Materials. Class 4 materials are solids
that react (including fire and explosion) to water,
heat, and air or even react spontaneously.
Class 4 and 5 materials must be completely
enclosed in a vehicle or covered securely. Class 4
and 5 materials, which become unstable and
dangerous when wet, must be kept dry while in
transit and during loading and unloading. Materials
that are subject to spontaneous combustion or
heating must be in vehicles with sufficient
ventilation.
Class 8 (Corrosive) Materials. If loading by hand,
load breakable containers of corrosive liquid one by
one. Keep them right side up. Do not drop or roll the
containers. Load them onto an even floor surface.
Stack carboys only if the lower tiers can bear the
weight of the upper tiers safely.
Do not load nitric acid above any other product.
Load charged storage batteries so their liquid won't
spill. Keep them right side up. Make sure other
cargo won't fall against or short circuit them.
Never load corrosive liquids next to or above:
Division 1.4 (Explosives C).
Division 4.1 (Flammable Solids).
Division 4.3 (Dangerous When Wet).
Class 5 (Oxidizers).
Division 2.3, Zone B (Poisonous Gases).
Never load corrosive liquids with:
Division 1.1 or 1.2
Division 1.3
Division 1.5 (Blasting Agents).
Division 2.3, Zone A (Poisonous Gases).
Division 4.2 (Spontaneously Combustible
Materials).
Division 6.1, PGI, Zone A (Poison Liquids).
Class 2 (Compressed Gases) Including
Cryogenic Liquids. If your vehicle doesn't have
racks to hold cylinders, the cargo space floor must
be flat. The cylinders must be:
Held upright.
In racks attached to the vehicle or in boxes that will
keep them from turning over.
Cylinders may be loaded in a horizontal position
(lying down) if it is designed so the relief valve is in
the vapor space.
Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) or Division 6.1
(Poisonous) Materials. Never transport these
materials in containers with interconnections. Never
load a package labeled POISON or POISON
INHALATION HAZARD in the driver's cab or
sleeper or with food material for human or animal
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-11
consumption. There are special rules for loading
and unloading Class 2 materials in cargo tanks.
You must have special training to do this.
Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials. Some packages
of Class 7 (Radioactive) materials bear a number
called the "transport index." The shipper labels
these packages Radioactive II or Radioactive III,
and prints the package's transport index on the
label. Radiation surrounds each package, passing
through all nearby packages. To deal with this
problem, the number of packages you can load
together is controlled. Their closeness to people,
animals, and unexposed film is also controlled. The
transport index tells the degree of control needed
during transportation. The total transport index of all
packages in a single vehicle must not exceed
50.Table A to this section (49 CFR 177-842) shows
rules for each transport index. It shows how close
you can load Class 7 (Radioactive) materials to
people, animals, or film. For example, you can't
leave a package with a transport index of 1.1 within
two feet of people or cargo space walls.
Do Not Load Table
Do Not Load
In The Same Vehicle With
Division 6.1 or 2.3
(POISON or poison
inhalation hazard
labeled material).
Animal or human food unless the
poison package is over packed in
an approved way. Foodstuffs are
anything you swallow. However,
mouthwash, toothpaste, and skin
creams are not foodstuff.
Division 2.3
(Poisonous) gas Zone
A or Division 6.1
(Poison) liquids, PGI,
Zone A.
Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 Explosives,
Division 5.1 (Oxidizers), Class 3
(Flammable Liquids), Class 8
(Corrosive Liquids), Division 5.2
(Organic Peroxides),
Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 Explosives,
Division 1.5 (Blasting Agents),
Division 2.1 (Flammable Gases),
Class 4 (Flammable Solids).
Charged storage
batteries.
Division 1.1.
Class 1 (Detonating
primers).
Any other explosives unless in
authorized containers or
packages.
Division 6.1
(Cyanides or cyanide
mixtures).
Acids, corrosive materials, or other
acidic materials which could
release hydrocyanic acid.
For Example:
Cyanides, Inorganic, n.o.s.
Silver Cyanide
Sodium Cyanide.
Nitric acid (Class 8).
Other materials unless the nitric
acid is not loaded above any other
material.
Figure 9.9
Mixed loads. The rules require some products to
be loaded separately. You cannot load them
together in the same cargo space. Figure 9.9 lists
some examples. The regulations (the Segregation
Table for Hazardous Materials) name other
materials you must keep apart.
Subsection 9.4
Test Your Knowledge
1. Around which hazard classes must you
never smoke?
2. Which three hazard classes should not be
loaded into a trailer that has a heater/air
conditioner unit?
3. Should the floor liner required for Division
1.1 or 1.2 materials be stainless steel?
4. At the shipper’s dock you’re given a paper
for 100 cartons of battery acid. You already
have 100 pounds of dry Silver Cyanide on
board. What precautions do you have to
take?
5. Name a hazard class that uses transport
indexes to determine the amount that can
be loaded in a single vehicle.
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 9.4.
9.5 – Bulk Packaging Marking, Loading
and Unloading
The glossary at the end of this section gives the
meaning of the word bulk. Cargo tanks are bulk
packaging permanently attached to a vehicle.
Cargo tanks remain on the vehicle when you load
and unload them. Portable tanks are bulk
packaging, which are not permanently attached to a
vehicle. The product is loaded or unloaded while
the portable tanks are off the vehicle. Portable
tanks are then put on a vehicle for transportation.
There are many types of cargo tanks in use. The
most common cargo tanks are MC306 for liquids
and MC331 for gases.
9.5.1 – Markings
You must display the identification number of the
hazardous materials in portable tanks and cargo
tanks and other bulk packaging (such as dump
trucks). Identification numbers are in column 4 of
the Hazardous Materials Table. The rules require
black 100 mm (3.9 inch) numbers on orange
panels, placards, or a white, diamond-shaped
background if no placards are required.
Specification cargo tanks must show re-test date
markings.
Portable tanks must also show the lessee or
owner's name. They must also display the shipping
name of the contents on two opposing sides. The
letters of the shipping name must be at least two
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-12
inches tall on portable tanks with capacities of more
than 1,000 gallons and one-inch tall on portable
tanks with capacities of less than 1,000 gallons.
The identification number must appear on each side
and each end of a portable tank or other bulk
packaging that hold 1,000 gallons or more and on
two opposing sides, if the portable tank holds less
than 1,000 gallons. The identification numbers must
still be visible when the portable tank is on the
motor vehicle. If they are not visible, you must
display the identification number on both sides and
ends of the motor vehicle.
Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) are bulk
packages, but are not required to have the owner’s
name or shipping name.
9.5.2 – Tank Loading
The person in charge of loading and unloading a
cargo tank must be sure a qualified person is
always watching. This person watching the loading
or unloading must:
Be alert.
Have a clear view of the cargo tank.
Be within 25 feet of the tank.
Know of the hazards of the materials involved.
Know the procedures to follow in an emergency.
Be authorized to move the cargo tank and able to
do so.
There are special attendance rules for cargo tanks
transporting propane and anhydrous ammonia.
Close all manholes and valves before moving a
tank of hazardous materials, no matter how small
the amount in the tank or how short the distance.
Manholes and valves must be closed to prevent
leaks. It is illegal to move a cargo tank with open
valves or covers unless it is empty according to 49
CFR 173.29.
9.5.3 – Flammable Liquids
Turn off your engine before loading or unloading
any flammable liquids. Only run the engine if
needed to operate a pump. Ground a cargo tank
correctly before filling it through an open filling hole.
Ground the tank before opening the filling hole, and
maintain the ground until after closing the filling
hole.
9.5.4 – Compressed Gas
Keep liquid discharge valves on a compressed gas
tank closed except when loading and unloading.
Unless your engine runs a pump for product
transfer, turn it off when loading or unloading. If you
use the engine, turn it off after product transfer,
before you unhook the hose. Unhook all
loading/unloading connections before coupling,
uncoupling, or moving a cargo tank. Always chock
trailers and semi-trailers to prevent motion when
uncoupled from the power unit.
Subsection 9.5
Test Your Knowledge
1. What are cargo tanks?
2. How is a portable tank different from a cargo
tank?
3. Your engine runs a pump used during delivery
of compressed gas. Should you turn off the
engine before or after unhooking hoses after
delivery?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 9.5.
9.6 – Hazardous Materials -- Driving and
Parking Rules
9.6.1 – Parking with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3
Explosives
Never park with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives
within five feet of the traveled part of the road.
Except for short periods of time needed for vehicle
operation necessities (e.g., fueling), do not park
within 300 feet of:
A bridge, tunnel, or building.
A place where people gather.
An open fire.
If you must park to do your job, do so only briefly.
Don't park on private property unless the owner is
aware of the danger. Someone must always watch
the parked vehicle. You may let someone else
watch it for you only if your vehicle is:
On the shipper's property.
On the carrier's property.
On the consignee's property.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-13
You are allowed to leave your vehicle unattended in
a safe haven. A safe haven is an approved place
for parking unattended vehicles loaded with
explosives. Designation of authorized safe havens
is usually made by local authorities.
9.6.2 – Parking a Placarded Vehicle Not
Transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3) Explosives
You may park a placarded vehicle (not laden with
explosives) within five feet of the traveled part of the
road only if your work requires it. Do so only briefly.
Someone must always watch the vehicle when
parked on a public roadway or shoulder. Do not
uncouple a trailer and leave it with hazardous
materials on a public street. Do not park within 300
feet of an open fire.
9.6.3 – Attending Parked Vehicles
The person attending a placarded vehicle must:
Be in the vehicle, awake, and not in the sleeper
berth, or within 100 feet of the vehicle and have it
within clear view.
Be aware of the hazards of the materials being
transported.
Know what to do in emergencies.
Be able to move the vehicle, if needed.
9.6.4 – No Flares!
You might break down and have to use stopped
vehicle signals. Use reflective triangles or red
electric lights. Never use burning signals, such as
flares or fuses, around a:
Tank used for Class 3 (Flammable Liquids) or
Division 2.1 (Flammable Gas) whether loaded or
empty.
Vehicle loaded with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3
Explosives.
9.6.5 – Route Restrictions
Some states and counties require permits to
transport hazardous materials or wastes. They may
limit the routes you can use. Local rules about
routes and permits change often. It is your job as
driver to find out if you need permits or must use
special routes. Make sure you have all needed
papers before starting.
materials through tunnels, over bridges, or other
roadways. Always check before you start.
Whenever placarded, avoid heavily populated
areas, crowds, tunnels, narrow streets, and alleys.
Take other routes, even if inconvenient, unless
there is no other way. Never drive a placarded
vehicle near open fires unless you can safely pass
without stopping.
If transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives,
you must have a written route plan and follow that
plan. Carriers prepare the route plan in advance
and give the driver a copy. You may plan the route
yourself if you pick up the explosives at a location
other than your employer's terminal. Write out the
plan in advance. Keep a copy of it with you while
transporting the explosives. Deliver shipments of
explosives only to authorized persons or leave them
in locked rooms designed for explosives storage.
A carrier must choose the safest route to transport
placarded radioactive materials. After choosing the
route, the carrier must tell the driver about the
radioactive materials, and show the route plan.
9.6.6 – No Smoking
Do not smoke within 25 feet of a placarded cargo
tank used for Class 3 (flammable liquids) or Division
2.1 (gases). Also, do not smoke or carry a lighted
cigarette, cigar, or pipe within 25 feet of any vehicle,
which contains:
Class 1 (Explosives)
Class 3 (Flammable Liquids)
Class 4.1 (Flammable Solids)
Class 4.2 (Spontaneously Combustible)
Class 5 (Oxidizers)
9.6.7 – Refuel with Engine Off
Turn off your engine before fueling a motor vehicle
containing hazardous materials. Someone must
always be at the nozzle, controlling fuel flow.
9.6.8 – 10 B C Fire Extinguisher
The power unit of placarded vehicles must have a
fire extinguisher with a UL rating of 10 B:C or more.
9.6.9 – Check Tires
If you work for a carrier, ask your dispatcher about
Make sure your tires are properly inflated.
route restrictions or permits. If you are an
independent trucker and are planning a new route,
You must examine each tire on a motor vehicle at
check with state agencies where you plan to travel.
the beginning of each trip and each time the vehicle
Some localities prohibit transportation of hazardous
is parked.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-14
The only acceptable way to check tire pressure is to
use a tire pressure gauge.
Do not drive with a tire that is leaking or flat except
to the nearest safe place to fix it. Remove any
overheated tire. Place it a safe distance from your
vehicle. Don't drive until you correct the cause of
the overheating. Remember to follow the rules
about parking and attending placarded vehicles.
They apply even when checking, repairing, or
replacing tires.
9.6.10 – Where to Keep Shipping Papers and
Emergency Response Information
Do not accept a hazardous materials shipment
without a properly prepared shipping paper. A
shipping paper for hazardous materials must
always be easily recognized. Other people must be
able to find it quickly after a crash.
Clearly distinguish hazardous materials shipping
papers from others by tabbing them or keeping
them on top of the stack of papers.
When you are behind the wheel, keep shipping
papers within your reach (with your seat belt on), or
in a pouch on the driver's door. They must be easily
seen by someone entering the cab.
When not behind the wheel, leave shipping papers
in the driver's door pouch or on the driver's seat.
Emergency response information must be kept in
the same location as the shipping paper.
Papers for Division 1.1, 1.2 or, 1.3 Explosives.
A carrier must give each driver transporting Division
1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives a copy of Federal Motor
Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR), Part 397. The
carrier must also give written instructions on what to
do if delayed or in an accident. The written
instructions must include:
The names and telephone numbers of people to
contact (including carrier agents or shippers).
The nature of the explosives transported.
The precautions to take in emergencies such as
fires, accidents, or leaks.
Drivers must sign a receipt for these documents.
You must be familiar with, and have in your
possession while driving, the:
Shipping papers.
Written emergency instructions.
Written route plan.
A copy of FMCSR, Part 397.
9.6.11 – Equipment for Chlorine
A driver transporting chlorine in cargo tanks must
have an approved gas mask in the vehicle. The
driver must also have an emergency kit for
controlling leaks in dome cover plate fittings on the
cargo tank.
9.6.12 – Stop before Railroad Crossings
Stop before a railroad crossing if your vehicle:
Is placarded.
Carries any amount of chlorine.
Has cargo tanks, whether loaded or empty used for
hazardous materials.
You must stop 15 to 50 feet before the nearest rail.
Proceed only when you are sure no train is coming
and you can clear the tracks without stopping. Don't
shift gears while crossing the tracks.
9.7 – Hazardous Materials -Emergencies
9.7.1 – Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG)
The Department of Transportation has a guidebook
for firefighters, police, and industry workers on how
to protect themselves and the public from
hazardous materials. The guide is indexed by
proper shipping name and hazardous materials
identification number. Emergency personnel look
for these things on the shipping paper. That is why
it is vital that the proper shipping name,
identification number, label, and placards are
correct.
9.7.2 – Crashes/Incidents
As a professional driver, your job at the scene of a
crash or an incident is to:
Keep people away from the scene.
Limit the spread of material, only if you can safely
do so.
Communicate the danger of the hazardous
materials to emergency response personnel.
Provide emergency responders with the shipping
papers and emergency response information.
Follow this checklist:
Check to see that your driving partner is OK.
Keep shipping papers with you.
Keep people far away and upwind.
Warn others of the danger.
Call for help.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-15
Follow your employer's instructions.
9.7.3 – Fires
You might have to control minor truck fires on the
road. However, unless you have the training and
equipment to do so safely, don't fight hazardous
materials fires. Dealing with hazardous materials
fires requires special training and protective gear.
When you discover a fire, call for help. You may
use the fire extinguisher to keep minor truck fires
from spreading to cargo before firefighters arrive.
Feel trailer doors to see if they are hot before
opening them. If hot, you may have a cargo fire and
should not open the doors. Opening doors lets air in
and may make the fire flare up. Without air, many
fires only smolder until firemen arrive, doing less
damage. If your cargo is already on fire, it is not
safe to fight the fire. Keep the shipping papers with
you to give to emergency personnel as soon as
they arrive. Warn other people of the danger and
keep them away.
If you discover a cargo leak, identify the hazardous
materials leaking by using shipping papers, labels,
or package location. Do not touch any leaking
material--many people injure themselves by
touching hazardous materials. Do not try to identify
the material or find the source of a leak by smell.
Toxic gases can destroy your sense of smell and
can injure or kill you even if they don't smell. Never
eat, drink, or smoke around a leak or spill.
If hazardous materials are spilling from your
vehicle, do not move it any more than safety
requires. You may move off the road and away from
places where people gather, if doing so serves
safety. Only move your vehicle if you can do so
without danger to yourself or others.
Never continue driving with hazardous materials
leaking from your vehicle in order to find a phone ,
truck stop, help, or similar reason. Remember, the
carrier pays for the cleanup of contaminated
parking lots, roadways, and drainage ditches. The
costs are enormous, so don't leave a lengthy trail of
contamination. If hazardous materials are spilling
from your vehicle:
Park it.
Secure the area.
Stay there.
Call for help or send someone else for help.
When sending someone for help, give that person:
A description of the emergency.
Your exact location and direction of travel.
Your name, the carrier's name, and the name of the
community or city where your terminal is located.
The proper shipping name, hazard class, and
identification number of the hazardous materials, if
you know them.
This is a lot for someone to remember. It is a good
idea to write it all down for the person you send for
help. The emergency response team must know
these things to find you and to handle the
emergency. They may have to travel miles to get to
you. This information will help them to bring the
right equipment the first time, without having to go
back for it.
Never move your vehicle, if doing so will cause
contamination or damage the vehicle. Keep upwind
and away from roadside rests, truck stops, cafes,
and businesses. Never try to repack leaking
containers. Unless you have the training and
equipment to repair leaks safely, don't try it. Call
your dispatcher or supervisor for instructions and, if
needed, emergency personnel.
9.7.4 – Responses to Specific Hazards
Class 1 (Explosives).
If your vehicle has a
breakdown or accident while carrying explosives,
warn others of the danger. Keep bystanders away.
Do not allow smoking or open fire near the vehicle.
If there is a fire, warn every one of the danger of
explosion.
Remove all explosives before separating vehicles
involved in a collision. Place the explosives at least
200 feet from the vehicles and occupied buildings.
Stay a safe distance away.
Class 2 (Compressed Gases).
If compressed gas
is leaking from your vehicle, warn others of the
danger. Only permit those involved in removing the
hazard or wreckage to get close. You must notify
the shipper if compressed gas is involved in any
accident.
Unless you are fueling machinery used in road
construction or maintenance, do not transfer a
flammable compressed gas from one tank to
another on any public roadway.
Class 3 (Flammable Liquids).
If you are
transporting a flammable liquid and have an
accident or your vehicle breaks down, prevent
bystanders from gathering. Warn people of the
danger. Keep them from smoking.
Never transport a leaking cargo tank farther than
needed to reach a safe place. Get off the roadway if
you can do so safely. Don't transfer flammable
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-16
liquid from one vehicle to another on a public
roadway except in an emergency.
Class 4 (Flammable Solids) and Class 5
(Oxidizing Materials).
If a flammable solid or
oxidizing material spills, warn others of the fire
hazard. Do not open smoldering packages of
flammable solids. Remove them from the vehicle if
you can safely do so. Also, remove unbroken
packages if it will decrease the fire hazard.
Class 6 (Poisonous Materials and Infectious
Substances).
It is your job to protect yourself, other
people, and property from harm. Remember that
many products classed as poison are also
flammable. If you think a Division 2.3 (Poison
Gases) or Division 6.1 (Poison Materials) might be
flammable, take the added precautions needed for
flammable liquids or gases. Do not allow smoking,
open flame, or welding. Warn others of the hazards
of fire, of inhaling vapors, or coming in contact with
the poison.
A vehicle involved in a leak of Division 2.3 (Poison
Gases) or Division 6.1 (Poisons) must be checked
for stray poison before being used again.
If a Division 6.2 (Infectious Substances) package is
damaged in handling or transportation, you should
immediately contact your supervisor. Packages that
appear to be damaged or show signs of leakage
should not be accepted.
Class 7 (Radioactive Materials).
If radioactive
material is involved in a leak or broken package, tell
your dispatcher or supervisor as soon as possible.
If there is a spill, or if an internal container might be
damaged, do not touch or inhale the material. Do
not use the vehicle until it is cleaned and checked
with a survey meter.
Class 8 (Corrosive Materials).
If corrosives spill or
leak during transportation, be careful to avoid
further damage or injury when handling the
containers. Parts of the vehicle exposed to a
corrosive liquid must be thoroughly washed with
water. After unloading, wash out the interior as
soon as possible before reloading.
If continuing to transport a leaking tank would be
unsafe, get off the road. If safe to do so, contain
any liquid leaking from the vehicle. Keep
bystanders away from the liquid and its fumes. Do
everything possible to prevent injury to yourself and
to others.
9.7.5 – Required Notification
The National Response Center helps coordinate
emergency response to chemical hazards. It is a
resource to the police and firefighters. It maintains a
24-hour toll-free line listed below. You or your
employer must phone when any of the following
occur as a direct result of a hazardous materials
incident:
A person is killed.
An injured person requires hospitalization.
Estimated property damage exceeds $50,000.
The general public is evacuated for more than one
hour.
One or more major transportation arteries or
facilities are closed for one hour or more.
Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive
contamination occurs.
Fire, breakage, spillage or suspected contamination
occur involving shipment of infectious substance(s)
(bacteria or toxins).
The release of a marine pollutant in a quantity
greater than 119 gallons for a liquid or 882 pounds
for a solid; or a situation exists of such a nature
(e.g., continuing danger to life exists at the scene of
an incident) that, in the judgment of the carrier,
should be reported.
National Response Center
(800) 424-8802
Persons telephoning the National Response Center
should be ready to give:
Their name.
Name and address of the carrier they work for.
Phone number where they can be reached.
Date, time, and location of incident.
The extent of injuries, if any.
Classification, name, and quantity of hazardous
materials involved, if such information is available.
Type of incident and nature of hazardous materials
involvement and whether a continuing danger to life
exists at the scene.
If a reportable quantity of hazardous substance was
involved, the caller should give the name of the
shipper and the quantity of the hazardous
substance discharged.
Be prepared to give your employer the required
information as well. Carriers must make detailed
written reports within 30 days of an incident.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-17
CHEMTREC
(800) 424-9300
The Chemical Transportation Emergency Center
(CHEMTREC) in Washington also has a 24-hour
toll-free line. CHEMTREC was created to provide
emergency personnel with technical information
about the physical properties of hazardous
materials. The National Response Center and
CHEMTREC are in close communication. If you call
either one, they will tell the other about the problem
when appropriate.
Do not leave radioactive yellow - II or yellow - III
labeled packages near people, animals, or film
longer than shown in Figure 9.10
Radioactive Separation
Table A
TOTAL TRANSPORT
INDEX
MINIMUM DISTANCE IN FEET TO
NEAREST UNDEVELOPED FILM
TO PEOPLE OR CARGO
COMPARTMENT
PARTITIONS
0-2
Hrs.
2-4
Hrs.
4-8
Hrs.
8-12
Hrs.
Over 12
Hrs.
None 0 0 0 0 0 0
0.1 to
1.0
1 2 3 4 5 1
1.1 to
5.0
3 4 6 8 11 2
5.1 to
10.0
4 6 9 11 15 3
10.1 to
20.0
5 8 12 16 22 4
20.1 to
30.0
7 10 15 20 29 5
30.1 to
40.0
8 11 17 22 33 6
40.1 to
50.0
9 12 19 24 36
Figure 9.10
Classes of Hazardous Materials
Hazardous materials are categorized into nine
major hazard classes and additional categories for
consumer commodities and combustible liquids.
The classes of hazardous materials are listed in
Figure 9.11.
Hazard Class Definitions
Table B
Class
Class Name
Example
1 Explosives
Ammunition,
Dynamite,
Fireworks
2 Gases
Propane,
Oxygen, Helium
3 Flammable
Gasoline,
Acetone
4
Flammable
Solids
Matches, Fuses
5 Oxidizers
Ammonium
Nitrate, Hydrogen
Peroxide
6 Poisons
Pesticides,
Arsenic
7 Radioactive
Uranium,
Plutonium
8 Corrosives
Hydrochloric
Acid, Battery
Fluid
9
Miscellaneous
Hazardous
Materials
Formaldehyde,
Asbestos
None
ORM-D (Other
Regulated
Material-
Domestic)
Hair Spray or
Charcoal
None
Combustible
Liquids
Fuel Oils, Lighter
Fluid
Figure 9.11
Subsections 9.6 and 9.7
Test Your Knowledge
1. If your placarded trailer has dual tires, how
often should you check the tires?
2. What is a safe haven?
3. How close to the traveled part of the roadway
can you park with Division 1.2 or 1.3
materials?
4. How close can you park to a bridge, tunnel,
or building with the same load?
5. What type of fire extinguisher must placarded
vehicles carry?
6. You’re hauling 100 pounds of Division 4.3
(dangerous when wet) materials. Do you
need to stop before a railroad-highway
crossing?
7. At a rest area you discover your hazardous
materials shipments slowly leaking from the
vehicle. There is no phone around. What
should you do?
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-18
8. What is the Emergency Response Guide
(ERG)?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 9.6 and 9.7.
9.8 – Hazardous Materials Glossary
This glossary presents definitions of certain terms
used in this section. A complete glossary of terms
can be found in the federal Hazardous Materials
Rules (49 CFR 171.8). You should have an up-to-
date copy of these rules for your reference.
(Note: You will not be tested on this glossary.)
Sec. 171.8 Definitions and abbreviations.
Bulk packaging – Packaging, other than a vessel,
or a barge, including a transport vehicle or freight
container, in which hazardous materials are loaded
with no intermediate form of containment and which
has:
A maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119
gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid;
A maximum net mass greater than 400 kg (882
pounds) or a maximum capacity greater than 450 L
(119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid; or
A water capacity greater than 454 kg (1000 pounds)
as a receptacle for a gas as defined in Sec.
173.115.
Cargo tank - A bulk packaging which:
Is a tank intended primarily for the carriage of
liquids or gases and includes appurtenances,
reinforcements, fittings, and closures (for "tank",
see 49 CFR 178.345-1(c), 178.337-1, or 178.338-1,
as applicable);
Is permanently attached to or forms a part of a
motor vehicle, or is not permanently attached to a
motor vehicle but which, by reason of its size,
construction, or attachment to a motor vehicle is
loaded or unloaded without being removed from the
motor vehicle; and
Is not fabricated under a specification for cylinders,
portable tanks, tank cars, or multi-unit tank car
tanks.
Carrier – A person who transports passengers or
property in commerce by rail car, aircraft, motor
vehicle or vessel.
Consignee – The business or person to whom a
shipment is delivered.
Division – A subdivision of a hazard class.
EPA – U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
FMCSR – The Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Regulations.
Freight container – a reusable container having a
volume of 64 cubic feet or more, designed and
constructed to permit being lifted with its contents
intact and intended primarily for containment of
packages (in unit form) during transportation.
Fuel tank – A tank, other than a cargo tank, used to
transport flammable or combustible liquid or
compressed gas for the purpose of supplying fuel
for propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is
attached, or for the operation of other equipment on
the transport vehicle.
Gross weight or gross mass – The weight of the
packaging plus the weight of its contents.
Hazard class – The category of hazard assigned to
a hazardous material under the definitional criteria
of Part 173 and the provisions of the Sec. 172.101
Table. A material may meet the defining criteria for
more than one hazard class but is assigned to only
one hazard class.
Hazardous materials – A substance or material
which has been determined by the Secretary of
Transportation to be capable of posing an
unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property
when transported in commerce, and which has
been so designated. The term includes hazardous
substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants,
elevated temperature materials and materials
designated as hazardous in the hazardous
materials table of §172.101, and materials that
meet the defining criteria for hazard classes and
divisions in §173, subchapter c of this chapter.
Hazardous substance - A material, including its
mixtures and solutions, that:
Is listed in Appendix A to Sec. 172.101;
Is in a quantity, in one package, which equals or
exceeds the reportable quantity (RQ) listed in
Appendix A to Sec. 172.101; and
When in a mixture or solution -
For radionuclides, conforms to paragraph 7 of
Appendix A to Sec. 172.101.
For other than radionuclides, is in a concentration
by weight which equals or exceeds the
concentration corresponding to the RQ of the
material, as shown in Figure 9.12.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-19
Hazardous Substance Concentrations
RQ Pounds
(Kilograms
Concentration by Weight
Percent
PPM
5,000
(2,270)
10
100,000
1,000 (454)
2
20,000
100 (45.4)
.2
2,000
10 (4.54)
.02
200
1 (0.454)
.002
20
Figure 9.12
This definition does not apply to petroleum products
that are lubricants or fuels (see 40 CFR 300.6).
Hazardous waste – Any material that is subject to
the Hazardous Waste Manifest Requirements of the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency specified in
40 CFR Part 262.
Intermediate bulk container (IBC) – A rigid or
flexible portable packaging, other than a cylinder or
portable tank, which is designed for mechanical
handling. Standards for IBCs manufactured in the
United States are set forth in subparts N and O Part
178.
Limited quantity – The maximum amount of a
hazardous material for which there may be specific
labeling or packaging exception.
Marking – The descriptive name, identification
number, instructions, cautions, weight,
specification, or UN marks or combinations thereof,
required by this subchapter on outer packaging of
hazardous materials.
Mixture – A material composed of more than one
chemical compound or element.
Name of contents – The proper shipping name as
specified in Sec. 172.101.
Non-bulk packaging - A packaging, which has:
A maximum capacity of 450 L (119 gallons) as a
receptacle for a liquid;
A maximum net mass less than 400 kg (882
pounds) and a maximum capacity of 450 L (119
gallons) or less as a receptacle for a solid;
A water capacity greater than 454 kg (1,000
pounds) or less as a receptacle for a gas as defined
in Sec. 173.115;
Regardless of the definition of bulk packaging, a
mazimum net mass of 400 kg (882 pounds) or less
for a bag or box conforming to the applicable
requirements for specification packagings, including
the maximum net mass limitations, provided in
subpart L of Part 178.
N.O.S. - Not otherwise specified.
Outage or ullage – The amount by which a
packaging falls short of being liquid full, usually
expressed in percent by volume.
Portable tank – Bulk packaging (except a cylinder
having a water capacity of 1,000 pounds or less)
designed primarily to be loaded onto, or on, or
temporarily attached to a transport vehicle or ship
and equipped with skids, mountings, or accessories
to facilitate handling of the tank by mechanical
means. It does not include a cargo tank, tank car,
multi-unit tank car tank, or trailer carrying 3AX,
3AAX, or 3T cylinders.
Proper shipping name – The name of the
hazardous materials shown in Roman print (not
italics) in Sec. 172.101.
P.s.i. or psi – Pounds per square inch.
P.s.i.a. or psia – Pounds per square inch absolute.
Reportable quantity (RQ) - The quantity specified
in Column 2 of the Appendix to Sec. 172.101 for
any material identified in Column 1 of the Appendix.
PHMSA – The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials
Safety Administration, U.S. Department of
Transportation, Washington, DC 20590.
Shipper's certification – A statement on a
shipping paper, signed by the shipper, saying
he/she prepared the shipment properly according to
law. For example:
"This is to certify that the above named materials
are properly classified, described, packaged,
marked and labeled, and are in proper condition for
transportation according to the applicable
regulations or the Department of Transportation.";
or
I hereby declare that the contents of this
consignment are fully and accurately described
above by the proper shipping name and are
classified, packaged, marked and
labeled/placarded, and are in all respects in proper
condition for transport according to applicable
international and national government regulations."
Shipping paper – A shipping order, bill of lading,
manifest, or other shipping document serving a
similar purpose prepared in accordance with
subpart C of Part 172.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-20
Technical name – A recognized chemical name or
microbiological name currently used in scientific
and technical handbooks, journals, and texts.
Transport vehicle – A cargo-carrying vehicle such
as an automobile, van, tractor, truck, semi-trailer,
tank car, or rail car used for the transportation of
cargo by any mode. Each cargo-carrying body
(trailer, rail car, etc.) is a separate transport vehicle.
UN standard packaging – A specification
packaging conforming to the standards in the UN
recommendations.
UN – United Nations.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Page 9-21
Section 10
SCHOOL BUSES
This Section Covers
• Danger Zones and Use of Mirrors
• Loading and Unloading
• Emergency Exit and Evacuation
• Railroad-highway Grade Crossings
• Student Management
• Antilock Braking Systems
• Special Safety Considerations
Because state and local laws and regulations
regulate so much of school transportation and
school bus operations, many of the procedures in
this section may differ from state to state. You
should be thoroughly familiar with the laws and
regulations in your state and local school district.
10.1 – Danger Zones and Use of Mirrors
10.1.1 – Danger Zones
The danger zone is the area on all sides of the bus
where children are in the most danger of being hit,
either by another vehicle or their own bus. The
danger zones may extend as much as 30 feet from
the front bumper with the first 10 feet being the
most dangerous, 10 feet from the left and right
sides of the bus and 10 feet behind the rear bumper
of the school bus. In addition, the area to the left of
the bus is always considered dangerous because of
passing cars. Figure 10.1 illustrates these danger
zones.
10.1.2 – Correct Mirror Adjustment
Proper adjustment and use of all mirrors is vital to
the safe operation of the school bus in order to
observe the danger zone around the bus and look
for students, traffic, and other objects in this area.
You should always check each mirror before
operating the school bus to obtain maximum
viewing area. If necessary, have the mirrors
adjusted.
Figure 10.1
10.1.3 – Outside Left and Right Side Flat Mirrors
These mirrors are mounted at the left and right front
corners of the bus at the side or front of the
windshield. They are used to monitor traffic, check
clearances and students on the sides and to the
rear of the bus. There is a blind spot immediately
below and in front of each mirror and directly in
back of the rear bumper. The blind spot behind the
bus extends 5o to 150 feet and could extend up to
400 feet depending on the length and width of the
bus.
Ensure that the mirrors are properly adjusted so
you can see:
200 feet or 4 bus lengths behind the bus.
Along the sides of the bus.
The rear tires touching the ground.
Figure 10.2 shows how both the outside left and
right side flat mirrors should be adjusted.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-1
Figure 10.2
10.1.4 – Outside Left and Right Side Convex
Mirrors
The convex mirrors are located below the outside
flat mirrors. They are used to monitor the left and
right sides at a wide angle. They provide a view of
traffic, clearances, and students at the side of the
bus. These mirrors present a view of people and
objects that does not accurately reflect their size
and distance from the bus.
You should position these mirrors to see:
The entire side of the bus up to the mirror mounts.
Front of the rear tires touching the ground.
At least one traffic lane on either side of the bus.
Figure 10.3 shows how both the outside left and
right side convex mirrors should be adjusted.
10.1.5 – Outside Left and Right Side Crossover
Mirrors
These mirrors are mounted on both left and right
front corners of the bus. They are used to see the
front bumper “danger zone” area directly in front of
the bus that is not visible by direct vision, and to
view the “danger zone” area to the left side and the
Figure 10.3
right side of the bus, including the service door and
front wheel area. The mirror presents a view of
people and objects that does not accurately reflect
their size and distance from the bus. The driver
must ensure that these mirrors are properly
adjusted.
Ensure that the mirrors are properly adjusted so
you can see:
The entire area in front of the bus from the front
bumper at ground level to a point where direct
vision is possible. Direct vision and mirror view
vision should overlap.
The right and left front tires touching the ground.
The area from the front of the bus to the service
door.
These mirrors, along with the convex and flat
mirrors, should be viewed in a logical sequence to
ensure that a child or object is not in any of the
danger zones.
Figure 10.4 illustrates how the left and right side
crossover mirrors should be adjusted.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-2
Figure 10.4
10.1.6 – Overhead Inside Rearview Mirror
This mirror is mounted directly above the windshield
on the driver’s side area of the bus. This mirror is
used to monitor passenger activity inside the bus. It
may provide limited visibility directly in back of the
bus if the bus is equipped with a glass-bottomed
rear emergency door. There is a blind spot area
directly behind the driver’s seat as well as a large
blind spot area that begins at the rear bumper and
could extend up to 400 feet or more behind the bus.
You must use the exterior side mirrors to monitor
traffic that approaches and enters this area.
You should position the mirror to see:
The top of the rear window in the top of the mirror.
All of the students, including the heads of the
students right behind you.
10.2 – Loading and Unloading
More students are killed while getting on or off a
school bus each year than are killed as passengers
inside of a school bus. As a result, knowing what to
do before, during, and after loading or unloading
students is critical. This section will give you
specific procedures to help you avoid unsafe
conditions which could result in injuries and
fatalities during and after loading and unloading
students.
The information in this section is intended to
provide a broad overview, but is not a definitive set
of actions. It is imperative that you learn and obey
the state laws and regulations governing
loading/unloading operations in your state.
10.2.1 – Approaching the Stop
Each school district establishes official routes and
official school bus stops. All stops should be
approved by the school district prior to making the
stop. You should never change the location of a bus
stop without written approval from the appropriate
school district official.
You must use extreme caution when approaching a
school bus stop. You are in a very demanding
situation when entering these areas. It is critical that
you understand and follow all state and local laws
and regulations regarding approaching a school bus
stop. This would involve the proper use of mirrors,
alternating flashing lights, and when equipped, the
moveable stop signal arm and crossing control arm.
When approaching the stop, you should:
Approach cautiously at a slow rate of speed.
Look for pedestrians, traffic, or other objects before,
during, and after coming to a stop.
Continuously check all mirrors.
If the school bus is so equipped, activate alternating
flashing amber warning lights at least 200 feet or
approximately 5-10 seconds before the school bus
stop or in accordance with state law.
Turn on right turn signal indicator about 100-300
feet or approximately 3-5 seconds before pulling
over.
Continuously check mirrors to monitor the danger
zones for students, traffic, and other objects.
Move as far as possible to the right on the traveled
portion of the roadway.
When stopping you should:
Bring school bus to a full stop with the front bumper
at least 10 feet away from students at the
designated stop. This forces the students to walk to
the bus so you have a better view of their
movements.
Place transmission in Park, or if there is no Park
shift point, in Neutral and set the parking brake at
each stop.
Activate alternating red lights when traffic is a safe
distance from the school bus and ensure stop arm
is extended.
Make a final check to see that all traffic has stopped
before completely opening the door and signaling
students to approach.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-3
10.2.2 – Loading Procedures
Perform a safe stop as described in subsection
10.2.1.
Students should wait in a designated location for
the school bus, facing the bus as it approaches.
Students should board the bus only when signaled
by the driver.
Monitor all mirrors continuously.
Count the number of students at the bus stop and
be sure all board the bus. If possible, know names
of students at each stop. If there is a student
missing, ask the other students where the student
is.
Have the students board the school bus slowly, in
single file, and use the handrail. The dome light
should be on while loading in the dark.
Wait until students are seated and facing forward
before moving the bus.
Check all mirrors. Make certain no one is running to
catch the bus.
If you cannot account for a student outside, secure
the bus, take the key, and check around and
underneath the bus.
When all students are accounted for, prepare to
leave by:
Closing the door.
Engaging the transmission.
Releasing the parking brake.
Turning off alternating flashing red lights.
Turning on left turn signal.
Checking all mirrors again.
Allowing congested traffic to disperse.
When it is safe, move the bus to enter traffic flow
and continue the route.
The loading procedure is essentially the same
wherever you load students, but there are slight
differences. When students are loading at the
school campus, you should:
Turn off the ignition switch.
Remove key if leaving driver’s compartment.
Position yourself to supervise loading as required or
recommended by your state or local regulations.
10.2.3 – Unloading Procedures on the Route
Perform a safe stop at designated unloading areas
as described in subsection 10.2.1.
Have the students remain seated until told to exit.
Check all mirrors.
Count the number of students while unloading to
confirm the location of all students before pulling
away from the stop.
Tell students to exit the bus and walk at least 10
feet away from the side of the bus to a position
where the driver can plainly see all students.
Check all mirrors again. Make sure no students are
around or returning to the bus.
If you cannot account for a student outside the bus,
secure the bus, and check around and underneath
the bus.
When all students are accounted for, prepare to
leave by:
Closing the door.
Engaging transmission.
Releasing parking brake.
Turning off alternating flashing red lights.
Turning on left turn signal.
Checking all mirrors again.
Allowing congested traffic to disperse.
When it is safe, move the bus, enter the traffic flow
and continue the route.
Note. If you have missed a student’s unloading
stop, do not back up. Be sure to follow local
procedures.
Additional Procedures for Students That Must
Cross the Roadway. You should understand what
students should do when exiting a school bus and
crossing the street in front of the bus. In addition,
the school bus driver should understand that
students might not always do what they are
supposed to do. If a student or students must cross
the roadway, they should follow these procedures:
Walk approximately 10 feet away from the side of
the school bus to a position where you can see
them.
Walk to a location at least 10 feet in front of the
right corner of the bumper, but still remaining away
from the front of the school bus.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-4
Stop at the right edge of the roadway. You should
be able to see the student’s feet.
When students reach the edge of the roadway, they
should:
Stop and look in all directions, making sure the
roadway is clear and is safe.
Check to see if the red flashing lights on the bus are
still flashing.
Wait for your signal before crossing the roadway.
Upon your signal, the students should:
Cross far enough in front of the school bus to be in
your view.
Stop at the left edge of the school bus, stop, and
look again for your signal to continue to cross the
roadway.
Look for traffic in both directions, making sure
roadway is clear.
Proceed across the roadway, continuing to look in
all directions.
Note: The school bus driver should enforce any
state or local regulations or recommendations
concerning student actions outside the school bus.
10.2.4 – Unloading Procedures at School
State and local laws and regulations regarding
unloading students at schools, particularly in
situations where such activities take place in the
school parking lot or other location that is off the
traveled roadway, are often different than unloading
along the school bus route. It is important that the
school bus driver understands and obeys state and
local laws and regulations. The following
procedures are meant to be general guidelines.
When unloading at the school you should follow
these procedures:
Perform a safe stop at designated unloading areas
as described in subsection 10.2.1.
Secure the bus by:
Turning off the ignition switch.
Removing key if leaving driver’s compartment.
Have the students remain seated until told to exit.
Position yourself to supervise unloading as required
or recommended by your state or local regulations.
Have students exit in orderly fashion.
Observe students as they step from bus to see that
all move promptly away from the unloading area.
Walk through the bus and check for hiding/sleeping
students and items left by students.
Check all mirrors. Make certain no students are
returning to the bus.
If you cannot account for a student outside the bus
and the bus is secure, check around and
underneath the bus.
When all students are accounted for, prepare to
leave by:
Closing the door.
Fastening safety belt.
Starting engine.
Engaging the transmission.
Releasing the parking brake.
Turning off alternating flashing red lights.
Turning on left turn signal.
Checking all mirrors again.
Allowing congested traffic to disperse.
When it is safe, pull away from the unloading area.
10.2.5 – Special Dangers of Loading and
Unloading
Dropped or Forgotten Objects. Always focus on
students as they approach the bus and watch for
any who disappear from sight.
Students may drop an object near the bus during
loading and unloading. Stopping to pick up the
object, or returning to pick up the object may cause
the student to disappear from the driver’s sight at a
very dangerous moment.
Students should be told to leave any dropped object
and move to a point of safety out of the danger
zones and attempt to get the driver’s attention to
retrieve the object.
Handrail Hang-ups. Students have been injured or
killed when clothing, accessories, or even parts of
their body get caught in the handrail or door as they
exited the bus. You should closely observe all
students exiting the bus to confirm that they are in a
safe location prior to moving the bus.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-5
10.2.6 – Post-trip Inspection
When your route or school activity trip is finished,
you should conduct a post-trip inspection of the
bus.
You should walk through the bus and around the
bus looking for the following:
Articles left on the bus.
Sleeping students.
Open windows and doors.
Mechanical/operational problems with the bus, with
special attention to items that are unique to school
buses – mirror systems, flashing warning lamps and
stop signal arms.
Damage or vandalism.
Any problems or special situations should be
reported immediately to your supervisor or school
authorities.
10.3 – Emergency Exit and Evacuation
An emergency situation can happen to anyone,
anytime, anywhere. It could be a crash, a stalled
school bus on a railroad-highway crossing or in a
high-speed intersection, an electrical fire in the
engine compartment, a medical emergency to a
student on the school bus, etc. Knowing what to do
in an emergency–before, during and after an
evacuation–can mean the difference between life
and death.
10.3.1 – Planning for Emergencies
Determine Need to Evacuate Bus. The first and
most important consideration is for you to recognize
the hazard. If time permits, school bus drivers
should contact their dispatcher to explain the
situation before making a decision to evacuate the
school bus.
As a general rule, student safety and control is best
maintained by keeping students on the bus during
an emergency and/or impending crisis situation, if
so doing does not expose them to unnecessary risk
or injury. Remember, the decision to evacuate the
bus must be a timely one.
A decision to evacuate should include consideration
of the following conditions:
Is there a fire or danger of fire?
Is there a smell of raw or leaking fuel?
Is there a chance the bus could be hit by other
vehicles?
Is the bus in the path of a sighted tornado or rising
waters?
Are there downed power lines?
Would removing students expose them to speeding
traffic, severe weather, or a dangerous environment
such as downed power lines?
Would moving students complicate injuries such as
neck and back injuries and fractures?
Is there a hazardous spill involved? Sometimes, it
may be safer to remain on the bus and not come in
contact with the material.
Mandatory Evacuations. The driver must
evacuate the bus when:
The bus is on fire or there is a threat of a fire.
The bus is stalled on or adjacent to a railroad-
highway crossing.
The position of the bus may change and increase
the danger.
There is an imminent danger of collision.
There is a need to quickly evacuate because of a
hazardous materials spill.
10.3.2 – Evacuation Procedures
Be Prepared and Plan Ahead. When possible,
assign two responsible, older student assistants to
each emergency exit. Teach them how to assist the
other students off the bus. Assign another student
assistant to lead the students to a “safe place” after
evacuation. However, you must recognize that
there may not be older, responsible students on the
bus at the time of the emergency. Therefore,
emergency evacuation procedures must be
explained to all students. This includes knowing
how to operate the various emergency exits and the
importance of listening to and following all
instructions given by you.
Some tips to determine a safe place:
A safe place will be at least 100 feet off the road in
the direction of oncoming traffic. This will keep the
students from being hit by debris if another vehicle
collides with the bus.
Lead students upwind of the bus if fire is present.
Lead students as far away from railroad tracks as
possible and in the direction of any oncoming train.
Lead students upwind of the bus at least 300 feet if
there is a risk from spilled hazardous materials.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-6
If the bus is in the direct path of a sighted tornado
and evacuation is ordered, escort students to a
nearby ditch or culvert if shelter in a building is not
readily available, and direct them to lie face down,
hands covering their head. They should be far
enough away so the bus cannot topple on them.
Avoid areas that are subject to flash floods.
General Procedures. Determine if evacuation is in
the best interest of safety.
Determine the best type of evacuation:
Front, rear or side door evacuation, or some
combination of doors.
Roof or window evacuation.
Secure the bus by:
Placing transmission in Park, or if there is no shift
point, in Neutral.
Setting parking brakes.
Shutting off the engine.
Removing ignition key.
Activating hazard-warning lights.
If time allows, notify dispatch office of evacuation
location, conditions, and type of assistance needed.
Dangle radio microphone or telephone out of
driver’s window for later use, if operable.
If no radio, or radio is inoperable, dispatch a
passing motorist or area resident to call for help. As
a last resort, dispatch two older, responsible
students to go for help.
Order the evacuation.
Evacuate students from the bus.
Do not move a student you believe may have
suffered a neck or spinal injury unless his or her life
is in immediate danger.
Special procedures must be used to move neck
spinal injury victims to prevent further injury.
Direct a student assistant to lead students to the
nearest safe place.
Walk through the bus to ensure no students remain
on the bus. Retrieve emergency equipment.
Join waiting students. Account for all students and
check for their safety.
Protect the scene. Set out emergency warning
devices as necessary and appropriate.
Prepare information for emergency responders.
10.4 – Railroad-highway Crossings
10.4.1 – Types of Crossings
Passive Crossings. This type of crossing does not
have any type of traffic control device. You must
stop at these crossings and follow proper
procedures. However, the decision to proceed rests
entirely in your hands. Passive crossings require
you to recognize the crossing, search for any train
using the tracks and decide if there is sufficient
clear space to cross safely. Passive crossings have
yellow circular advance warning signs, pavement
markings and cross-bucks to assist you in
recognizing a crossing.
Active Crossings. This type of crossing has a
traffic control device installed at the crossing to
regulate traffic at the crossing. These active devices
include flashing red lights, with or without bells and
flashing red lights with bells and gates.
10.4.2 – Warning Signs and Devices
Advance Warning Signs. The round, black-on-
yellow warning sign is placed ahead of a public
railroad-highway crossing. The advance warning
sign tells you to slow down, look and listen for the
train, and be prepared to stop at the tracks if a train
is coming. See Figure 10.5.
Figure 10.5
Pavement Markings. Pavement markings mean
the same as the advance warning sign. They
consist of an “X” with the letters “”RR” and a no-
passing marking on two-lane roads.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-7
There is also a no passing zone sign on two-lane
roads. There may be a white stop line painted on
the pavement before the railroad tracks. The front
of the school bus must remain behind this line while
stopped at the crossing. See Figure 10.6.
Figure 10.6
Cross-buck Signs. This sign marks the crossing. It
requires you to yield the right-of-way to the train. If
there is no white line painted on the pavement, you
must stop the bus before the cross-buck sign.
When the road crosses over more than one set of
tracks, a sign below the cross-buck indicates the
number of tracks. See Figure 10.7.
Figure 10.7
Flashing Red Light Signals. At many highway-rail
grade crossings, the cross-buck sign has flashing
red lights and bells. When the lights begin to flash,
stop! A train is approaching. You are required to
yield the right-of-way to the train. If there is more
than one track, make sure all tracks are clear
before crossing. See Figure 10.8.
Gates. Many railroad-highway crossings have
gates with flashing red lights and bells. Stop when
the lights begin to flash and before the gate lowers
across the road lane. Remain stopped until the
gates go up and the lights have stopped flashing.
Proceed when it is safe. If the gate stays down after
the train passes, do not drive around the gate.
Instead, call your dispatcher. See Figure 10.8.
10.4.3 – Recommended Procedures
Each state has laws and regulations governing how
school buses must operate at railroad-highway
crossings. It is important for you to understand and
obey these state laws and regulations. In general,
school buses must stop at all crossings, and ensure
it is safe before proceeding across the tracks. The
specific procedures required in each state vary.
Figure 10.8
A school bus is one of the safest vehicles on the
highway. However, a school bus does not have the
slightest edge when involved in a crash with a train.
Because of a train’s size and weight it cannot stop
quickly. An emergency escape route does not exist
for a train. You can prevent school bus/train
crashes by following these recommended
procedures.
Approaching the Crossing:
Slow down, including shifting to a lower gear in a
manual transmission bus, and test your brakes.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-8
Activate hazard lights approximately 200 feet before
signals that indicate the tracks are clear, you must
the crossing. Make sure your intentions are known.
look and listen to be sure it is safe to proceed.
Scan your surroundings and check for traffic behind
you.
Stay to the right of the roadway if possible.
Choose an escape route in the event of a brake
failure or problems behind you.
At the Crossing:
Stop no closer than 15 feet and no farther than 50
feet from the nearest rail, where you have the best
view of the tracks.
Place the transmission in Park, or if there is no Park
shift point, in Neutral and press down on the service
brake or set the parking brakes.
Turn off all radios and noisy equipment, and silence
the passengers.
Open the service door and driver’s window. Look
and listen for an approaching train.
Crossing the Track:
Check the crossing signals again before
proceeding.
At a multiple-track crossing, stop only before the
first set of tracks. When you are sure no train is
approaching on any track, proceed across all of the
tracks until you have completely cleared them.
Cross the tracks in a low gear. Do not change gears
while crossing.
If the gate comes down after you have started
across, drive through it even if it means you will
break the gate.
10.4.4 – Special Situations
Bus Stalls or Trapped on Tracks. If your bus
stalls or is trapped on the tracks, get everyone out
and off the tracks immediately. Move everyone far
from the bus at an angle, which is both away from
the tracks and toward the train.
Police Officer at the Crossing. If a police officer is
at the crossing, obey directions. If there is no police
officer, and you believe the signal is malfunctioning,
call your dispatcher to report the situation and ask
for instructions on how to proceed.
Obstructed View of Tracks. Plan your route so it
provides maximum sight distance at highway-rail
grade crossings. Do not attempt to cross the tracks
unless you can see far enough down the track to
Containment or Storage Areas. If it won’t fit, don’t
commit! Know the length of your bus and the size of
the containment area at highway-rail crossings on
the school bus route, as well as any crossing you
encounter in the course of a school activity trip.
When approaching a crossing with a signal or stop
sign on the opposite side, pay attention to the
amount of room there. Be certain the bus has
enough containment or storage area to completely
clear the railroad tracks on the other side if there is
a need to stop. As a general rule, add 15 feet to the
length of the school bus to determine an acceptable
amount of containment or storage area.
10.5 – Student Management
10.5.1 – Don’t Deal with On-bus Problems When
Loading and Unloading
In order to get students to and from school safely
and on time, you need to be able to concentrate on
the driving task.
Loading and unloading requires all your
concentration. Don’t take your eyes off what is
happening outside the bus.
If there is a behavior problem on the bus, wait until
the students unloading are safely off the bus and
have moved away. If necessary, pull the bus over to
handle the problem.
10.5.2 – Handling Serious Problems
Tips on handling serious problems:
Follow your school’s procedures for discipline or
refusal of rights to ride the bus.
Stop the bus. Park in a safe location off the road,
perhaps a parking lot or a driveway.
Secure the bus. Take the ignition key with you if
you leave your seat.
Stand up and speak respectfully to the offender or
offenders. Speak in a courteous manner with a firm
voice. Remind the offender of the expected
behavior. Do not show anger, but do show that you
mean business.
If a change of seating is needed, request that the
student move to a seat near you.
know for certain that no trains are approaching.
Never put a student off the bus except at school or
Passive crossings are those that do not have any
at his or her designated school bus stop. If you feel
type of traffic control device. Be especially careful at
that the offense is serious enough that you cannot
“passive” crossings. Even if there are active railroad
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-9
safely drive the bus, call for a school administrator
or the police to come and remove the student.
Always follow your state or local procedures for
requesting assistance.
10.6 – Antilock Braking Systems
10.6.1 – Vehicles Required to Have Antilock
Braking Systems
The Department of Transportation requires that
antilock braking systems be on:
Air brakes vehicles, (trucks, buses, trailers and
converter dollies) built on or after March 1, 1998.
Hydraulically braked trucks and buses with a gross
vehicle weight rating of 10,000 lbs or more built on
or after March 1, 1999.
Many buses built before these dates have been
voluntarily equipped with ABS.
Your school bus will have a yellow ABS malfunction
lamp on the instrument panel if it is equipped with
ABS.
10.6.2 – How ABS Helps You
When you brake hard on slippery surfaces in a
vehicle without ABS, your wheels may lock up.
When your steering wheels lock up, you lose
steering control. When your other wheels lock up,
you may skid or even spin the vehicle.
ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up and maintain
control. You may or may not be able to stop faster
with ABS, but you should be able to steer around
an obstacle while braking, and avoid skids caused
by over braking.
10.6.3 – Braking with ABS
When you drive a vehicle with ABS, you should
brake as you always have. In other words:
Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.
Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the bus. However, in emergency
braking, do not pump the brakes on a bus with
ABS.
As you slow down, monitor your bus and back off
the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stay in control.
10.6.4 – Braking if ABS is Not Working
Without ABS, you still have normal brake functions.
Drive and brake as you always have.
Vehicles with ABS have yellow malfunction lamps
to tell you if something is not working. The yellow
ABS malfunction lamp is on the bus’s instrument
panel.
As a system check on newer vehicles, the
malfunction lamp comes on at start-up for a bulb
check and then goes out quickly. On older systems,
the lamp could stay on until you are driving over five
mph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control at one or more wheels.
Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still have
regular brakes. Drive normally, but get the system
serviced soon.
10.6.5 – Safety Reminders
ABS won’t allow you to drive faster, follow more
closely, or drive less carefully.
ABS won’t prevent power or turning skids –
ABS should prevent brake-induced skids but not
those caused by spinning the drive wheels or going
too fast in a turn.
ABS won’t necessarily shorten stopping
distance. ABS will help maintain vehicle control,
but not always shorten stopping distance.
ABS won’t increase or decrease ultimate
stopping power – ABS is an “add-on” to your
normal brakes, not a replacement for them.
ABS won’t change the way you normally brake.
Under normal brake conditions, your vehicle will
stop as it always stopped. ABS only comes into
play when a wheel would normally have locked up
because of over braking.
ABS won’t compensate for bad brakes or poor
brake maintenance.
Remember: The best vehicle safety feature is still a
safe driver.
Remember: Drive so you never need to use your
ABS.
Remember: If you need it, ABS could help to
prevent a serious crash.
10.7 – Special Safety Considerations
10.7.1 – Strobe Lights
Some school buses are equipped with roof-
mounted, white strobe lights. If your bus is so
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-10
equipped, the overhead strobe light should be used
when you have limited visibility. This means that
you cannot easily see around you – in front, behind,
or beside the school bus. Your visibility could be
only slightly limited or it could be so bad that you
can see nothing at all. In all instances, understand
and obey your state or local regulations concerning
the use of these lights.
10.7.2 – Driving in High Winds
Strong winds affect the handling of the school bus!
The side of a school bus acts like a sail on a
sailboat. Strong winds can push the school bus
sideways. They can even move the school bus off
the road or, in extreme conditions, tip it over.
If you are caught in strong winds:
Keep a strong grip on the steering wheel. Try to
anticipate gusts.
You should slow down to lessen the effect of the
wind, or pull off the roadway and wait.
Contact your dispatcher to get more information on
how to proceed.
10.7.3 – Backing
Backing a school bus is strongly discouraged. You
should back your bus only when you have no other
safe way to move the vehicle. You should never
back a school bus when students are outside of the
bus. Backing is dangerous and increases your risk
of a collision. If you have no choice and you must
back your bus, follow these procedures:
Post a lookout. The purpose of the lookout is to
warn you about obstacles, approaching persons,
and other vehicles. The lookout should not give
directions on how to back the bus.
Signal for quiet on the bus.
Constantly check all mirrors and rear windows.
Back slowly and smoothly.
If no lookout is available:
Set the parking brake.
Turn off the motor and take the keys with you.
Walk to the rear of the bus to determine whether
the way is clear.
If you must back-up at a student pick-up point, be
sure to pick up students before backing and watch
for late comers at all times.
Be sure that all students are in the bus before
backing.
If you must back-up at a student drop-off point, be
sure to unload students after backing.
10.7.4 – Tail Swing
A school bus can have up to a three-foot tail swing.
You need to check your mirrors before and during
any turning movements to monitor the tail swing.
Section 10
Test Your Knowledge
1. Define the danger zone. How far does the
danger zone extend around the bus?
2. What should you be able to see if the
outside flat mirrors are adjusted properly?
The outside convex mirrors? The crossover
mirrors?
3. You are loading students along the route.
When should you activate your alternating
flashing amber warning lights?
4. You are unloading students along your
route. Where should students walk to after
exiting the bus?
5. After unloading at school, why should you
walk through the bus?
6. What position should students be in front of
the bus before they cross the roadway?
7. Under what conditions must you evacuate
the bus?
8. How far from the nearest rail should you
stop at a highway-rail crossing?
9. What is a passive highway-rail crossing?
Why should you be extra cautious at this
type of crossing?
10. How should you use your brakes if your
vehicle is equipped with antilock brakes
(ABS)?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read Section 10.
Section 10 – School Buses
Page 10-11
Section 11
Skills Test Overview
This Section Covers:
• Vehicle Inspection
• Internal Inspection
• External Inspection
11.1 – Overview of the CDL Skills Test
You can take your CDL skills test after passing the
required knowledge tests, obtained a CLP and the
course completions have been submitted for the
commercial class and vehicle type you wish to be
licensed for. CDL skills testing is conducted in
English only. Use of interpreters or bilingual
examiners is not allowed.
The CDL skills test is conducted in three segments
which include a Vehicle Inspection, a Basic Control
Test, and a Road Test, performed in that order. If
you disqualify on any one of these tests, the test will
be stopped at that part and you will need to
reschedule.
Once you have passed any part of the skills tests,
you will not be required to retake that test over, as
long as you:
•
Do not change examiners (if using a
contracted third party examiner).
•
Do not change vehicles, or your vehicle
equipment does not vary significantly from
earlier test attempts.
•
Complete all three parts of the skills test
before your Commercial Learners Permit
(CLP) expires. When a permit is renewed
or upgraded, without a skills test being
completed, but the skills test has not been
completed prior to the upgrade, previously
passed segments are voided, and all three
segments need to be retaken.
Both state examiners and contracted TPE’s are
used to meet skills test demands. In most cases,
you do not get to choose what type of examiner you
can use. When scheduling your test, we require
driver and general vehicle information, including
where the test will be conducted. All skills tests
(Initial and retest) must be scheduled a minimum of
three days before the test is conducted.
The required notice for each scheduled skills test
and minimum waiting periods for non-passing test
attempts are outlined below:
•
3-day notice is required before taking your
first CDL skills test.
•
3-day notice/waiting period is required after
failing a Vehicle Inspection.
•
3-day notice/waiting period is required after
failing a Basic Control Test.
•
7-day notice/waiting period is required after
failing a Road Test.
11.2 – General Test Rules
The Vehicle Inspection is conducted before the
other segments of the skills test. During this test,
you must show that the vehicle is safe to drive. You
cannot take the other segments of the skills test
until you have passed the Vehicle Inspection.
A representative vehicle must be used to complete
all three segments of the skills test. For example,
you cannot complete any segment of the skills
test(s) in separate vehicles, equipped differently, to
simplify test standards, or to provide an unfair
advantage. If a driver begins the Vehicle Inspection
with a tractor equipped with a sleeper cab, manual
transmission, and coupled to a 53-foot trailer, they
must continue any remaining segment(s) test(s) in
the same vehicle, or a similar vehicle configuration
(Day cab cannot be used when first test was a
sleeper cab). If a different vehicle configuration is
used, where the vehicle or vehicle equipment varies
from an earlier passed segement(s), prior passed
test results will be voided, and the driver will be
required to start the skills test over in the current
vehicle being used or return with the previous
vehicle configuration.
If testing for a school bus endorsement, the bus
must be equipped with required functioning safety
devices and meet all school bus specifications
established by the Office of Superintendent of
Public Instruction (OSPI).
11.2.1 - Skills Test Ground Rules
Below are important ground rules for taking your
CDL Skills Test.
Failure to follow these ground
rules could result in your test being postponed
and having to reschedule.
Take the following to your test:
•
A valid Washington State driver’s license
with a Commercial Learner’s Permit issued
14 days or more prior to the skills test.
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-1
•
A valid Medical Examiner’s Certificate.
•
A vehicle that is properly licensed, in safe
operating condition with no defective
equipment–the vehicle must also be
equipped with all required emergency and
safety equipment.
•
A vehicle, including trailer if applicable, that
is properly labeled with the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) or Gross
Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) or
approved documents providing the GVWR
or GCWR.
•
Valid proof of insurance for the testing
vehicle that will be used for testing either a
paper copy or electronic copy must be in
the vehicle.
If applicable, documentation/information that your
vehicle has been purged when vehicle is equipped
with a tank (hazardous material only). Purge
document cannot be older than 24 hours prior to
testing.
Do not take the following to your test:
•
A loaded vehicle. With enclosed trailers,
tank vehicles, or box-trucks, examiner is
required to verify the inside of the cargo
area. When that is not possible, the test
will
be cancelled.
•
Hazardous materials.
•
A vehicle where the speed is governed and
cannot achieve posted speed limits.
During the test:
•
No smoking
is allowed within the skills test
area, in or outside of your vehicle. Your
appointment may be cancelled for
disregarding this requirement.
•
No weapons
are allowed in the vehicle or
on the CDL skills test site.
•
No passengers or animals
are allowed in
the vehicle. Federal and State agencies
personnel are allowed
•
No memory aids
of any kind are allowed.
•
No audio or video recording devices are
allowed.
This does not apply to
transit/school buses that are equipped with
an onboard camera to monitor students.
11.2.3 - Customer Ground Rules
•
English proficiency--—be able to follow
instructions. CDL skills testing is conducted
in English only. Use of interpreters or
bilingual examiners is not allowed.
•
No markings, labels or cues on vehicle
components or inside the vehicle.
•
No use of wired/wireless headset or other
Bluetooth devices, cell phone, or other
transmission devices.
o
Cell phone can be used as a timer for
the air leak test only.
•
No use of tape/digital recorders, cameras,
video recorders.
•
No interference from trainers, co-workers,
or others. They must stay in designated
waiting area(s) and not give signals of any
kind.
o
Note: Perceived signals given could
result in cancellation of the test.
•
No testing will be conducted when you are
under the influence of any controlled or
recreational drugs/alcohol.
•
Practicing at any CDL skills test site is
prohibited.
NOTE:
CDL skills test site is defined as a location
(certified by DOL) where all of the segments of a
skills test conducted.
Note: Failure to follow customer ground rules or
interference from others may result in the test
being stopped, including loss of test fees.
Note:
Due to limited space and security, DOL CDL
test sites do not allow drivers or guest to wait inside
mobile work units or offices. Most sites have limited
space for guest or waiting drivers.
11.3 – Vehicle Inspection Test
You will be asked to perform a Vehicle Inspection
and explain what items you are inspecting and what
type of defects you are looking for.
11.3.1 Order of Vehicle Inspection
First,
you must demonstrate/activate all applicable
lighting components.
Second:
Perform your air supply system checks
and complete your in-cab/bus inspections.
Third:
Upon successfully completing previous
checks, you may complete your Vehicle Inspection
in any order you wish. Also, failure to properly
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-2
demonstrate and/or verbalize required numbers or
When completing the Vehicle Inspection, there are
ranges of the vehicle’s air supply system checks will
a number of identical inspection or “like” items
stop the Vehicle Inspection immediately after
located in other areas of the vehicle that must be
attempting those checks. When inspecting the
inspected, such as light lenses, rims, springs, U-
inside of your vehicle:
bolts, etc. For test purposes, when inspecting “like”
•
Activate each applicable light component.
•
Perform the air supply system checks.
•
Perform the in-cab brake checks.
•
Complete the in-cab or interior bus
inspections.
•
When you are outside of your vehicle, the
following areas need to be inspected (can
be done in any order):
•
Front of the vehicle.
•
Engine compartment (front engine mounted
vehicles).
•
Front axle and suspension system.
•
Vehicle’s side and driver fuel areas,
including inspection items located
underneath the vehicle.
•
Coupling area (if applicable).
•
Drive axle and suspension system.
•
Engine compartment (rear engine mounted
vehicles).
•
Rear of the vehicle.
•
Front of the trailer (if applicable).
•
Side of the trailer (if applicable).
•
Rear trailer axle and suspension (if
applicable).
•
Rear of the trailer (if applicable).
During the Vehicle Inspection, you must show that
the vehicle is safe to drive. The examiner will score
your ability to identify and inspect items on your
vehicle.
You must:
•
Name (i.e. alternator)
•
Point to or touch each item you are
inspecting
•
Explain how you are checking that item
Be specific. General explanations such as “looks
good”, “it’s in good condition” or, “I’m checking to
ensure the item is secure” S/B is not entirely
acceptable and you will be asked for more detail.
You will NOT have to crawl under the hood or under
the vehicle.
items, there are two acceptable methods as defined
below:
Method 1:
•
Complete a full inspection of the first “like”
item by naming the component, while
pointing to or touching the item.
•
Cover the inspection criteria.
•
Repeat a full inspection of the other “like”
items in each inspection zone where the
component is located.
Method 2:
•
Complete a full inspection of the first “like”
item by naming the component, while
pointing to or touching the item.
•
Cover the inspection criteria.
o
Note: If using Method 2, you will not
receive credit for completing the
inspection(s) if not all of a component’s
inspection criteria is covered or the
criteria varies from an earlier inspected
“like” item. You also will not receive
credit for not identifying and/or locating
the items.
•
Complete the same inspection for the other
"like” items (you must identify each like item
by naming the component, while pointing to
or touching the item, when applicable) in
each inspection zone where the component
is located.
While inspecting the engine, the engine
compartment must be opened. If you are testing in
a vehicle that is a cab-over-engine design, it is not
necessary to tilt the cab as most engine inspection
items are accessible through compartment doors,
fender wells or by looking through the grill.
When inspecting items located underneath the
vehicle, some of the scored items may not be
visible. You will not have to crawl under the vehicle,
but you may be asked the general location of an
item if it cannot be seen.
As you inspect the outside of your vehicle, you must
tell the examiner about any differences on other
axles, suspensions or braking system components.
You must also tell the examiner if your vehicle has
any unique items on the opposite side you are
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-3
inspecting. Walk around the entire vehicle before
you test to see if you have any such items.
11.4 - Equipment Failure
An examiner will not knowingly allow you to
continue testing in a vehicle that may be unsafe or
illegal to operate. If an examiner determines that
any component required by law is missing,
defective, or unsafe, the test will be postponed.
If an equipment failure occurs after passing one
part of the skills test, for example; after completing
the Vehicle Inspection an item malfunctions while
performing the backing exercises, the passing test
results for the Vehicle Inspection will be carried
over for your next test. But no further testing will be
allowed until the item is fixed.
Required equipment for testing purposes includes:
•
Properly displayed license plates or trip
permits.
•
Lighting indicators.
•
Left and right turn signals; front/back.
•
Headlights; low and high beam.
•
Taillights; left and right.
•
Brake lights; left and right.
•
4-Way flashers; left and right, front/back.
•
Alternating amber flashers-school bus only.
•
Alternating red flashers-school bus only.
•
Student control devices; i.e., crossing arm,
stop paddle-school bus only.
•
Required emergency/safety equipment
o
Fire extinguisher.
o
Emergency warning devices; i.e.,
triangles, flares, etc.
•
Seat belts for driver and examiner
o
Note: Not required for buses without
passenger seat belts.
•
Windshield, side windows and mirrors all
must be relatively clean.
•
Any substantial damage that would impair
the driver’s and examiner’s vision ahead or
through the mirrors.
•
DEF indicators show below 1/8 of a tank.
•
REGEN warning lights are on.
Note: Regarding DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
REGEN
What is a forced regeneration?
A forced regen occurs when soot builds up inside
the diesel particulate filter (DPF) to the point that
the vehicle is no longer operable. When this hap-
pens, a driver may have to pull over and initiate a
self-cleaning process that can take up to 40
minutes — valuable time that could have been
spent on the road. Feb 19, 2019.
How long does a forced Regen take?
20 to 40 minutes
The regeneration process takes anywhere from 20
to 40 minutes to complete. During that time your en-
gine RPM will increase, but it will return to normal
when regen is done. You may also see the High Ex-
haust System Temperature (HEST) light, which
simply means what the name indicates. Sep 3,
2014
How often should I Regen my truck?
Depending on your driving, active regeneration may
happen as often as once a day. If you do a lot of
stop and go, it can happen even more often. Fre-
quency depends on duty cycle and how much soot
collects – as often as once a day or every other day
An active regeneration could take up to one-half
hour or more. Jun 22, 2016
Can a blocked DPF cause turbo failure?
“Constant short distances are not good for
the turbo or exhaust system.”
Air brakes
•
Low air warning device fails to activate at or
above 55 psi.
•
Parking brake/tractor protection valve is
missing or inoperative. The parking
brake/tractor protection valve should close
when the air pressure is at least 20 psi.
• Parking/trailer brakes, when slightly pulled
against does not hold the vehicle.
Fuel and DEF tanks
•
A leak is visible at any point (do not
confuse with an overfilled tank).
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-4
Exhaust system
•
A noticeable leak underneath or observed
inside of the vehicle.
Wheels and tires
•
Tire is flat or has noticeable leak (can be
heard or felt).
•
Tires that are bald or damaged and
considered hazardous; i.e., bald the entire
width of the tire.
Driver and passenger doors
Doors damaged to an extent that would make them
difficult to open or door(s) that will not properly
close.
Vehicle is equipped with emergency exit alarms or
warning devices not in working order.
Speedometer
•
Speedometer is inoperative or not
functioning properly.
•
Global Positioning Systems (GPS) or other
electronic speed apps cannot be used in
place of the vehicle’s speedometer.
Other
•
Inoperable windshield wipers-working
wipers required for Vehicle Inspection and
other tests during inclement weather
conditions.
•
Inoperable horn (at least one working horn
is required for skills testing).
•
Inoperable heater/defroster fan-working
defroster required for the Vehicle Inspection
and other tests during inclement weather
conditions.
11.5 – External/Internal Inspection
(All Vehicles)
Study the following vehicle parts for the type of
vehicle you will be using during the CDL skills tests.
You should be able to name and locate each part
and tell the examiner what you are looking for or
inspecting.
11.5.1 - Engine Compartment (Engine Off)
Leaks/Hoses
•
Look for puddles or dripping fluids on the
ground.
•
Look for dripping fluids on underside of
engine and transmission.
•
Inspect hoses for damage and leaks.
Oil Level
•
Indicate where dipstick is located.
•
Explain that oil level is within safe operating
range. Level must be above refill mark. (A
verbal explanation is acceptable).
Coolant Level
•
Inspect reservoir sight glass, or how to
check when there is not a sight glass by
explaining
to the examiner that you would
remove the radiator cap and check for
visible coolant level and it is at an adequate
level.
Note: Explanation only, do
NOT
remove the radiator
cap.
Power Steering Fluid
•
Indicate where power steering fluid dipstick
is located or check the sight glass.
•
Check for adequate power steering fluid
level. Level must be above refill mark.
Engine Compartment
Driver must be prepared to provide additional
criteria for the following:
•
Air compressor unit/belt
o
Directly identify (point to or touch).
o
Operating properly.
o
Not damaged or leaking.
o
Mounted securely.
o
Identify if belt or gear driven (if belt
driven identify which belt)
Belt inspection
•
Not frayed/loose fibers.
•
No cracks, no signs of wear.
•
Deflects no more than 1/2 to 3/4
inch, (explain not physically
check).
•
Alternator unit
o
Directly identify (point to or touch).
o
Operating properly.
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-5
o
Not damaged.
full mark.
o
Mounted securely.
o
Mounted securely and not leaking.
o
All wires are securely fastened.
Safe Start
o
Identify if belt or gear driven (if belt
driven identify which belt).
Belt inspection.
•
Not frayed/loose fibers.
•
No cracks, no signs of wear.
•
Deflects no more than 1/2 to 3/4
inch, (explain not physically
check).
Power steering unit.
o
Directly identify (point to or touch).
o
Operating properly.
o
Not damaged or leaking.
o
Mounted securely.
o
Identify if belt or gear driven (if belt
driven identify which belt).
Belt inspection
•
Not frayed/loose fibers.
•
No cracks, no signs of wear.
•
Deflects no more than 1/2 to 3/4
inch, (explain not physically
check).
Water Pump unit/ belt
o
Directly identify (point to or touch).
o
Operating properly.
o
Not damaged or leaking.
o
Mounted securely.
o
Identify if belt or gear driven (if belt
driven identify which belt).
Belt inspection
•
Not frayed/loose fibers.
•
No cracks, no signs of wear.
•
Deflects no more than 1/2 to 3/4
inch, (explain not physically
check).
•
Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder and
brake fluid (When equipped):
o
Brake fluid is at adequate fluid level
which must be in between the add and
•
Depress clutch (if equipped).
•
Place gearshift lever in neutral (or park, for
automatic transmissions).
•
Start engine, then release clutch slowly.
Make sure you are checking all ABS lights
illuminate and then promptly turns off
(dashboard and exterior) and DEF/DPF
light (if applicable).
11.5.2 - Cab Check/Engine Start
Oil Pressure Gauge
•
With the key in the “on” position and the
engine running, make sure oil pressure
gauge is working and is building to normal.
•
Check that pressure gauge shows
increasing or normal oil pressure or that the
warning light goes off.
Water/Coolant Temperature Gauge
•
With key on and engine running ensures
the temperature gauge is working properly.
•
Temperature should begin to climb to the
normal operating range or temperature
warning light should be off.
Air Gauge
•
With key on and engine running make sure
the air gauge is working properly.
•
Build air pressure to governor cut-out,
roughly 120-140 psi. or as specified by the
manufacturer.
Ammeter/Voltmeter
•
With key on and engine running, check that
gauge shows alternator/voltmeter/generator
is charging or that the warning light is off.
Mirrors and Windshield
•
All Mirrors (internal and external) should be
clean and mounted securely.
•
No loose fittings and brackets, no damage,
and adjusted properly.
•
Windshield should be clean with no illegal
stickers, no obstructions, or damage to the
glass.
Emergency Equipment
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-6
•
Check for 3 reflective triangles, or 6 fusees
or 3 liquid burning flares.
•
Check for a properly charged and mounted
securely fire extinguisher.
•
Check for spare electrical fuses.
Regen indicators
•
Regen indicators showing a regen process
needed (any warning light will cause an
equipment failure).
Lights/Reflectors/Reflector Tape Condition
Note:
If the vehicle is not equipped with electrical
fuses, you must mention “vehicle is equipped with
circuit breakers” to the examiner.
o
School buses only
First Aid kit and Body Fluid Clean-up
kit are present.
Wipers/Washers
•
Check that wiper arms and blades are
secure, not damaged, and operate
smoothly (demonstration).
•
If equipped, windshield washers and
washer fluid operate correctly
(demonstration).
Lighting Indicators
Test that dash indicators operate when
corresponding lights are turned on:
•
Left turn signal.
•
Right turn signal.
•
Four-way emergency flashers.
•
High beam headlights.
• Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) indicator.
When starting the engine, the applicant
checks the dashboard to ensure the ABS
lighting indicator illuminates and then
promptly turns off. If the ABS lighting indi-
cator remains illuminated the ABS is not
functioning properly and needs to be ser-
viced (not a reason for equipment failure).
o
For combination vehicles only, check the
ABS light on the rear driver’s side of the
trailer. If the ABS light is illuminated,
the ABS is not functioning properly and
needs to be serviced.
o
Note:
ABS light(s) (when applicable)
need to be checked during the safety
start.
DEF warning lights
•
Checks that DEF lights indicates more than
1/8 of a tank. If it indicates below 1/8 of a
tank, that would be an equipment failure.
•
Check that all (must locate, at the front, at
the side and at the rear(s) external lights
and reflectors are:
o
Clean.
o
Not missing or broken.
o
Proper color for their location.
•
Lights and reflectors checks include:
o
Clearance/identification lights (red on
rear, amber elsewhere).
o
Headlights (high and low beams).
o
Taillights.
o
Turn signals.
o
Four-way emergency flashers.
o
Brake lights.
o
Reflectors (red on rear and amber
elsewhere).
o
Reflective tape – present and affixed
securely to the vehicle (when applicable
in front, side and rear(s).
Note:
Checks of brake, turn signal and four-way
flasher functions must be done separately.
Horn
•
Demonstrate that
all
installed horns work,
including air and/or electric.
Heater/Defroster
•
Demonstrates and describes how the driver
heater and defroster work.
Parking Brake Check
•
Air pressure needs to be at an adequate
level (enough to release the spring brakes).
•
With the parking brake engaged (trailer
brakes released on combination vehicles),
check that the parking brake will hold
vehicle by trying to pull forward with parking
brake on.
•
With the parking brake released and the
trailer parking brake engaged
(combination vehicles only),
check that
the trailer parking brake will hold vehicle by
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-7
trying to pull forward with the trailer parking
brake on.
Service Brake Check
•
You will be required to check the
application of air or hydraulic service
brakes. This procedure is designed to
determine that the brakes are working
correctly and that the vehicle does not pull
to one side or the other.
•
Pull forward slowly, apply the service brake
and stop. Check to see that the vehicle
does not pull to one side or the other and
that it stops when brake is applied.
Hydraulic Brake Check
•
With the engine running, pump the brake
pedal three times, then hold it down for five
seconds. The brake pedal should not move
(depress) during the five seconds.
Note: Must tell the examiner “pedal did not
move”.
If equipped with a hydraulic brake reserve (back-up)
system, with the key off, depress the brake pedal
and listen for the sound of the reserve system
electric motor.
•
Note
: Examiner will ask you, after you
completed the Hydraulic Brake check, “Have
you completed the Hydraulic Brake check”.
•
Note:
Failure to perform the hydraulic
brake check correctly will result in an
Automatic Disqualification of the Vehicle
Inspection test.
•
Note:
If you think you performed it
incorrectly, you have the option to start over
again. You will need to start from the
beginning of the Hydraulic brake check. The
examiner will re-read the instructions again.
Air Supply System Check (Air Brake Equipped
Vehicles Only)
Failure to perform all three components of the air
supply system check correctly in a single attempt
will result in an Automatic Disqualification of the
Vehicle Inspection test. Air brake safety devices
vary. However, this procedure is designed to see
that any safety device operates correctly as air
pressure drops from normal to a low air condition.
For safety purposes, in areas where an incline is
present, you will use wheel chocks during the air
brake check. The proper procedures for inspecting
the air brake system are as follows:
Note:
If the vehicle is equipped with electronic
gauges, the electrical power must be in the “on”
or “battery charge" position for all three checks
during this test.
You must demonstrate and verbalize the following
(in the order listed below):
Note:
Prior to any brakes being released the
air governor must cut out. This test should be
started with air pressure less than 90 psi to
visually see the needle move as air pressure
builds to cutoff.
Note:
Before you start this exercise, you must
tell the examiner what the correct air leakage
rate is for the type of vehicle(s) you are testing
in, or you will be automatically disqualified at
the conclusion of the Air Supply System check,
1)
With the air pressure built up to governor cutoff
(approximately 120 – 140 psi), shut off the engine,
turn the key to the “on” or “battery charge” position,
chock your wheels if necessary, release the parking
brake (all vehicles), and the tractor protection valve
(combination vehicles)
and fully apply the foot
brake
.
Hold the foot brake for one minute after stabilization
of the air gauge. Check the air gauge to see that the
air pressure drops no more than three pounds in one
minute (single vehicle) or no more than four pounds
in one minute (combination vehicles).
Note:
For a Class A combination vehicle: if the
power unit is equipped with air brakes and the
trailer is equipped with electric/surge brakes,
the pressure drop should be no more than three
psi in one minute. The applicant must specify
the correct leakage rate for the type of vehicle
they are operating and apply full brake pedal
pressure for one minute.
2)
Key needs to remain to the “on” or “battery
charge” position (cannot start the engine). Begin
fanning off the air pressure by applying and
releasing the foot brake. Low air warning devices
(buzzer, light, or flag) should activate before air
pressure drops below 55 psi.
Note:
You must tell the examiner that the Low
Air Warning light and/or alarms must activate
before it drops below 55 psi. Verbalizing this
incorrectly will cause you to be automatically
disqualified at the conclusion of the Air Supply
System check.
3)
Key needs to remain to the “on” or “battery
charge” position (cannot start the engine). Continue
to fan off the air pressure by applying and releasing
the foot brake. At approximately 40 psi on a tractor-
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-8
trailer combination vehicle the tractor protection
valve and parking brake valves should close (pop
out). On other combination vehicle types and single
vehicle types, the parking brake valve should close
(pop out).
Note:
You must tell the examiner that the
tractor protection valve and parking brake
(combination vehicle) or parking brake (single
vehicle) must close (pop out) at approximately
40 psi before you start this exercise,
Note: you must tell the examiner the exact
psi(s) at which the valve(s) “popped” out
or
you will be automatically disqualified at the
conclusion of the Air Supply System checks.
Note:
Not performing and verbalizing the above
steps in the correct sequence in a single
attempt will result in an automatic
disqualification. Examiner will ask you, after you
completed the Air Supply Systems checks,
“Have you completed the Air Supply System
checks”.
Note: If you think you performed it
incorrectly, you have the option to start over
again. You will need to start from the
beginning of the Air Supply Systems checks
and perform all three checks in the correct
order and perform them correctly in a single
attempt. The examiner will re-read the
instructions again.
Straight Truck (Parking or Maxi-Brakes or DD3)
Instead of Tractor Protection Valve and/or Parking
brake valve check, you will fan down the air pressure
and set the parking brake manually when the air
pressure drops down below 20 psi. Then start the
engine, place the vehicle in a low gear and pull
against the brakes. If the brakes do not hold, that
would then be an equipment failure.
Note: when you think you performed it
incorrectly, you have the option to start over
again. You will need to start from the
beginning of the Air Supply systems check
and perform all three checks in the correct
order and perform them correctly in a single
attempt. The examiner will re-read the
instructions again.
Safety Belt
•
Check that the safety belt (and when
applicable safety belt extender) is mounted
securely.
•
properly adjusted.
•
latches properly (demo).
•
not ripped or frayed.
11.6 – External Inspection (All Vehicles)
11.6.1 - Steering
Steering Box/Hoses
•
Check that the steering box is mounted
securely.
•
Not leaking.
•
Look for any missing nuts or bolts.
o
Steering Box Hoses
Not leaking.
Damaged.
Steering Linkage
•
See that connecting links, arms, and rods
from the steering box to the wheel
are
not worn or cracked.
•
Check that joints and sockets are not worn
or loose.
•
No loose or missing nuts, bolts, or cotter
keys/pins.
11.6.2 - Suspension
Springs/Air/Torque
•
Checks for missing and shifted leaf springs.
•
Checks for cracked or broken leaf springs.
•
Checks for broken or distorted coil springs.
•
If vehicle is equipped with torsion bars,
torque arms, or other types of suspension
components, check that they are not
damaged and are mounted securely.
•
Air bags should be checked for damage
and leaks.
Spring and/or Air Mounts
•
Checks that spring attachments (brackets,
bolts, bushings) are mounted securely.
•
Checks for cracked or broken spring
hangers.
•
Checks for missing or damaged bushings.
•
Checks air bag mounts (bolts) are secure
and not damaged.
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-9
U-bolts
•
Checks for broken or missing.
•
Checks for securely mounted U-bolts.
Shock Absorbers
•
Check that shock absorbers are secure.
•
Not leaking.
Note:
Be prepared to perform the same
suspension components inspection on every
axle (power unit and trailer, if equipped).
11.6.3 - Brakes
Slack Adjustors and Pushrods
•
Check slack adjustor and pushrod for bent,
broken, lose or missing parts
•
Mounted securely.
•
For slack adjustors, the brake pushrod
should not move more than one inch (with
the brakes released) when pulled by hand.
Brake Chambers
•
See that brake chambers are not leaking.
•
Cracked or dented.
•
Mounted securely.
•
There are no loose or missing clamps.
Brake Hoses/Lines
•
Look for cracked, worn, or frayed.
•
Leaking hoses and lines.
•
Hoses or lines can supply air/hydraulic fluid
(indicate only which one applies)
o
Fittings and couplings
Mounted securely.
Not Leaking
•
If electric brakes: check that electric lines
are secure and casing is not worn or
cracked
Brake Drum/Rotor
•
Check for cracks, dents, or holes.
•
Check for loose or missing bolts.
•
Check for contaminates such as debris or
oil/grease.
Brake Linings/Disc Pads
•
Brake linings/disc pads should not be worn
dangerously thin.
•
Check the brake linings/disc pads for
contaminants, such as grease, oil, etc.
Note:
Be prepared to perform the same brake
components inspection on every axle (power
unit and trailer, if equipped).
11.6.4 - Wheels
Rims
•
Check for damaged or bent rims.
•
Rims cannot have welding repairs.
Tires
The following items must be inspected on every tire:
•
Tread depth:
o
Check for
minimum
tread depth (4/32
on all steering axle tires, 2/32 on all
other tires).
• Tire condition:
o
Check that tread is evenly worn and look
for cuts or other damage to tread or
sidewalls.
• Valve caps and valve stem
o
Check that valve stem and cap are not
missing, broken, or damaged.
•
Tire inflation:
o
Check for proper inflation by using a tire
gauge.
Note:
You will not get credit if you simply kick
the tires to check for proper inflation.
Hub Oil Seals/Axle Seals
•
See that hub oil/grease seals and axle
seals are not leaking and, if wheel has a
sight glass, oil level is adequate.
Lug Nuts
•
Check that all lug nuts are present.
•
Not loose.
•
No rust trails around nuts.
•
Check that there are no cracks radiating
from lug bolt holes or distortion of the bolt
holes.
Spacers or Budd Wheel Spacing
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-10
•
If equipped, check that spacers are not
Exhaust System
bent, damaged, or rusted through.
o
Check disc (Budd) wheels for:
Evenly spaced.
Not damaged.
No debris or foreign objects.
Note:
Be prepared to perform the same wheel
inspection on every axle (power unit and trailer,
if equipped).
11.6.5 - Side of Vehicle
Door(s)/Mirror(s)
•
Demonstrate and verbalize that door(s) are
not damaged and that they open and close
properly.
•
Hinges should be secure with seals intact.
•
Check door windows for damage and
excessive dirt.
Mirrors
•
Check that all (internal and external)
mirror(s) and mirror brackets are:
•
Not damaged.
•
Mounted securely.
•
No loose fittings.
•
Adjusted properly.
•
Free of excessive dirt.
Fuel Tank/Caps
•
Check that fuel tank(s) are secure.
•
Cap(s) are tight.
•
No leaks from tank(s) and caps.
DEF Tank
•
Check that level of diesel exhaust fluid is
1/8
th
tank or more. Can be checked during
the in-cab (gauge) inspection.
•
Tank is secure.
•
Cap is tight.
•
No leaks from tank and cap.
Drive Shaft
•
Check that drive shaft is not bent, twisted or
cracked.
•
Check that U-joints are secure and free of
foreign objects.
•
Check system for damage.
•
No signs of leaks such as rust or carbon
soot.
•
System should be connected tightly.
•
Mounted securely.
•
No loose clamps.
•
The exhaust system should have no
cracks, holes, or severe dents.
Frame
•
Look for cracks, broken welds, holes or
other damage in (longitudinal) frame rails.
•
Look for loose, cracked, bent, broken or
missing cross members.
•
No holes or cracks in box or trailer floor.
11.6.6 - Rear of Vehicle
Splash Guards/Mud Flaps
•
If equipped, check that splash guards or
mud flaps are:
o
Not damaged.
o
Mounted securely.
Doors/Ties/Lifts
•
Check that doors and hinges are not
damaged. Demonstrate and explain that
the door opens, closes, and latches
properly.
•
Ties, straps, chains, and binders are
secure.
•
If equipped with a cargo lift, look for
leaking, damaged or missing parts and
explain how it operates.
•
Lift must be fully retracted and latched
securely.
Note:
Drivers must demonstrate opening,
closing, and latching one cargo door properly, if
equipped.
11.6.7 - Tractor/Coupling
Air/Electric Lines
•
Check all connections and fittings from
tractor/truck and trailer are not leaking and
not damaged.
•
Check that air hoses, electrical lines and
electrical line insulation are not cut, chafed,
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-11
spliced, taped, or worn (steel
braid/electrical conductor should not show
through).
•
Check that glad hands and electrical plugs
are firmly seated, locked in place, and free
of damage.
•
Make sure air hoses and electrical lines are
not tangled, crimped, pinched, or dragging
against tractor parts.
•
Make sure that the air-lines are not leaking.
Catwalk/Steps
•
Check that the catwalk is solid, free of
debris, and mounted securely to tractor
frame.
•
Check that steps leading to the cab entry
and catwalk (if equipped) are solid, free of
debris, and mounted securely to tractor
frame.
•
Check that storage area (if equipped) is
solid, mounted securely and cargo in
storage area is secure.
Mounting Bolts
•
Look for loose or missing mounting
brackets, clamps, bolts, or nuts. Both the
fifth wheel and the slide mounting must be
mounted securely.
•
On other types of coupling systems (i.e.,
ball hitch, pintle hook, etc.), inspect all
coupling components and mounting
brackets for missing or broken parts.
•
Check for broken welds or loose or missing
bolts and ensure they are solidly attached.
• Checks for loose or missing mounting bolts
and for broken welds for pintle hook or other
type of hitch mount, and tongue/draw-bar
assembly, to ensure that they are solidly at-
tached in place.
• Checks the pintle hook for cracks or breaks
and excessive wear.
Safety Devices
•
Check to make sure the latch is secured
and locked in place, cotter pin is not
missing, is in place and not damaged.
•
Safety chains are hooked and crisscrossed,
free of kinks and excessive slack, cotter
pins to hooks are in place and hooks are
secured with hooks pointing in a downward
position.
•
If trailer is equipped with electric brakes,
check that breakaway chains or cables with
battery backup are not missing or
damaged.
Hitch Release Lever
•
Check to see that the hitch release lever is
in place and is secure.
Locking Jaws or Lever
•
Look into fifth wheel gap and check that
locking jaws or lever are fully securing the
kingpin.
•
On other types of coupling systems (i.e.,
ball hitch, pintle hook, etc.), inspect the
locking mechanism for missing or broken
parts and make sure it is locked securely.
If present, safety cables or chains must be
secure and free of kinks and excessive
slack.
5th Wheel Skid Plate
•
Check for proper lubrication and that 5th
wheel skid plate is mounted securely to the
platform and that all bolts and pins are
secure and not missing.
•
If equipped with polymer plate, polymer
plate is mounted securely with no loose or
missing bolts.
Platform (Fifth Wheel)
•
Check for cracks or breaks in the platform
structure which supports the fifth wheel skid
plate.
•
Check that the platform is mounted
securely to the frame or sliding assembly.
Release Arm (Fifth Wheel)
•
Check that the release arm is secure and
all the way in.
•
If equipped, make sure the release arm is
in the engaged position and the safety latch
(if equipped) is in place.
Kingpin/Apron/Gap
•
Check that the kingpin is not bent or
damaged.
•
Make sure the visible part of the apron is
not bent, cracked, or broken.
•
Check that there is no space (no gap)
between the apron and 5
th
wheel.
•
Locking jaws/lever hold kingpin in place.
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-12
Locking Pins (Sliding Fifth Wheel)
cargo.
•
If equipped, look for loose or missing pins
in the slide mechanism of the sliding fifth
wheel.
o
If air powered, check for leaks.
•
Make sure locking pins are fully engaged.
•
Check that the fifth wheel is positioned
properly so that the tractor frame will clear
the landing gear during turns.
Sliding Pintle
•
Check that the sliding pintle is secured with
no loose or missing nuts or bolts and cotter
pin is in place.
•
Checks the pintle hook for cracks or breaks
and excessive wear.
Tongue or Draw-bar
•
Check that the tongue/draw-bar is not bent
or twisted and checks for broken welds and
cracks.
•
Check that the tongue/draw-bar is not worn
excessively.
Tongue Storage Area
•
Check that the storage area is solid and
secured to the tongue.
•
Check that cargo in the storage area i.e.
chains, binders, etc. are secure.
11.7 – Trailer
11.7.1 - Trailer Front
Air/Electrical Connections
•
Check all fittings and connections from
tractor/truck and trailer for leaks.
•
Check that trailer air connectors are sealed
and not damaged.
•
Make sure glad hands are locked in place,
free of damage and air leaks.
•
Make sure the trailer electrical plug is firmly
seated and locked in place.
Header board or Bulkhead
•
If equipped, check the header board or
bulkhead to see that it is secure, free of
damage, and strong enough to contain
•
If equipped, the canvas or tarp carrier must
be mounted and fastened securely.
•
On enclosed trailers, check the front area
for signs of damage such as cracks,
bulges, missing rivets or holes.
11.7.2 - Side of Trailer
Landing Gear
•
Check that the landing gear is fully raised.
•
No missing parts.
•
Crank handle is secure.
•
Support frame and landing pads are not
damaged.
o
If power operated, check for air or
hydraulic leaks.
Doors/Ties/Lifts
•
If equipped, check that doors and hinges
are not damaged.
•
Demonstrate and explain that doors open,
close, and latches properly from the
outside.
•
Check that ties, straps, chains, and binders
are secure.
•
If equipped with a cargo lift, look for
leaking, damaged or missing parts and
explain how it should be checked for
correct operation.
•
Lift should be fully retracted and latched
securely.
Frame
•
Look for cracks, broken welds, holes or
other damage to the (longitudinal) frame
rails.
•
Check for loose, cracked, bent, broken and
missing cross members.
•
Check for cracks or holes in box or trailer
floor.
Tandem Release Arm/Locking Pins
•
If equipped, make sure the locking pins are
locked in place and release arm is secured.
11.7.3 - Remainder of Trailer
Please refer to
Section 11.6
of this manual for
detailed inspection procedures regarding the
following components:
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-13
•
Wheels.
•
Suspension system.
•
Brakes.
•
Doors/ties/lift.
•
Splash guards.
11.8 – Passenger Vehicles (School Bus
and Coach/Transit
)
Passenger Entry/Lift
•
Demonstrate and explain that entry doors:
•
Operate smoothly.
•
Close securely.
•
Not damaged.
•
Hinges are not damaged
•
Check that hand rails are secure and, if
equipped, that the step light(s) are working.
•
Check that the entry steps are clear, with
the treads not loose or worn excessively.
o
If equipped with a handicap lift, look for
any leaking, damaged or missing parts,
and explain how it operates.
o
Lift must be fully retracted and latched
securely.
Emergency Exit
•
Points out and describes that
ALL
emergency exits are not damaged, operate
smoothly, and close securely from the
inside and
EXPLAIN
how they operate.
•
Check that any emergency exit warning
devices (buzzers) if equipped are working
(school bus only).
•
Demonstrate at least one (1) emergency
exit. Operates smoothly, closes securely
from inside and if equipped, the outside
(during the outside inspection) with the
release handle and locations with
explanations of all other emergency exits.
Release handles can be operated properly
both from inside and outside (if equipped)
of the vehicle.
Note: Cannot use passenger front
door for demonstration
Baggage Compartments
•
Check that baggage and all other exterior
compartment doors are:
•
Not damaged.
•
Operate properly.
•
Latch securely.
o
Demonstration of at least one (1)
compartment door for operating
smoothly and closing securely.
Seating
•
Check for broken seat frames.
•
Check that seat frames are firmly attached
to the floor.
•
Check that seat cushions are attached
securely to the seat frames.
11.8.1 - School Bus Only
Emergency Equipment
•
In addition to checking for spare electrical
fuses (if equipped), three red reflective
triangles, and a properly charged and
secured fire extinguisher.
•
School bus drivers must also inspect the
following emergency equipment:
o
First Aid Kit.
o
Body Fluid Cleanup Kit.
Lights/Reflectors
In addition to checking the lights and reflective
devices listed in Section 10.2 of this manual, school
bus drivers must also check the following (external)
lights and reflectors:
•
Strobe light, if equipped.
•
Stop arm/paddle light.
•
Alternately flashing amber lights.
•
Alternately flashing red lights.
Note:
These lights must be checked for
operation and condition, like all other lights.
Student Mirrors
•
In addition to checking the external mirrors,
school bus drivers must also check the
internal and external mirrors used for
observing students:
•
Check for proper adjustment.
•
Checks that all internal and external mirrors
and mirror brackets are not damaged and
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-14
are mounted securely with no loose fittings.
•
Checks that the mirrors are clean.
Stop Paddle/Safety arm
•
Check the Stop Arm/Paddle to see that it is
mounted securely to the vehicle.
•
Check Stop Paddle and Safety Arm for
damage.
•
Check that the Stop Arm/Paddle extends
fully when operated and lights are
operational (front and back).
•
Check that the Safety Arm functions
properly in conjunction with Stop Paddle
and fully extends (Checked during light
operations checks).
11.9 - Coach/Transit
11.9.1 - Entry/ Exit
Doors/Mirrors
•
Demonstrate and explain that entry/exit
doors are not damaged and operate
smoothly.
•
Hinges should be secure with seals intact.
•
Make sure that the passenger exit mirrors
and all external mirrors and mirror brackets
are not damaged, free of excessive dirt and
are mounted securely with no loose fittings.
•
Check that the entry steps are clear, with
the treads not loose or worn excessively.
•
Entry lights are working (if equipped)
11.10 - Remainder of Vehicle
Please refer to
Section 11.6
of this manual for
detailed inspection procedures for the remainder of
the vehicle.
Remember, the Vehicle Inspection must be passed
before you can proceed to the Basic Control Skills
test.
11.11 – Taking the CDL Vehicle
Inspection Test
11.11.1 - Class A Vehicle Inspection Test
If you are applying for a Class A CDL, you will be
required to inspect the entire vehicle. Your CDL
Examiner will explain this to you.
11.11.1 - Class B and C Vehicle Inspection
Test
If you are applying for a Class B CDL, you will be
required to inspect the entire vehicle. Your CDL
Examiner will explain this to you. You will also have
to inspect any special features of your vehicle (e.g.,
school or transit bus).
11.12 - Grounds for Automatic
Disqualification
You will be automatically disqualified for any of the
following:
•
Air supply system checks – Failure to
properly demonstrate and/or verbalize
required numbers or ranges listed for any of
the following air supply system checks:
•
Air leak check.
•
Low air warning check.
•
Parking brake and tractor protection valve
Class A only.
•
Parking brake valve–Class B/C only.
•
Cheating:
o
Using memory aides, Bluetooth devices,
directions, bribing, signals and/or clues
from others.
•
Dangerous action:
o
Anytime the examiner takes verbal or
physical control of the vehicle to prevent
an accident or dangerous situation from
occurring. For example, while
positioning the vehicle before starting
the test or moving the vehicle during the
test-may also apply to other dangerous
situations.
o
Applies if you fail to put the vehicle in
neutral/park and set the vehicle’s
parking brake before leaving the seat.
•
Accident:
o
However slight, which includes contact
with pedestrians, incidents in the area
while positioning the vehicle for the
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-15
Vehicle Inspection, and contact with
fixed objects.
•
Failure to perform:
o
When you cannot comprehend or
respond to instructions given during any
part of the Vehicle Inspection test.
o
Repeated inability to properly
demonstrate and/or verbalize your
vehicle’s inspection items during the
Vehicle Inspection test.
•
Repeated instances of exiting the vehicle in
an unsafe manner.
o
Exiting a truck needs to be done facing
towards the cabin and three points of
contact.
o
Exiting a passenger vehicle either
forward or backwards and three points
of contact.
11.12 - Other conditions for stopping the
test
Equipment failure:
•
Anytime your vehicle has been identified as
unsafe, is not street legal, or is missing
state required safety equipment.
Under no circumstances is a jurisdiction permitted to release copies of any Skills Test Score Sheet,
Scoring Criteria, exercise dimensions, etc. to an applicant/driver or training provider; or post to any
website/public domain.
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-16
Section 11 – Skills Test Overview
Page 11-17
Basic Vehicle Control
Skills Test
This section covers:
• Skills Test Scoring
• Skills Test Exercises
• Your basic control skills test will
consist of the following exercises:
• Straight line backing
• Offset back/right
• Alley dock
These exercises are shown in Figures 12-1 through
12-3.
12.1 – Overview of the CDL Skills Test
You can take your CDL skills test after passing the
required knowledge tests, obtained a CLP and the
course completions have been submitted for the
commercial class and vehicle type you wish to be
licensed for. CDL skills testing is conducted in
English only. Use of interpreters or bilingual
examiners is not allowed.
The CDL skills test is conducted in three parts
which include a Vehicle Inspection, a Basic Control
Test, and a Road Test, performed in that order. If
you disqualify on any one of these tests, the test will
be stopped at that part and you will need to
reschedule the remaining skills segments.
Once you have passed any part of the skills tests,
you will not be required to retake that test over, as
long as you:
•
Do not change examiners (if using a
contracted third party examiner).
•
Do not change vehicles, or your vehicle
equipment does not vary significantly from
earlier test attempts.
•
Complete all three parts of the skills test
before your Commercial Learners Permit
(CLP) is renewed, upgraded or expires.
When a permit gets renewed or upgraded,
but the skills test has not been completed
prior to the upgrade, previously passed
segments are voided, and all three
segments need to be retaken.
Both state examiners and contracted third party
examiners are used to meet skills test demands. In
most cases, you do not get to choose what type of
examiner you can use. When scheduling your test,
we require driver and general vehicle information,
including where the test will be conducted. All skills
tests (Initial and retest) must be scheduled a
minimum of three days before the test is conducted.
The required notice for each scheduled skills test
and minimum waiting periods for non-passing test
attempts are outlined below:
•
3-day minimum notice is required before
taking your first CDL skills test.
•
3-day minimum notice/waiting period is
required after disqualifying on a Vehicle
Inspection.
•
3-day minimum notice/waiting period is
required after disqualifying on a Basic
Control Test.
•
7-day minimum notice/waiting period is
required after disqualifying on a Road Test.
12.2 Test Rules
12.2.1 – General Test Rules
The Vehicle Inspection is conducted before the
other parts of the skills test. During this test, you
must show that the vehicle is safe to drive. You
cannot take the other parts of the skills test until you
have passed the Vehicle Inspection. A Safety
Inspection conducted by the examiner will be prior
to any partial skills tests (i.e. basic controls and
road test or road test only).
A representative vehicle must be used to complete
all three parts of the skills test. For example, you
cannot complete any part(s) of the test(s) in
separate vehicles, equipped differently, to simplify
test standards, or to provide an unfair advantage. If
a driver begins the Vehicle Inspection with a tractor
equipped with a sleeper cab, manual transmission,
and coupled to a 53-foot trailer, they must continue
any remaining test(s) in the same vehicle, or a
similar vehicle configuration (Day cab cannot be
used when first test was a sleeper cab). If a
different vehicle configuration is used, where the
vehicle or vehicle equipment varies from an earlier
passed test(s), prior passed test results will be
voided, and the driver will be required to start the
skills test over in the current vehicle being used or
return with the previous vehicle configuration.
If testing for a school bus endorsement, the bus
must be equipped with required functioning safety
Section 12 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 12-1
devices and meet all school bus specifications
established by the Office of Superintendent of
Public Instruction (OSPI).
12.2.2 - Skills Test Ground Rules
Below are important ground rules for taking your
CDL Skills Test.
Failure to follow these ground
rules could result in your test being postponed
and having to reschedule.
Take the following to your test:
•
A valid Washington State driver’s license
with a Commercial Learner’s Permit issued
14 days or more prior to the skills test.
•
A valid Medical Examiner’s Certificate.
•
A vehicle that is properly licensed, in safe
operating condition with no defective
equipment–the vehicle must also be
equipped with all required emergency and
safety equipment.
•
A vehicle, including trailer if applicable, that
is properly labeled with the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) or Gross
Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) or
approved documents providing the GVWR
or GCWR.
•
Valid proof of insurance for the vehicle that
will be used for testing must be in the
vehicle.
If applicable, documentation/information that your
vehicle has been purged when vehicle is
equipped with a tank (hazardous material only).
Purge document cannot be older than 24 hours
prior to testing.
Do not take the following to your test:
•
A loaded vehicle. With enclosed trailers,
tank vehicles or box-trucks, examiner is
required to verify the inside of the cargo
area. When that is not possible, the test
will
be cancelled.
•
Hazardous materials.
•
A vehicle where the speed is governed and
cannot achieve posted speed limits.
During the test:
•
No smoking
is allowed within the skills test
area, in or outside of your vehicle. Your
appointment may be cancelled for
disregarding this requirement.
•
No weapons
are allowed in the vehicle or
on the CDL skills test site.
•
No passengers or animals
are allowed in
the vehicle. Federal and State agencies
personnel are allowed.
•
No memory aids
of any kind are allowed.
•
No audio or video recording devices are
allowed.
This does not apply to
transit/school buses that are equipped with
an onboard camera to monitor students.
12.2.3 - Customer Ground Rules
•
English proficiency--—be able to follow
instructions. CDL skills testing is conducted
in English only. Use of interpreters or
bilingual examiners is not allowed.
•
No markings, labels or cues on vehicle
components or inside the vehicle.
•
No use of wired/wireless headset or other
Bluetooth devices, cell phone, or other
transmission devices.
•
Cell phone can be used as a timer for the
air leak test only.
•
No use of tape/digital recorders, cameras,
video recorders.
•
No interference from trainers, co-workers,
or others. They must stay in designated
waiting area(s) and not give signals of any
kind.
o
Note: Perceived signals given could
result in cancellation of the test.
•
No testing will be conducted when you are
under the influence of any controlled or
recreational drugs/alcohol.
•
Practicing at any CDL skills test site is
prohibited.
NOTE:
CDL skills test site is defined as a location
(certified by DOL) where all of the segments of a
skills test is conducted.
Note: Failure to follow customer ground rules or
interference from others may result in the test
being stopped, including loss of test fees.
Note:
Due to limited space and security, DOL CDL
test sites do not allow drivers or guest to wait inside
mobile work units or offices. Most sites have limited
space for guest or waiting drivers.
Section 12 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 12-2
12.3
–
Scoring
If you score 13 or more points, you will have to
reschedule. The waiting period is a minimum of
three days. If you score 12 points or less you can
continue to the next test.
12.3.1 - Glossary of terms:
•
Crossing Boundaries (encroachments).
•
Pull-ups.
•
Outside Vehicle Observations (looks).
•
Final Position/Inside Parallel.
Encroachments
– If a driver touches or crosses
over an exercise boundary or touches a cone with
any part of the vehicle other than the vehicle’s
mirrors, it is called an encroachment. The driver
needs to clear this encroachment before they can
continue. Each encroachment will be scored. The
driver can continue when they think the
encroachment is cleared. A pull up will be marked
when clearing an encroachment. In a combination
vehicle, when the tractor/truck or trailer cross over a
boundary it will be marked as two (2)
encroachments.
Pull-ups
– When a driver stops and pulls forward to
clear an encroachment or to get a better position, it
is scored as a
“pu
ll-up
”
. Stopping without changing
direction does not count as a pull-up. You will not
be penalized for initial pull-ups. However, additional
pull-ups will be scored.
Outside Vehicle Observations (Looks)
– When a
driver moves from a seated position it is scored as
a look.
When doing so, you must place the vehicle in
neutral and set the parking brake(s). Then, when
exiting the vehicle, you must do so safely by facing
the vehicle and maintaining three points of contact
with the vehicle at all times (when exiting a bus,
maintain a firm grasp on the handrail at all times
either facing forwards /backwards). If you do not
safely secure the vehicle or safely exit the vehicle it
may result in an automatic failure of the basic
control skills test.
The maximum number of times that you may look to
check the position of you vehicle is two (2) except
for the Straight Line Backing exercise, which allows
one (1) look. Each time you move from a seated
position, it is scored as a “look”.
Final Position
– It is important that you finish each
exercise exactly as directed. If you do not
maneuver the vehicle into its final position as
directed, you will be disqualified on the basic skills
test.
12.3.2 - Straight Line Backing
You will be asked to back your vehicle in a straight
line between two (2) rows of cones without touching
or crossing over the exercise boundaries. Once
your vehicle has passed the last set of cones
without striking boundary or cones, you can stop.
(See Figure 12.1.)
Figure 12.1: Straight Line Backing
12.3.3 - Offset Back/Right
You will drive straight forward and then back your
vehicle into the right lane, without touching or
crossing over the exercise course marked by the
cones. If you encroach on or through any cones,
the examiner will stop you and you must return into
bounds. Once your vehicle has passed the first set
of cones without striking boundary lines or cones,
you can stop.
Figure 12.2: Offset Back/Right
12.3.4 - Alley Dock
You will be asked to sight-side back your vehicle up
at a 90 degree angle and back you vehicle (sight-
side) into an alley dock, bringing the rear of your
vehicle within three feet of the rear of the alley
without touching boundary lines or cones. Your
vehicle must be straight within the alley/lane when
you have completed the maneuver. (See Figure
12.3)
Figure 12.3: Alley Dock
During these exercises you will notify the examiner
about final position, which is setting the brakes and
honking your horn. The examiner will approach you
and give you further instructions.
Section 12 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 12-3
12.4 – Grounds for Automatic
Disqualification
You will be automatically disqualified for any of the
following:
Dangerous action:
•
Anytime the examiner has to intervene and
stop you from striking any fixed object.
•
Applies to other dangerous situations while
positioning the vehicle or completing the
backing exercises.
•
When you fail to put the vehicle in
neutral/park and/or set the vehicle’s parking
brake, before leaving the driver’s seat.
Exiting the vehicle in an unsafe manner:
Repeated instances of exiting the vehicle in an
unsafe manner.
•
Exiting a truck needs to be done facing
towards the cabin and three points of
contact.
•
Exiting a passenger vehicle
forward/backwards and three points of
contact.
Accident:
•
An accident, however slight. This includes
contact with any fixed object.
Note:
Striking exercise boundary cones is not
scored as an accident.
Failure to perform:
•
When you cannot comprehend or respond
to instructions given during any part of the
Basic Control Test.
•
Applies to the inability to perform any of the
backing exercises.
Figure 12.1: Straight Line Backing
Figure 12.2: Offset Back/Right
Section 12 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 12-4
90° Alley Dock
Figure 12.3: Alley Dock - 90
0
Under no circumstances is a jurisdiction permitted to release copies of any Skills Test Score Sheet, Scoring
Criteria, exercise dimensions, etc. to an applicant/driver or training provider; or post to any website/public
domain.
Section 12 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 12-5
Section 13
On Road Driving
This section covers:
• How You Will Be Tested
You will drive over a test route that has a variety of
traffic situations. At all times during the test, you
must drive in a safe and responsible manner; and
you must:
•
Wear your safety belt.
•
Obey all traffic signs, signals, and laws.
•
Complete the test without an accident or
moving violation.
During the driving test, the examiner will be scoring
you on specific driving maneuvers, as well as on
your general driving behavior. You will follow the
directions of the examiner. Directions will be given
to you so you will have plenty of time to do what the
examiner has asked. You will not be asked to drive
in an unsafe manner.
If your test route does not have certain traffic
situations, you may be asked to simulate a traffic
situation. You will do this by telling the examiner
what you are or would be doing if you were in that
traffic situation.
13.1 – Overview of the CDL Skills Test
You can take your CDL skills test after passing the
required knowledge tests, obtained a CLP and the
course completions have been submitted for the
commercial class and vehicle type you wish to be
licensed for. CDL skills testing is conducted in
English only. Use of interpreters or bilingual
examiners is not allowed.
The CDL skills test is conducted in three parts
which include a Vehicle Inspection, a Basic Control
Test, and a Road Test, performed in that order. If
you disqualify on any one of these tests, the test will
be stopped at that part and you will need to
reschedule the remaining skills segments.
Once you have passed any part of the skills tests,
you will not be required to retake that test over, as
long as you:
•
Do not change examiners (if using a
contracted third party examiner).
•
Do not change vehicles, or your vehicle
equipment does not vary significantly from
earlier test attempts.
•
Complete all three parts of the skills test
before your Commercial Learners Permit
(CLP) expires. When a permit gets
renewed or upgraded, but the skills test has
not been completed prior to the upgrade,
previously passed segments are voided,
and all three segments need to be retaken.
Both state examiners and contracted third party
examiners are used to meet skills test demands. In
most cases, you do not get to choose what type of
examiner you can use. When scheduling your test,
we require driver and general vehicle information,
including where the test will be conducted. All skills
tests (Initial and retest) must be scheduled three
days before the test is conducted.
The required notice for each scheduled skills test
and minimum waiting periods for non-passing test
attempts are outlined below:
•
3-day notice is required before taking your
first CDL skills test.
•
3-day notice/waiting period is required after
failing a Vehicle Inspection.
•
3-day notice/waiting period is required after
failing a Basic Control Test.
•
7-day notice/waiting period is required after
failing a Road Test.
13.2 – General Test Rules
The Vehicle Inspection is conducted before the
other parts of the skills test. During this test, you
must show that the vehicle is safe to drive. You
cannot take the other parts of the skills test until you
have passed the Vehicle Inspection. A Safety
Inspection will be conducted by the examiner before
any partial skills tests (i.e. basic controls and road
test or road test only).
A representative vehicle must be used to complete
all three parts of the skills test. For example, you
cannot complete any part(s) of the test(s) in
separate vehicles, equipped differently, to simplify
test standards, or to provide an unfair advantage. If
a driver begins the Vehicle Inspection with a tractor
equipped with a sleeper cab, manual transmission,
and coupled to a 53-foot trailer, they must continue
any remaining test(s) in the same vehicle, or a
similar vehicle configuration (Day cab cannot be
used when first test was a sleeper cab). If a
different vehicle configuration is used, where the
vehicle or vehicle equipment varies from an earlier
passed test(s), prior passed test results will be
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-1
voided, and the driver will be required to start the
skills test over in the current vehicle being used or
return with the previous vehicle configuration.
If testing for a school bus endorsement, the bus
must be equipped with required functioning safety
devices and meet all school bus specifications
established by the Office of Superintendent of
Public Instruction (OSPI).
13.2.1 - Skills Test Ground Rules
Below are important ground rules for taking your
CDL Skills Test.
Failure to follow these ground
rules could result in your test being postponed
and having to reschedule.
Take the following to your test:
•
A valid Washington State driver’s license
with a Commercial Learner’s Permit issued
14 days or more prior to the skills test.
•
A valid Medical Examiner’s Certificate.
•
A vehicle that is properly licensed, in safe
operating condition with no defective
equipment–the vehicle must also be
equipped with emergency and safety
equipment.
•
A vehicle, including trailer if applicable, that
is properly labeled with the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) or Gross
Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) or
approved documents providing the GVWR
or GCWR.
•
Valid proof of insurance for the testing
vehicle that will be used for testing either a
paper copy or electronic copy must be in
the vehicle.
If applicable, documentation/information that your
vehicle has been purged when vehicle is
equipped with a tank (hazardous material only).
Purge document cannot be older than 24 hours
prior to testing.
Do not take the following to your test:
•
A loaded vehicle. With enclosed trailers,
tank vehicles or box-trucks, examiner is
required to verify the inside of the cargo
area. When that is not possible, the test
will
be cancelled.
•
Hazardous materials.
•
A vehicle where the speed is governed and
cannot achieve posted speed limits.
During the test:
•
No smoking
is allowed within the skills test
area, in or outside of your vehicle. Your
appointment may be cancelled for
disregarding this requirement.
•
No weapons
are allowed in the vehicle or
on the CDL skills test site.
•
No passengers or animals
are allowed in
the vehicle. Federal and State agencies
personnel are allowed
•
No memory aids
of any kind are allowed.
•
No audio or video recording devices are
allowed.
This does not apply to
transit/school buses that are equipped with
an onboard camera to monitor students.
13.2.2 - Customer Ground Rules
•
English proficiency--—be able to follow
instructions. CDL skills testing is conducted
in English only. Use of interpreters or
bilingual examiners is not allowed.
•
No markings, labels or cues on vehicle
components or inside the vehicle.
•
No use of wired/wireless headset or other
Bluetooth devices, cell phone, or other
transmission devices.
•
Cell phone can be used as a timer for the
air leak test
only.
•
No use of tape/digital recorders, cameras,
video recorders.
•
No interference from trainers, co-workers,
or others. They must stay in designated
waiting area(s) and not give signals of any
kind.
o
Note: Perceived signals given
could result in cancellation of the
test.
•
No testing will be conducted when you are
under the influence of any controlled or
recreational drugs/alcohol.
•
Practicing at any CDL skills test site is
prohibited.
NOTE:
CDL skills test site is defined as a location
(certified by DOL) where all or any of the
segments of a skills test is conducted.
Note: Failure to follow customer ground rules or
interference from others may result in the test
being stopped, including loss of test fees.
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-2
Note:
Due to limited space and security, DOL CDL
test sites do not allow drivers or guest to wait inside
mobile work units or offices. Most sites have limited
space for guest or waiting drivers.
13.3 – How You Will Be Tested
Scoring
If you score 31 or more points, you will have to
reschedule. The waiting period is a minimum of
seven days. If you score 30 points or less you have
passed the Road Test, unless there is an automatic
disqualification.
13.3.1 - Turns
You have been asked to make a turn:
•
Check traffic in all directions.
•
Use turn signals and safely get into the lane
needed for the turn. Signal at least 100 feet
before the turn.
•
As you approach the turn:
•
Use turn signals to warn others of your turn.
•
Slow down smoothly, change gears as
needed to keep power, but do not coast
unsafely. Unsafe coasting occurs when
your vehicle is out of gear (clutch
depressed or gearshift in neutral) for more
than the length of your vehicle.
If you must stop before making the turn:
•
Come to a smooth stop without skidding.
•
Come to a complete stop behind the stop
line, crosswalk, or before the vehicle enters
the traveled portion of the intersection.
If stopping behind another vehicle, stop where you
can see the rear tires on the vehicle ahead of you
(safe gap).
•
Do not let your vehicle roll.
•
Keep the front wheels aimed straight
ahead.
•
When ready to turn:
•
Check traffic in all directions.
•
Keep both hands on the steering wheel
during the turn.
•
Keep checking your mirror to make sure the
vehicle does not hit anything on the inside
of the turn.
•
Vehicle should not turn into oncoming traffic
and yield to pedestrians and other traffic.
•
Do not change gears while turning.
•
Vehicle should turn in correct lane, not wide
or short. Do not go over or rub the curb or
cause other traffic to back up.
After turn:
•
Make sure turn signal is off.
•
Get up to speed of traffic, use turn signal,
and move into right-most lane when safe to
do so (if not already there).
•
Check mirrors and traffic.
13.3.2 - Intersections
As you approach an intersection:
•
Check traffic thoroughly in all directions.
•
Decelerate smoothly.
•
Brake smoothly and, if necessary, change
gears.
If stop is necessary:
•
Come to a complete stop (no coasting)
behind any signals, sidewalks, or stop lines
maintaining a safe gap behind any vehicle
in front of you.
•
Your vehicle should not roll forward or
backward.
When driving through an intersection:
•
Check traffic thoroughly in all directions.
•
Decelerate and yield to any pedestrians
and traffic in the intersection.
•
Do not change lanes while proceeding
through the intersection.
•
Don’t drive into an intersection unless you
can safely cross.
•
If gear changes are necessary after starting
from a stopped position, don’t grind or clash
gears and don’t coast through the
intersection.
•
Keep your hands on the wheel.
Once through the intersection:
•
Continue checking mirrors and traffic.
•
Accelerate smoothly and change gears as
necessary.
•
Maintain your lane position.
13.3.3 - Urban Business
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-3
During this part of the test, you are expected to
make regular traffic checks and maintain a safe
following distance. Your vehicle should be centered
in the proper lane (right-most lane) and you should
keep up with the flow of traffic but not exceed the
posted speed limit.
13.3.4 - Lane Changes
During multiple lane portions of the test, you will be
asked to change lanes to the left, and to the right.
You should make the necessary traffic checks first,
then use proper signals. Signal at least 100 feet
before changing lanes. Smoothly change lanes
when it is safe to do so. Cancel your turn signal
after the rear of your vehicle completes a lane
change.
13.3.5 - Expressway or Rural/Limited
Access Highway
Before entering the expressway:
•
Check traffic.
•
Use proper signals.
•
Merge smoothly into the proper lane of
traffic.
•
Choose proper lane positioning, vehicle
spacing, and vehicle speed.
Once on the expressway:
•
Maintain proper lane positioning, vehicle
spacing, and vehicle speed.
•
Continue to check traffic thoroughly in all
directions.
When exiting the expressway:
•
Make necessary traffic checks.
•
Use proper signals.
•
Decelerate smoothly in the exit lane.
•
Once on the exit ramp, you must continue
to decelerate within the lane markings and
maintain adequate spacing between your
vehicle and other vehicles.
13.3.6- Roadside Stop/Start
For this maneuver, you will be asked to pull your
vehicle over to the side of the road and stop as if
you were going to get out and check something on
your vehicle. You must check traffic thoroughly in all
directions and move to the shoulder of road.
As you prepare for the stop:
•
Check traffic.
•
Activate your right turn signal at least 100
feet before moving to the right.
•
Decelerate smoothly, brake evenly, change
gears as necessary.
•
Bring your vehicle to a full stop without
coasting.
Once stopped:
•
Vehicle must be parallel to the curb or
shoulder of the road and safely out of the
traffic flow.
•
Vehicle should not be blocking driveways,
fire hydrants, intersections, signs, etc.
•
Don’t let your vehicle roll forward or
backward.
•
Cancel your turn signal.
•
Activate your four-way emergency flashers.
•
Apply the parking brake.
•
Move the gear shift to neutral or park.
•
Remove your feet from the brake and
clutch pedals.
When instructed to proceed:
•
Check traffic and your mirrors thoroughly in
all directions.
•
Turn off your four-way flashers.
•
Activate the left turn signal.
•
When traffic permits, you should release
the parking brake and pull straight ahead.
•
Do not turn the wheel before your vehicle
moves.
•
Don’t stall the engine or allow your vehicle
to roll forward or backward.
•
Check traffic from all directions, especially
to the left.
•
Steer and accelerate smoothly into the
proper lane when safe to do so.
•
Once your vehicle is back into the flow of
traffic, cancel your left turn signal.
13.3.7 - Curve
When approaching a curve:
•
Check traffic thoroughly in all directions.
•
Before entering the curve, reduce speed so
further braking or shifting is not required in
the curve.
•
Keep vehicle in the lane.
•
Continue checking traffic in all directions.
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-4
13.3.8 - Railroad Crossing
Before reaching the crossing, all commercial drivers
should:
•
Decelerate, brake smoothly, and shift gears
as necessary.
•
Look and listen for the presence of trains.
•
Check traffic in all directions.
•
Do not stop, change gears, pass another
vehicle, or change lanes while any part of
your vehicle is in the crossing.
When testing with a coach/transit or a school
bus,
you should be prepared to observe the
following procedures at every railroad crossing
(during the Road Test, treat every railroad crossing
as an active uncontrolled railroad crossing):
•
As the vehicle approaches a railroad
crossing, activate the four-way flashers.
•
Stop the vehicle within 50 feet but not less
than 15 feet from the nearest rail.
•
Listen and look in both directions along the
track for an approaching train and for
signals indicating the approach of a train. If
operating a bus, you may also be required
to open the window and door prior to
crossing tracks.
Additional requirements for school bus vehicles:
•
Open the service door and driver’s window.
•
Look left, look right and listen.
•
Close the service door before moving the
bus.
For test purposes, tell the examiner that you would:
•
Quiet students.
•
Turn off all noise making devices.
•
Keep hands on the steering wheel as the
vehicle crosses the tracks.
•
Do not stop, change gears, or change lanes
while any part of your vehicle is proceeding
across the tracks.
•
Four-way flashers should be deactivated
after the entire vehicle crosses the tracks.
•
Continue to check mirrors and traffic.
Note
: Not all driving road test routes will have a
railroad crossing. You may be asked to explain and
demonstrate the proper railroad crossing
procedures to the examiner at a simulated location.
13.3.9 - Bridge/Overpass/Sign
After driving under an overpass, you may be asked
to tell the examiner what the posted clearance or
height was. After going over a bridge, you may be
asked to tell the examiner what the posted weight
limit was. If your test route does not have a bridge
or overpass, you may be asked about another
traffic sign. When asked, be prepared to identify
and explain to the examiner any traffic sign which
may appear on the route.
13.3.10 - Student Discharge (unload)
(School Bus)
If you are applying for a School Bus endorsement,
you will be required to demonstrate a student
discharge and that the students are crossing the
road.
Note: Please refer to section 10 of this manual.
As you approach the student discharge, you must:
•
Decelerate and approach at a slow rate of
speed while continuing to check traffic.
•
Activate amber warning lights.
•
Move as far as possible to the right on the
traveled portion of the roadway.
•
Recheck traffic.
When you have been instructed to complete a
simulated student stop:
•
Check traffic in all directions and perform
mirror checks.
•
Activate alternating amber school bus
flashers at:
o
No less than 100 feet and no more than
300 feet before stopping, when traveling
at or under
35 miles per hour.
o
No less than 300 feet and no more than
500 feet before stopping, if traveling
more
than 35 miles per hour.
•
Slow down and brake smoothly, don’t
coast.
•
Recheck traffic in all directions, including
mirror checks.
As you approach the student stop location, you
must:
•
Bring the school bus to a complete stop at
least 10 feet away from the referenced
stopping point.
•
Set the parking brake and place the
transmission in neutral/park.
•
Activate alternating red school bus flashers,
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-5
stop paddle and crossing arm.
•
You must use the override switch on the
instrument panel.
When unloading students, you must:
•
Accelerate smoothly and if applicable,
change gears.
Note
: After stopping and resuming into traffic, you
will be automatically disqualified, if the vehicle
moves with the service door open.
•
Communicate to students
o
For test purposes, tell the examiner that
you would:
•
Inform students
o
To walk at least 10/12 feet to the side
and stay in plain view.
•
Direct students
o
To wait for signal before crossing the
road and to cross at least 10/12 feet in
front of the bus.
o
Check traffic in all directions, including
mirrors before opening the service door.
Open the service door.
•
Student check.
For test purposes, tell the
examiner:
o
You are counting the number of students
exiting the bus.
o
You are monitoring students outside of
the bus through the mirrors to ensure
they remain at a safe distance from the
bus.
When students are crossing, you must:
•
Check traffic in all directions, including
mirrors before informing students to
cross the road.
•
Communicate to students.
For test
purposes, tell the examiner how you
would signal students to cross the road.
Student check. For test purposes, tell the
examiner how you would account for all students
who have exited the bus.
When you reenter traffic:
•
Check traffic in all directions.
•
Close the service door.
•
Put the vehicle in gear, release the
parking brake to reenter traffic.
•
Inactivate alternating red flashers, stop
paddle and crossing arm by using the
override switch on the instrument panel.
•
Make a final traffic check in all directions
and perform mirror checks.
13.3.11 - General Driving Behaviors
You will be scored on your overall performance in
the following general driving behavior categories:
13.3.11 (a) - Clutch Usage (for Manual
Transmission)
•
Always use clutch to shift.
You must properly demonstrate correct clutch
usage depending on the type of transmission that is
equipped on the vehicle when shifting:
• Do not rev or lug the engine.
• Do not float gears
• Do not ride clutch to control speed,
coast with the clutch depressed, or
“pop” the clutch.
13.3.11 (b) - Gear Usage (for Manual
Transmission)
•
Do not grind or clash gears.
•
Do not coast more than 1 vehicle length.
•
Select gear that does not rev or lug
engine.
•
Do not shift in turns.
•
Do not shift in intersections unless
starting from a stopped position in lower
gears and driving forward.
•
Following distance towards other roads
users.
•
Speed.
•
Use of turn signals.
•
Traffic checks and use of mirrors.
13.3.11 (c) - Brake Usage
•
Do not ride or pump brake.
•
Do not brake harshly. Brake smoothly
using steady pressure.
13.3.11 (d) - Lane Usage
•
Do not put vehicle over curbs, sidewalks,
or lane markings.
•
Stop behind stop lines, crosswalks, or
into the traveled part of the intersection.
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-6
•
Complete a turn in the proper lane on a
multiple lane road (vehicle should finish
a left turn in the lane directly to the right
of the center line (on a one lane turn).
After completion of the turn move to the
right lane unless otherwise directed.
•
Finish a right turn in the right-most (curb)
lane.
•
Move to or remain in right-most lane
unless lane is blocked.
13.3.11 (d) - Steering
•
Do not over or under steer the vehicle.
•
Keep both hands on the steering wheel at
all times unless shifting. Once you have
completed shifting, return both hands to the
steering wheel.
13.3.12 - Regular Traffic Checks
•
Check traffic regularly.
•
Check mirrors regularly.
•
Check mirrors and traffic before, while in
and after an intersection.
•
Scan and check traffic in high volume areas
and areas where pedestrians are expected
to be present.
13.3.14 - Use of Turn Signals
•
Use turn signals properly.
•
Activate turn signals when required.
•
Activate turn signals at appropriate times.
•
Cancel turn signals upon completion of a
turn or lane change.
13.3.15 - Grounds for Automatic
Disqualification
You will be automatically disqualified for any of the
following:
•
A seat belt violation:
o
Anytime you drive a commercial vehicle
without the seatbelt fastened.
•
A dangerous action:
o
Whenever another driver must drive
evasively.
o
A pedestrian must avoid your vehicle.
o
The examiner takes physical or verbal
control of your vehicle to prevent an
accident or a dangerous act.
•
Any time the vehicle stalls during the road
test.
•
Any part of your vehicle on railroad tracks
after stopping
•
Impeding traffic
o
Operating the vehicle more than 10 mph
under the posted speed limit due to lack
of driving skills.
•
Driver moves the vehicle forward with the
service door open (buses) after completing
railroad crossings or simulated student stop
maneuvers.
•
Your vehicle speed is too fast for weather
and/or traffic conditions.
•
Operating the vehicle more than 5 mph
over the speed limit under normal
conditions.
•
An accident:
o
However slight, which includes contact
with other vehicles or pedestrians,
running off of the roadway, and contact
with any fixed object.
•
Vehicle over a curb:
o
Applies to any of your vehicle’s wheels
go up onto a curb or sidewalk during any
part of your test.
•
A violation of law applies to any traffic law
or act for which you could be cited,
common violations are:
o
Exceeding the posted speed limit by 5
mph or more.
o
Failing to come to a complete stop at
any stop sign or traffic light.
o
Driving on the wrong side of the road.
o
Driving the wrong way on a one-way
street.
o
Failing to stop at any railroad crossing
(coach/transit/school bus).
Failure to perform:
•
When you refuse to try a maneuver or say
that you cannot perform a required action.
•
When you cannot repeatedly comprehend
or cannot respond to instructions given
during any part of the road test.
•
If you are unable to properly operate your
vehicle after going a short distance on the
test route.
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-7
Exiting the vehicle in an unsafe manner: points of contact.
•
Repeated instances of exiting the vehicle in
an unsafe manner. Exiting a truck needs to
be done facing towards the cabin and three
•
Exiting a passenger vehicle can be done
either forward or backwards and three
points of contact.
Under no circumstances is a jurisdiction permitted to release copies of any Skills Test Score Sheet, Scoring
Criteria, exercise dimensions, etc. to an applicant/driver or training provider; or post to any website/public
domain.
Section 13 – Basic Control Skills Test
Page 13-8